INTRODUCTION 

The  author  of  this  book,  Inspector  Cahalane,  is  in 
charge  of  the  Training  School  of  the  New  York  Police 
Department.  He  is  a  practical  policeman,  having  been 
through  all  the  ranks  of  the  force,  and  he  has,  to  a 
marked  extent,  the  habit  of  viewing  police  work  in  the 
light  of  the  service  it  can  render  the  community.  I  have 
thought  so  weir  of  the  book  that  it  has  been  printed  and 
distributed  to  all  members  of  the  force  for  their  informa- 
tion and  guidance. 

The  policeman's  job  is  hard.  lie  is  exposed  to  all 
weathers,  at  all  hours  of  the  day  or  night.  In  emergencies 
he  is  on  duty  many  extra  continuous,  wearing  hours.  lie 
must  grapple,  without  hesitation,  with  any  situation  that 
arises,  no  matter  at  what  risk  to  life.  He  must  be  capable 
of  using  whatever  degree  of  force  may  be  necessary  to 
capture  outlaws;  yet  he  must  be  courteous  and  consider- 
ate to  civilians,  even  in  the  most  irritating  circumstances. 

To  do  his  difficult  duty  as  he  should,  he  must  know  the 
laws  and  ordinances — and  they  are  legion ;  must  know  his 
duties,  and  the  extent  and  the  limitations  of  his  powers; 
must  be  intimately  acquainted  with  the  ways  of  criminals, 
and  thoroughly  versed  in  the  best  methods  of  circumvent- 
ing them.  Police  Practice  and  Procedure  goes  ijito  all  these 
matters  better  than  any  other  book  I  know,  and  will 
be  of  the  greatest  value  in  clarifying  the  task  of  police- 
men and  increasing  their  efficiency. 

But  the  public  should  co-operate.     They  can  help  most 


\ 


INTRODUCTION 


by  learning-  eriotigh"6f  the  working  methods  of  criminals 
to  l»o  nl;lc  lo:  take. intelligent  preventive  measures.  A 
IhigQ  percentage  6^  lli'e  crimes  committed  in  New  York 
City  are  preventable.  If  civilians  will  read  in  this  book 
the  pages,  especially,  on  crimes  and  criminals,  and  will 
take  such  reasonable  precautions  as  suggest  themselves, 
we  shall  all  sleep  safer,  and  the  police  force  will  be  helped 
greatly  in  fullilling  its  primary  duty:  the  prevention  of 
crime. 

Arthur  Woods, 
Police  Commissioner. 


Police  Headquarters, 
November  25,  1914. 


The  information  contained  in  this  book  is  offered 
with  the  hope  that  it  may  instruct  and  assist  the  man 
on  post  and  simplify  his  many  duties.  It  has  been 
gathered  in  the  course  of  years  of  study  and  observa- 
tion of  police  conditions.  In  its  preparation  I  have 
become  indebted  to  so  many  persons,  in  and  out 
of  the  Department,  who  have  specialized  in  particular 
branches  of  police  work,  that  it  would  be  impracti- 
cable for  me  to  mention  all  their  names,  and  I  take 
this  means  of  extending  to  them  my  sincere  thanks 
for  their  assistance  and  advice. 

Cornelius  F.  Cahalanl. 

Inspector  of  Police, 

City  of  New  York. 


TABLE   OF  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

CHAPTER  I 

DISCIPLINE  AND    DEPORTMENT  1 

Necessity  for  strict  and  prompt  obedience  to  orders — 
Loyalty — Attitude  toward  civilians  on  and  off  duty. 

CHAPTER   II 

PHYSICAL    CONDITION  6 

Necessity  for  daily  exercise — Care  of  the  body — Re- 
porting sick. 

CHAPTER  III 

PATROL  8 

Posts;  fixed,  special  and  patrol — Proper  patrolling — 
Suspicious  persons — Abating  public  nuisance — Use  of 
telephone  —  Signaling  for  assistance  —  Leaving  post-^ 
Persecution  of  ex-convicts. 

Fire  Arms  12 

Care  of  pistols — Marksmanship. 

Observation  14 

Observation  an  important  qualification — Hints  for  its 
development — Speed  and  identification  of  automobiles- 
Questioning  of  suspicious  characters— Searching  and 
disarming  suspects  —Acquaintance  with  persons  and 
stores  on  post — Trying  of  doors  and  windows — Premises 
found  open  — Police  and  "drop"  locks — Burglar  alarms 
—Vacant  houses— Broken  water  and  gas  pipes— Danger- 
ous streets — '  *  Fences '  '—Intoxicated  persons—"  Lush 
workers." 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 

Fires  21 


Prevention  and  detection — Calling  Fire  Department- 
Assistance  at  fires — Fire  lines. 


Accidents  23 

Action  to  be  taken — Reports. 


First  Aid  to  the  Injured  25 

Care  of  the  patient— Artificial  respiration — Shock — 
Electric  shock — Scalds  and  burns— Intoxication — Drown- 
ing and  suffocation — Cat  and  dog  bites — Poisons— Sun- 
stroke— Freezing — Fractures — Epilepsy — Hemorrhages. 


CHAPTER  IV 


ARRESTS  39 


Power  of — Treatment  of  prisoners — Warrants— Sub- 
poenas— Summonses— Sample  Forms— Prisoners  may  not 
be  released  by  arresting  officer— Crimes,  commission  of — 
Felonies  and  misdemeanors  defined— Illegal  arrest — 
Summary  arrest— Arrest  of  fugitives — Arrest  by  civilian 
— Arrest  by  summons — Warnings  instead  of  arrests  — 
Children,  arraignment  of — Family  disputes —Civil  cases 
— Prisoners,  responsibility  for,  humane  handling  of — 
Use  of  force  to  effect  arrest. 


Children  51 

Legally  defined— Care  and  custody — Not  to  be  fright- 
ened or  unnecessarily  interfered  with — Foundlings — 
Extracts  from  laws  relating  to  children — Improper 
guardianship. 

Handling  Demented  Persons  56 

Crazed  persons  to  be  taken  into  custody — To  be  care- 
fully treated. 

Fugitives  from  Justice  57 

Powers  of  arrest  of— Telegram  sufficient  authority 
in  felony  cases. 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 

CHAPTER  V 

EVIDENCE,    COURT    PROCEDURE    AND    DISPOSI- 
TION   OF    PROPERTY  59 

Evidence  :  Oral,  documentary,  competent,  irrellevant, 
direct,  corroborative,  cumulative,  circufnstantial,  pre- 
sumptive and  hearsay,  defined. 

Courts  61 

Magistrates',  Domestic  Relations,  Coroners',  Special 
Sessions,  General  Sessions  and  Appeals— Duties  defined. 

Court  Procedure  64 

Manner  in  which  cases  are  tried — The  District  Attorney 
— Drawing  of  complaint — Custody  of  prisoner — Absence 
of  witnesses  Custody  of  property — Attitude  as  com- 
plaining witness — Faults  of  policemen  in  court — Report 
of  disposition  of  case. 

Disposition  of  Property  70 

The  Property  Clerk— Delivery  to  owner— Found  prop- 
erty. 


CHAPTER  VI 

CRIMINAL    IDENTIFICATION    AND    FINGER 

PRINTS  71 

Accurate,  distinctive  descriptions  necessary — Physical 
peculiarities — Clothing  and  contents. 

The  Portrait  Parle  System  72 

"The     speaking     portrait     system;"      standardized 
physical  descriptions. 

Finger  Prints  79 

Their  various  uses — Appliances  required — Impressions 
and  their  classification. 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 

CHAPTER   VII 

TRAFFIC  AND  STREET  CONDITIONS  87 

Reasons  for  congestion — Traffic  during  snow  storms — 
Traffic  regulation— Right  of  way  of  certain  vehicles — 
School  crossings.  . 


Parades  and  Street  Meetings  91 

Parades  :  Notice  required — Music  not  permitted  on 
Sundays— Street  meeting:  No  permit  required — Must 
not  become  a  nuisance — To  be  protected. 


Public  Hacks  93 

Defined — Ivicense  required — Rules  governing — Public 
hack  stands. 


Animals  96 

Cruelty  to— Sick  or  injured— Destruction  of — "Mad 
dogs  " — Dead  animals — Rules  for  treatment  of  horses — 
Runaway  horses 


CHAPTER  VIII 

CRIME    CLASSIFICATION  AND    CRIMINALS        104 

Crimes  defined — 

Abandonment  104 

Abortion  104 

Adultery  105 

Anarchy  106 

Arson  107 

Assault  109 

Rape  112 

Bigamy  114 

Beggars  and  Panhandlers  114 


CONTENTS 


PACK 

Blackmail  and  Extortion 

117 

Bribery 

119 

Disorderly  Conduct 

121 

Homicide  and  Suicide 

123^-- 

Intoxication 

129 

Malicious  Mischief 

129 

Larceny 

130 

Burglary 

131 

"  Dutch  house  men  " — Flat  thieves — Loft  burglars — 
Safe  burglars— Store  burglars — Store  window  burglars — 
Vacant  house  burglars — *'  Wood  merchants  " — "  Line- 
up ' '  men — Use  of  street  cars  as  an  aid. 

Burglars'  Tools  146 

Robbery  147 

Receivers  of  Stolen  Goods  150 

CHAPTER   IX 

MANNER  IN  WHICH  THIEVES  OPERATE  153 

Report  of  thefts — Manner  of  conducting  investigations. 

Pickpockets  154 

Thieves  Who  Rob  Immigrants  156 

Truck  and  Wagon  Thieves  157 

Thefts  from  Delivery  Boys  159 

Dishonest  Servants  160 

Thieves  in  the  Making  160 

Bad  associations— Parental  influence— Drugs — Gam- 
bling— Warning. 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 
Confidence  Games  163 

Types  of  swindlers— Swindles  in  common  use. 

Wire  Tappers  164 

"The  Sick  Engineer"  165 

Gambling  Swindles  165 

"Dropping  the  Leather"  166 

CHAPTER  X 

PUBLIC    MORALS  167 

Illegal  Sale  and  Possession  of  Drugs  167 

Laws  governing — Manner  in  Which  cocaine  is  dis- 
tributed— Opium — Manner  in  which  used — Opium  joints 
— Police  action  to  be  taken. 


Gambling 

169 

Common  gambler  defined— Gambling  defined. 

Handbook  Men 

171 

Stuss  Games 

172 

Faro 

172 

Poker 

173 

Crap 

173 

Policy 

174 

Roulette 

174 

Method  of  Conducting  Gambling  Houses 

175 

Indecency 

176 

Indecent  exposure— Obscene  matter — Immoral  shows 
— Illegal  sale  of  abortive  agents. 

Prostitution  178 

Types    of   prostitutes — Pimps    and    their    methods — 
Methods  of  obtaining  evidence — Appointment  houses. 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 
Prostitution  in  Tenement  Houses  182 

The   Tenement  House  I^aw — Summary  arrests  to  be 
made. 

Disorderly  Houses  182 

Ways  in  which  they  can  be  discovered — *'  Massage 
Parlors" — Evidence  necessary. 


Houses  of  Assignation  184 

Evidence  necessary  to  convict.    . 

Disorderly  Places  184 

Evidence  necessary  to  convict. 

Pimps  185 

Their  activities — Evidence  necessary  to  convict. 

General  Instructions  85 

Action  to  be  taken — Proper  evidence — Identity  of 
complainants  to  be  established — Property. 

Enforcement  of  Sabbath  Laws  186 

Works  of  charity  or  necessity  only  permitted — Sales 
of  certain  articles  permitted— Evidence— Summons  to 
be  issued. 


CHAPTER  XI 

LIQUOR   TAX   LAW  188 

Obstruction  of  view  of  bar-room — Violations  to  be  re- 
ported, and  arrests  made  on  warrants  in  ordinary  cases 
— Evidence  Necessary — Extracts  from  Liquor  Tax  Law — 
Liquor  licenses. 

Election  Laws  192 

Duties  of  Police  in  connection  with  elections — Powers 
of  election  officers. 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 

CHAPTER  XII 

INVESTIGATIONS  AND  REPORTS  196 

Thorough  investigations  essential— Questioning  of 
Witnesses — Corroborative  evidence  desirable. 

Reports  197 

Graphic  reports  desired — Memorandum  book  to  con- 
tain all  material  facts. 

Points  to  be  Covered  in  Making  Reports  198 

Homicide — Assault — Burglary  or  larceny — Street  ac- 
cidents— Fires — Missing  persons — Unconscious  persons. 

Sample  Reports  200 

Store  door  found  open — Larceny — Fire — Body  found 
in  river — Attempted  suicide — Burglary — Injured  on 
street — Accident  in  building  and  consequent  arrest — 
Assault — Railroad  accident. 


CHAPTER   XIII 

CO-OPERATION  WITH  CITY   DEPARTMENTS 

Branches  of  city  government — Police  Department  en- 
forces laws  facilitating  work  of  all  city  departments — 
Duties  of  each  city  department — Permits  issued  by  and 
laws  directly  relating  to  city  departments  in  every 
day  use. 

Department  of  Health 

Fire  Department 

Tenement  House  Department 

Department  of  Street  Cleaning 

Department  of  Water  Supply,  Gas  and  Electricity 

Department  of  Parks 

Department  of  Docks  and  Ferries 

Department  of  Education 


CONTENTS 


Department  of  Public  Charities  224 

Department  of  Correction  225 

Department  of  Bridges  225 

Law  Department  226 

Bureau  of  Highways  226 

Bureau  of  Sewers  228 

Bureau  of  Buildings  229 

Bureau  of  Encumbrances  229 

Department  of  Licenses  230 

Ordinances  237 

Defined — Action  to  be  taken  for  violations. 

Permits  239 

Permits  required  from  various  sources,  in  daily  use. 

Corporation  Ordinances  240 

Some  common  violations — Use  of  ' '  Corporation  Ordi- 
nance Complaints." 


CHAPTER  I. 


DISCIPLINE    AND    DEPORTMENT. 

To  obey  strictly  and  execute  promptly  the  lawful  orders 
of  superiors  is  one  of  the  first  requirements  of  the 
Department.  Obedience  is  the  foundation  upon  which  all 
police  efficiency  is  built.  Without  obedience  to  proper 
authority  the  force  would  be  nothing  more  than  a  mob.  It 
is  a  quality  that  is  demanded  from  every  member  of  the 
force,  from  patrolman  to  inspector.  It  is  enough  to  know 
that  the  person  giving  the  order  is  in  proper  command. 
He  may  be  a  man  yo.u  do  not  like  or  respect,  but  you 
must  omit  the  personal  factor  and  respect  his  position 
and  authority. 

Orders  must  be  strictly  carried  out.  It  is  not  enough 
to  comply  with  only  that  part  which  you  deem  sufficient; 
nor  is  it  proper  or  permissible  when  you  are  ordered  to  do 
a  thing  in  a  certain,  way  for  you  to  obtain  the  same 
results  by  other  methods. 

Orders  must  be  promptly  carried  out.  When  an  officer 
is  given  an  order  it  is  not  for  him  to  question  its  value  or 
the  manner  prescribed  for  its  fulfillment.  When  you  un- 
derstand just  what  the  order  calls  for,  carry  it  out  imme- 
diately to  the  best  of  your  ability  and  in  a  manner  that 
admits  of  no  misunderstanding. 

Be  loyal.  The  success  of  a  squad,  precinct  or  district 
depends  greatly  on  the  even  teamwork  of  all  its  members. 
You  should  be  for  and  not  against  the  accomplishment 
of  the  functions  of  the  Department,  giving  your  most 
earnest  and  hearty  support  to  those  in  authority.  You 
cannot  be  loyal  and  be  a  knocker,  a  grumbler  or  a  shirker. 


PO'L.I.O^;    PRACTICE 


Just  one  mini  of  tii-is' t'3;;^e.ih  a  command  is  a  nuisance 
and  a  centre  of  dissatisfaction.  You  should,  therefore, 
discourage  such  tendencies  in  yourself  and  in  those 
with  whom  you  come  into  contact.  Most  grievances  are 
fancied  and  the  longer  they  are  entertained,  the  greater 
they  appear.  If  something  is  apparently  interfering  with 
you  in  the  line  of  your  duty  and  you  feel  that  you  are  not 
getting  a  square  deal,  don't  grumble — ^go  to  the  person  m 
immediate  control  and  explain  the  circumstances  and  you 
will  find  that  he  can  and  will  rectify  any  legitimate  griev- 
ance. 

Do  not  criticise  the  actions  or  orders  of  those  placed  in 
authority  over  you.  You  must  assume  that  they  are  re- 
sponsible, that  they  understand  what  they  are  trying  to  ac- 
complish and  have  reasons  for  wanting  things  done  in  the 
way  they  prescribe.  You  must  not  assume  that  because 
you  know  of  another  way  by  which  the  same  results  might 
be  obtained  that  they  are  wrong  and  you  are  right.  Your 
superior  officer  will  be  judged  by  the  final  results  obtained 
through  such  methods  as  he  may  pursue,  whereas  your  re- 
sponsibility ceases  when  you  have  carried  out  his  orders. 

The  Police  Department  itself  is  often  gauged  by  acts  of 
its  individual  members.  If  you  favorably  impress  persons 
they  will  judge  the  entire  Department  by  that  impression. 
Every  officer,  whether  on  or  off  duty,  on  patrol,  in  reserve, 
or  at  home,  should,  therefore,  conduct  himself  In  an  ex- 
emplary manner.  When  in  uniform,  whether  on  or  off 
duty,  you  are  a  target  for  the  eyes  of  the  public  and  if 
you  do  not  conduct  yourself  in  a  gentlemanly  manner  you 
will  be  quickly  observed.  Do  not  do  anything  to  attract 
attention  unless  it  is  necessary  for  the  accomplishment 
of  some  police  purpose.  While  in  cars  or  other  public  con- 
veyances, be  particular  to  extend  every  courtesy.  Do  not 
occupy  a  seat  while  any  other  person  is  standing.  Do  not 
push,  shove  or  jostle. 

Do  not  do  anything  that  is  not  gentlemanly.  Do  not 
spit  on  the  sidewalk,  cough  In  anyone's  face,  chew  tobacco 
or  gum,  talk  loudly  or  too  much,   or  make  unnecessary 


AND     PROCEDURE 


noise.  Mind  your  own  affairs  and  do  not  meddle  with  or 
critcise  business  people  or  other  persons  passing  over  your 
post.    Refrain  from  influencing  the  business  of  any  person. 

It  is  better  to  talk  too  little  than  too  much;  an  act 
committed  or  a  story  told  by  a  private  individual  might 
be  construed  as  idle  and  unimportant,  but  the  same  thing 
done  by  a  policeman  might  become  very  significant.  Idle 
gossip  concerning  yourself,  the  Department,  or  citizens, 
should  not  be  indulged  in,  as  a  blasted  reputation  is  sel- 
dom recovered  and  a  gossipy  man  seldom  makes  a  good 
policeman. 

The  matters  you  are  prohibited  from  discussing,  such  as 
business  of  the  Department,  etc.,  you  can  avoid  by  frankly 
telling  anyone  who" brings  up  tl>e  subject  that  you  are  for- 
bidden by  the  rules  of  the  Department  to  talk  on  such 
topics. 

Do  not  shirk  your  duty.  Leaving  post  unnecessarily  and 
conversing  are  habits.  Do  not  make  appointments  to  meet 
persons  on  post;  make  them  for  times  when  you  are  ex- 
cused from  duty.  Be  particular  about  conversing  unnec- 
essarily with  women  while  on  duty. 

In  your  home  life,  you  and  your  family  should  conduct 
yourselves  quietly  and  confine  yourselves  closely  to  the 
rules  of  decency  and  courtesy.  Do  not  permit  your  wife 
and  children  to  make  use  of  your  position  as  a  veiled 
threat. 

Excellent  physique  alone  does  not  make  the  perfect 
policeman.  He  should  possess  sufficient  strength  of  char- 
acter, will  power  and  moral  courage  to  successfully  resist 
any  temptation  to  do  wrong.  Oftentimes  persons  engaged 
in  undertakings  requiring  police  supervision,  or  individuals 
of  unsavory  reputation  will  endeavor  to  induce  you  to  over- 
look a  violation  of  the  law  and  may,  if  arrested,  seek  either 
directly  or  through  friends  to  have  you  give  weak  or  evasive 
testimony  in  court  so  that  justice  may  be  defeated.  Be 
jealous  of  your  character  and  reputation.  Social  com- 
panionship and  intimate  acquaintance  with  such  persons 


POLICE      PRACTICE 


should  be  carefully  avoided,  for  in  the  majority  of  cases 
they  seek  your  friendship  with  an  ulterior  object  in  view. 

When  you  are  on  post  in  a  section  of  the  city  populated 
by  a  foreign'  element  you  will  find  that  you  are  expected 
by  the  people  to  be  their  doctor,  their  lawyer  and  their 
interpreter.  You  will  be  called  upon  at  various  times  to 
render  assistance  in  all  good  faith  and  confidence.  Such 
confidence  should  not  be  betrayed  or  abused.  You  should 
do  everything  within  reason  to  assist  them,  by  summoning 
an  ambulance  surgeon,  directing  them  to  dispensaries,  hos- 
pitals, the  Department  of  Charities,  the  Legal  Aid  Society, 
etc.  This  you  should  do  cheerfully  and  with  the  greatest 
possible  attentiveness.  If  a  person  is  sick  and  you  are  re- 
quested to  assist  him  or  her  home,  do  so  if  it  is  within 
a  reasonable  distance  in  your  own  precinct  or  a  short  dis- 
tance into  an  adjoining  precinct,  but  always  notify  your 
station-house  before  leaving  post. 

Be  courteous  to  everyone  regardless  of  their  position  in 
life.  Persons  seeking  assistance  or  advice  are  entitled  to 
courteous  and  gentlemanly  attention,  and  it  is  not  cour- 
teous to  be  abrupt  and  short  in  your  answers.  You  may 
be  required  to  answer  the  same  question  a  great  many 
times  during  one  tour  if  you  are  stationed  in  a  congested 
section  of  the  city  and  the  repetition  will  become  tiresome. 
Do  not,  however,  lose  your  head  or  change  your  manner; 
the  last  person  to  ask  a  question  is  as  interested  in  and  as 
much  entitled  to  the  proper  information  as  the  first  one. 
Do  not  appear  surprised  at  the  questions  that  are  asked, 
you ;  they  may  sound  ridiculous  to  you  but  as  a  whole  they 
are  asked  in  good  faith  and  warrant  a  courteous  answer. 
Stand  at  attention  and  listen  attentively  to  what  they 
have  to  say,  then  give  the  best  information  or  advice  that 
you  can.  If  you  cannot  supply  the  information  they  wish, 
direct  them  to  some  place  where  they  may  obtain  it — to  a 
store  having  a  city  or  business  directory,  or,  if  the  question 
relates  to  car  lines,  to  a  transfer  agent  or  railroad  inspector, 
etc.  Do  not  think  that  you  will  be  considered  ignorant  if 
you  do  not  know  the  right  answer  to  every  question  asked 


A  N  D     P  R  O  C  E  DURE 


you,  and  do  not  give  directions  or  advice  unless  you  are 
sure  you  are  right.  The  average  person  seeking  advice 
will  not  feel  offended  if,  being  unable  to  help  him  yourself, 
you  direct  him  to  some  place  where  he  may  get  the  desired 
information;  but  if  you  give  him  advice  which  he  later 
discovers  to  be  wrong,  you  can  imagine  his  feeling  toward 
you  and  the  entire  Department. 

If  you  find  some  one  who  thoughtlessly  or  otherwise  is 
about  to  violate  a  law  or  ordinance,  warn  him  that  such 
an  act  is  illegal.  If  your  warning  is  disregarded,  take 
immediate  and  proper  police  action ;  if  you  do  not,  the 
disorderly  element  and  even  law-abiding  citizens  will  look 
upon  you  as  a  man  of  weak,,  or  even  cowardly,  character. 

The  early  habits  you  form  will  remain  with  you  as  long 
as  you  are  in  the  Department.  If  you  are  attentive  to  duty 
and  courteous  to  persons  with  whom  you  come  into  contact 
during  the  first  year  you  will  continue  so  involuntarily 
throughout  your  career. 

From  the  first  tour  of  duty  you  perform,  it  should  be 
your  aim  to  prepare  for  the  competitive  examinations  for 
promotion.  Men  who  are  ambitious  for  promotion  make 
good  policemen ;  they  are  attentive  to  their  duty,  jealous  of 
their  character  and  reputation,  and  as  a  result  of  their 
study  of  the  rules  and  regulations,  usages  and  customs  of 
the  Department,  and  the  laws  and  ordinances,  are  mentally 
well  equipped.  There  is  an  excuse  for  one  man  knovv^ing 
how  to  do  some  one  particular  thing  better  than  anyone 
else;  he  may  have  had  ta  specialize  at  it.  There  is,  how- 
ever, no  excuse  for  any  police  officer  not  knowing  a,s  well  as 
any  other  man  in  the  Department  the  rules  ai^^cl  regular 
tions  and  the  laws  and  ordinances.  The  information  is 
available  and  if  one  does  not  prepare  himself  o'h  those  sub- 
jects it  is  due  to  his  own  neglect  and  carelessriess, 


POLICE      PRACTICE 


CHAPTER  IL 


PHYSICAL    CONDITION. 

When  they  enter  the  Department,  patrolmen  are  fit  to 
perform  almost  any  physical  task  allotted  to  them 
in  the  line  of  their  duty.  This  is  dne  to  their  excellent 
physical  condition,  their  youth  and  their  training  for  the 
physical  examination  for  appointment.  After  this  appoint- 
ment to  the  force,  however,  the  arms  and  body  get  com- 
paratively little  exercise  and  therefore  become  stiff  and 
accumulate  fat,  which  brings  with  it  a  slovenly  appearance 
and,  very  often,  carelessness  in  dress  and  appearance. 

It  is  natural  for  a  policeman  to  gain  and  lose  weight, 
but  it  should  be  gained  and  lost  in  all  portions  of  the 
body,  head,  shoulders,  arms,  chest,  legs,  and  not  entirely 
in  the  abdomen,  as  is  so  often  the  case. 

Obesity  can  be  avoided  by  taking  ordinary  precautions; 
exercising  all  of  the  muscles  and  not  a  special  few.  A 
policeman  should  devote  at  least  ten  minutes  a  day,  before 
eating,  to  exercise.  On  getting  out  of  bed,  he  should  open 
the  windows  wide,  thoroughly  ventilate  the  room,  and  take 
the  calisthenic  exercises  taught  in  the  School  for  Re- 
cruits. This  will  keep  him  in  good  physical  condition. 
There  is  no  more  occasion  for  policemen  to  get  stout  than 
for  soldiers  in  the  United  States  Army.  Their  erect,  sol- 
dierly appearance  is  due  to  daily  exercise. 

In  standi'ng,  a  policeman  should  not  have  his  hands  or 
arms  folded  t^r  hanging  in  front  of  his  body.  This  position 
throws  the  sK^oulders  and  head  to  the  front.  He  should 
either  place  hiiT'  hands  on  his  hips  or  behind  his  back.  His 
weight  should  pe  distributed  equally  on  his  feet.  This 
prevents  him  frt^ni  becoming  lopsided.  Wheij  he  becomes 
tired,  he  can  rest  by  shifting  his  weight  to  his  toes  and 
then  to  his  heel:  • 


POLICE     PRACTICE 


CAtbii    ui-     Ulii^Sili' 


% 


AND    PROCEDURE 


Cure  for  Obesity 


POLICE     PRACTICE 


Men  who  keep  themselves  in  good  condition  will  be 
found  to  be  neat  and  to  take  pride  in  their  appearance. 
As  a  result,  their  uniforms  and  equipments  are  always 
presentable.  Patrolmen  of  this  kind  always  command  re- 
spect from  the  public.  If  an  officer  is  snappy  in  appear- 
ance and  commands  respect  for  his  office,  and  looks  as 
though  he  were  able  to  control  any  situation  with  which  he 
might  be  confronted,  he  will  not  have  to  use  one  half  the 
physical  effort  that  a  slow,  careless  or  slovenly  policeman 
would  under  the  same  circumstances. 

Patrolmen  should  take  particular  care  of  their  feet. 
Most  foot  troubles  are  due  to  the  wearing  of  ill-fitting 
shoes;  rundown  heels,  tending  to  cause  the  foot  to  press 
against  that  side,  result  in  callouses  and  corns.  When  a 
condition  of  the  feet  exists  that  you  cannot  remedy,  con- 
sult a  chiropodist. 

Due  to  police  conditions,  patrolmen  lead  irregular  lives. 
Twice  as  much  work  is  required  at  night  as  in  the  day, 
and  in  order  that  the  work  may  be  equally  distributed,  the 
force  is  divided  into  squads  which  rotate  from  day  to  night 
duty,  a  short  period  of  time  being  allowed  between  the 
tours.  This  irregularity  naturally  breaks  up  and  changes 
a  man's  mode  of  living,  eating  and  sleeping.  As  a  re- 
sult, one  is  likely  to  not  take  sufficient  time  for  rest  and 
the  mastication  of  his  food.  This  seriously  interferes  with 
the  digestive  organs  and  tends  to  break  down  good  health. 

If  you  are  excused  for  eight  hours  after  having  per- 
formed an  eight-hour  tour  of  patrol  duty,  rest  during  that 
interval  so  as  to  be  fit  during  your  next  tour. 

If  you  are  ill,  report  on  sick  leave  under  the  care  of  the 
police  surgeon.  Home,  and  not  the  street,  is  the  proper 
place  for  sick  policemen.  The  head  of  the  Department,  as 
well  as  the  public,  expects  a  patrolman  on  duty  to  be  at 
his  best.  If  you  are  sick  on  patrol,  you  may  be  called 
upon  to  perform  the  most  strenuous  act  of  your  career, 
and  to  say  that  you  failed  because  you  were  sick  would  bo 
a  lame  excuse. 


POLICE      PRACTICE 


CHAPTER  IIL 


PATROL. 

Posts — Much  of  the  success  of  tlie  Department  depends 
upon  the  manner  in  which  patrol  duty  is  performed. 

A  man  going  on  patrol  is  like  a  man  going  to  war^,  in 
that  no  matter  how  enthusiastic  a  soldier  may  be  for  the 
cause,  if  he  is  not  able  to  shoot  he  is  of  little  value;  so 
with  a  man  on  patrol,  unless  he  is  rested,  in  good  physical 
condition,  properly  equipped  and  uniformed,  and  under- 
stands how  to  cope  with  the  conditions  which  will  confront 
him,  he  too  is  of  little  value. 

For  the  purpose  of  distributing  the  force,  the  Police 
Commissioner  establishes  what  are  known  as  posts.  The 
length  of  such  posts  depends  upon  the  police  necessity  of 
the  section. 

Fixed  posts  are  established  at  intersections  of  streets  in 
various  parts  of  the  city  and  are  manned  at  night.  Patrol- 
men are  required  to  rotate  to  them  at  times  designated 
and  when  so  assigned,  alternately  do  fixed  post  and  patrol 
duty.  When  covering  a  fixed  post  you  are  required,  while 
standing,  to  stay  in  the  center  of  the  post,  but  while  in 
motion,  you  may  walk  anywhere  within  its  boundaries. 

If  a  person  is  discovered  in  the  commission  of  a  crime 
and  an  outcry  is  made,  it  should  be  impossible  for  him  to 
escape  if  he  keeps  on  the  street. 

Most  householders  living  in  the  sections  where  fixed  posts 
are  in  operation  know  that  between  10  p.  m.  and  6  a.  m. 
a  policeman  should  be  on  the  designated  fixed  post,  and 
if  they  require  your  assistance  they  will  call  you.  Many 
citizens  have  police  whistles  which  they  use  in  calling. 

Special  posts  are  established  at  designated  places,  such 
as  fire  ruins  and  cave-ins  in  the  street.    Men  on  such  posts 


AND     I'ROCEDURE 


are  expected  to  prevent  unauthorized  persons  from  enter- 
ing the  ruins  and  to  keep  pedestrian  and  vehicular  traffic 
at  a  safe  distance.  Among  other  special  posts  may  be 
mentioned  raided  gambling  and  disorderly  houses,  where 
an  officer  is  stationed  for  the  purpose  of  preventing  the 
removal  of  evidence  or  a  continuance  of  the  nuisance; 
places  where  a  serious  crime  has  been  committed;  and 
premises  where  a  strike  has  been  declared,  for  the  purpose 
of  preserving  the  peace  and  preventing  strikers  from 
assaulting,  threatening  or  annoying  persons  who  are 
employed  or  seeking  employment.  Eemember  that  the 
strikers  are  not  violating  the  law  when  they  peacefully  re- 
quest other  persons  to  go  on  strike  or  not  to  take  their 
places.  The  sidewalk  and  street  at,  or  near,  a  strike  must 
be  kept  clear  for  pedestrians  and  traffic. 

Before  going  on  patrol  you  are  required  to  appear  at 
inspection,  uniformed  and  equipped  as  prescribed  by  the 
rules  of  the  Department.  You  are  then  instructed  as  to 
all  orders  that  relate  to  the  performance  of  your  duty. 
When  directed,  you  will  proceed  to  your  post  relieving 
point,  where  the  officer  you  relieve  will  give  you  such  in- 
formation regarding  the  post  as  will  assist  you  in- perform- 
ing your  duty  during  that  tour. 

You  will  then  start  to  patrol  your  post  to  the  right  ;^ 
shield  to  the  curb.  This  is  done  for  the  reason  that  your 
superior  officers  patrol  to  the  left  and  should  be  able  to 
find  you  readily  if  youare  onpost.,  If,  however,  you  are 
suspicious  of  anything\au  sTiould  immediately  turn  back 
and  try  to  verify  your  sSlpicion.  At  night  or  during  the 
hours  when  business  houses  are  closed  you  will  try  all 
doors,  low  windows  and  area  gates,  as  explained  under 
Observation  on  page  14. 

While  one  portion  of  a  post  may  require  more  attention 
than  another,  remember  that  a  person  planning  a  crime 
will  always  take  advantage  of  the  section  of  your  post 
which  he  believes  to  be  least  patrolled. 

If  you  are  suspicious  of  any  persons  and  it  is  necessary 
for  you  to  stand  in  a  doorway  to  watch,  or  if  it  is  necessary 


10  POLICE      PRACTICE 


to  go  into  the  hallway  of  a  tenement  for  the  purpose  of 
examining  the  side  door  of  a  store,  do  so  and  inform  the 
first  visiting  officer  you  meet. 

Do  not  be  timid  about  going  anywhere  in  the  vicinity 
of  your  post  to  perform  proper  police  duty,  through  fear 
of  being  disciplined  for  being  off  post.  Be  sure,  how- 
ever, to  comply  with  the  rules  defining  what  you  must 
do  when  you  leave  post  for  a  police  necessity,  in  order  that 
there  may  be  no  doubt  as  to  the  sincerity  of  your  purpose. 

When  patrolling  crowded  thoroughfares  keep  on  the 
outside  of  the  crowd,  that  you  may  be  seen.  That  is  why 
you  are  dressed  in  a  distinctive  uniform.  If  you  lose  your- 
self in  a  crowd  unnecessarily,  you  are  temporarily  useless. 

At  night,  be  suspicious  of  strangers  who  appear  friendly 
and  engage  you  in  conversation.  They  may  be  interested 
in  the  commission  of  a  crime  on  your  post  and  endeavoring 
to  hold  you  in  conversation  so  as  to  permit  their  pals  to 
escape.  This  also  applies  to  persons  who  try  to  decoy  you 
from  your  post,  such  as  by  telling  you  that  you  are  needed 
immediately  at  some  place.  If  you  are  suspicious  take  the 
■perso'n  with  you.  Find  out  his  name  and  address.  If  you 
find  there  is  no  truth  in  the  complaint,  make  him  accom- 
pany you,  and  examine  your  post  immediately.  If  you 
find  that  a  felony  has  been  committed  during  your  absence 
and  you  think  he  has  decoyed  you,  arrest  him  on  suspicion 
of  being  a  principal  in  its  commission. 

The  courts  have  held  that  the  reputation  of  a  place 
among  the  people  living  or  doing  business  in  the  neighbor- 
hood is  evidence  of  the  character  of  the  premises ;  that 
loud  noise  or  anything  injurious  to  public  health  or 
offensive  to  decency  is  contributory  in  establishing  a 
nuisance. 

It  is  sometimes  difficult  for  the  police  alone  to  rid  a 
community  of  a  nuisance,  and  the  complainants  are  gener- 
ally unwilling  to  assist  the  Department,  because  of  unwar- 
ranted fear  of  incurring  the  enmity  of  those  in  charge  or 
because  they  wish  to  avoid  loss  of  time  in  court. 


AND     PROCEDURE  11 


If  you  can  make  them  realize  that  no  condition 
which  is  objectionable  and  in  violation  of  the  law 
can  exist  for  any  length  of  time  if  the  residents  in  the 
block  are  determined  to  end  it  and  are  willing  to  sacrifice 
a  little  time,  it  should  be  easy  to  enlist  their  co-operation. 
Call  to  their  attention  the  fact  that  in  sections  of  the  city 
where  it  is  apparent,  or  where  it  has  once  been  shown,  that 
neighbors  will  not  tolerate  a  disorderly  condition,  nuisances 
are  never  established. 

If  you  have  occasion  to  use  a  public  telephone  in  com- 
municating with  the  Department,  as  soon  as  the  telephone 
company's  operator  answers,  give  her  your  name,  rank, 
precinct  and  shield  numbers  before  asking  for  your  con- 
nection. When  the  Department's  operator  responds,  iden- 
tify yourself  by  .  giving  your  name,  rank,  precinct 
and  shield  number,  and  ask  for  the  proper  extension.  If 
the  matter  is  one  which  the  operator  will  attend  to,  such 
as  an  ambulance  call  or  a  call  for  assistance,  give  the 
operator  the  number  and  location  of  the  telephone  from 
which  you  are  talking,  so  that,  if  necessary,  you  may  be 
sent  for. 

For  assistance,  give  three  or  more  blasts  of  your  whistle, 
or  three  or  more  raps  with  your  baton.  If  you  are  placed 
in  such  a  position  that  you  can  use  neither  whistle 
nor  baton,  discharge  your  pistol  in  the  air.  If  you  hear  a 
call  for  assistance  give  one  signal  with  baton  or  whistle 
and  run  immediately  in  the  direction  from  which  the  call 
came.  In  using  your  pistol  to  summon  assistance,  great 
care  must  be  exercised  for  the  safety  of  innocent  persons. 
It  is  better  to  have  the  guilty  person  escape  than  to  kill  or 
injure  an  innocent  bystander.  There  are  times,  of  course, 
when  it  is  not  advisable  to  make  a  noise  in  summoning 
assistance,  when,  for  instance,  it  might  reveal  your  un- 
suspected presence.  In  such  a  case  send  someone  in  whom 
you  have  confidence  for  the  help  you  need. 

If  it  becomes  necessary  to  leave  your  post,  try  to  have 
the  patrolman  on  an  adjoining  post  cover  it  during  your 
absence,  and  on  your  return  make  sure  that  nothing  has 


12  POLICE      PRACTICE 


gone  amiss.  Do  not  leave,  except  for  a  sufficient  police 
or  urgent  personal  reason.  If  you  have  a  report,  com- 
municate with  the  station-house  by  means  of  the  signal- 
box,  or  if  one  is  not  convenient,  by  means  of  a  public  tele- 
phone, and  inform  the  lieutenant  of  the  nature  of  the  re- 
port. Be  governed  by  his  directions  as  to  whether  or  not 
you  will  telephone  it  in  or  leave  post  and  report  it  in  per- 
son at  the  station-house. 

Keep  in  harmony  with  the  watchmen  and  special  patrol- 
men on  your  post.  If  you  have  their  co-operation  they 
may  render  you  valuable  assistance. 

Do  not  hound  or  persecute  ex-convicts.  If  a  man  has 
been  convicted  of  a  crime  and  has  paid  the  penalty,  he  is 
entitled  to  start  life  anew  and  should  receive  assistance 
and  co-operation  from  you  in  his  endeavor  to  live  a  decent 
life.  If  he  lives  on  your  post  do  not  tell  his  neighbors  of 
his  past;  if  he  is  seeking  employment,  or  is  employed,  do 
not  inform  the  employer  for  the  sole  purpose  of  having 
him  discharged.  Tell  your  superiors  or  members  of  the 
Detective  Division  so  that  they  may  keep  a  watch  on  him. 
If  he  is  hounded  by  the  police  and  prohibited  from  engag- 
ing in  a  lawful  vocatiton,  there  is  only  one  door  open  to  him, 
again  to  become  a  criminal. 

Firearms — Use  the  utmost  care  in  the  handling  of  fire- 
arms at  all  times.  Hold  the  weapon  firmly,  with  the 
muzzle  pointed  to  the  ground,  or  in  such  manner  that  no 
person  would  be  in  the  line  of  fire  in  case  of  accidental 
discharge.     Consider  every  gun  loaded. 

Become  thoroughly  acquainled  with  the  different  types 
so  that  you  may  handle  with  safety  to  yourself  and  others 
almost  any  arm  that  may  come  into  your  possession.  You 
ghould  familiarize  yourself  with  the  action  of  the  regula- 
tion revolver  or  pistol  and  learn  to  properly  clean  and  oil 
it.  Under  ordinary  "Conditions,  the  revolver  or  pistol 
should  be  cleaned  and  oiled  at  least  once  a  month  because, 
if  neglected,  dampness  from  perspiration  will  cause  it 
to  rust.  It  should  be  cleaned  as  soon  as  possible  after  hav- 


A  N  I>      r»  R  O  C  E  D  I^  R  E  13 


ing  been  discharged.  One  cleaning  is  generally  sufficient 
after  having  used  black  powder  cartridges,  but  when 
smokeless  powder  cartridges  are  used  the  arm  should  not 
only  be  cleaned  as  soon  as  possible  after  having  been  dis- 
charged, but  again  within  twenty-four  hours.  Never  at- 
tempt to  clean  or  oil  it  without  first  making  sure  that  the 
arm  is  unloaded.  Take  care  that  no  oil  runs  onto  the  pri- 
mers of  the  cartridges,  as  it  may  work  into  the  powder 
and  render  the  cartridges  useless. 

Use  only  cartridges  suited  to  the  arm. 

The  easiest  and  most  accessible  place  to  carry  a  pistol  is 
in  a  holster,  suspended  from  a  belt,  hanging  on  the  left 
side  toward  the  front  of  the  body. 

Form  the  habit  of  always  removing  your  pistol  and  put- 
ting it  in  a  safe  place  before  undressing,  so  that  it  may  not 
fall  and  be  accidentally  discharged. 

A  pistol,  when  not  being  carried,  should  always  be  se- 
creted in  some  place  where  children  cannot  get  it  to  play 
with  and  where  a  burglar  or  other  intruder  could  not 
readily  find  it  and  arm  himself . 

Do  not  show  your  pistol  to  friends  or  others  for  the  pur- 
pose of  explaining  its  action.  If  any  of  them  has  a  permit 
to  possess  a  pistol  he  can  learn  from  the  dealer  from  whom 
he  makes  his  purchase  all  he  need  know  about  it. 

Do  not  draw  your  pistol  at  the  slightest  provocation  or 
without  cause ;  but  in  responding  to  a  call  for  help  or  in 
searching  a  building  or  approaching  the  scene  of  a  serious 
crime,  such  as  a  shooting  or  stabbing  affray,  have  it  in  posi- 
tion for  instant  use. 

In  learning  to  shoot,  or  in  practice,  use  an  unloaded 
pistol.  Stand  easily,  with  the  weight  of  the  body  balanced 
on  both  feet,  the  right  foot  a  little  in  advance,  and  face 
slightly  to  the  left.  Grasp  the  handle  lightly,  so  as  not  to 
cause  trembling;  raise  the  hammer  with  the  thumb,  close 
one  eye,  look  through  the  groove  of  the  rear  sight  until 
you  see  the  front  sight  under  the  lower  edge  of  the  bulls- 
eye,  and  pull  the  trigger  with  a  steady  pressure — not  a 


14  POLICE      PRACTICE 


jerk.  The  position  of  the  pistol  after  the  hammer  has 
fallen  will  show  where  the  bullet  would  have  struck  had 
the  arm  been  loaded.  Practice  will  enable  you  to  retain 
the  aim  and  position  during  discharge.  At  the  moment 
of  firing*  do  not  shut  the  eyes  and  flinch.  The  secret  of 
keeping  the  front  and  rear  sights  in  line  with  the  target  as 
you  fire,  is  to  educate  the  muscles  of  the  forefinger  to  act 
independently  of  those  of  the  hand  and  arm. 

Never  try  to  shoot  while  running.  Come  to  a  full  stop. 
Very  few  men  can  shoot  effectively  while  they  are  in  mo- 
tion, and  the  chances  are  that  some  innocent  person  pos- 
sibly two  or  three  blocks  away  may  be  struck  by  the  bullet. 

Observation — A  number  of  qualifications  are  required 
of  a  policeman.  He  must  be  strong,  because  he  will  be 
called  upon  to  handle  all  kinds  of  people;  fleet-footed, 
because  he  will  be  expected  at  times  to  overtake  a  fleeing 
culprit;  courageous,  because  he  must  stand  ready  at  all 
times  to  sacrifice  his  life  in  carrying  out  the  functions  of 
the  Department;  tall,  because  it  w:*ll  be  necessary  for  him 
to  see  what  is  going  on  about  him,  sometimes  over  the 
heads  of  a  crowd. 

Unless  he  is  observant,  however,  he  may  possess  all 
these  qualifications  and  still  be  almost  useless  as  a  police- 
man. In  ten  years  he  may  not  be  called  upon  to  run,  use 
his  strength  or  display  his  courage,  but  he  is  constantly 
called  upon  to  use  his  powers  of  observation.  The  best 
policeman  is  he  who  is  suspicious  of  everything  that  is 
going  on  about  him.  If  everything  always  appears  regular 
to  him  he  will  seldom,  as  a  result  of  his  own  initiative, 
prevent  crime.  It  is  more  essential  from  the  taxpayers' 
point  of  view  that  crime  be  prevented,  than  that  the  per- 
petrator be  detected  and  arrested.  The  city  is  put  to  con- 
siderable expense  in  convicting  and  imprisoning  the  guilty. 
If  a  policeman,  by  using  his  power  of  observation  can  pre- 
vent the  commission  of  a  crime  he  renders  better  service 
to  the  city  than  if  he  detects  it.  The  best  evidence  of  a 
patrolman's  efficiency  is  the  absence  of  crime  on  his  post. 


AND     PROCEDURE  15 


The  best  detectives  are  those  who  possess  a  keen  sense 
of  observation.  In  the  Detective  Division  there  are  two 
grades ;  first  grade,  paying  a  salary  equal  to  that  of  a  lieu- 
tenant of  police ;  and  second  grade,  at  the  patrolman's  or- 
dinary salary.  It  should  be  an  incentive  to  a  patrolman 
to  develop  his  observation,  to  know  that  assignment  as 
First  Grade  Detective  depends  greatly  upon  results 
achieved  by  applying  this  sense. 

To  sharpen  your  observation,  when  assigned  to  a  post 
for  the  first  time,  scrutinize  the  persons  passing  and  try 
to  gather  from  tlieir  carriage,  actions  and  manner  of  dress 
what  their  occupations  are ;  then  make  discreet  inquiries 
to  verify  your  deductions.  Describe  to  yourself  some  per- 
son whom  you  have  seen  only  once,  his  facial  expression 
and  complexion,  wearing  apparel,  gait,  etc.,  and  when  you 
see  him  again  check  up  your  description.  By  a  little  such 
practice  you  will  be  able,  when  necessary,  to  accurately 
describe  some  person  whom  you  may  have  seen  only 
casually. 

Watch  the  vehicles  passing  over  your  post  and  note  the 
names  and  business  marks  on  them.  In  the  case  of  motor 
vehicles  practice  memorizing  the  license  numbers.  Com- 
pute their  speed  by  timing  them  over  a  given  distance;  in 
a  short  time  you  will  become  proficient  in  estimating  it. 

Do  not  be  satisfied  with  simply  taking  the  number  of  an 
automobile.  If  it  has  been  used  for  the  purpose  of  com- 
mitting a  crime  or  as  a  means  of  escape,  the  first  or  last 
number  is  likely  to  have  been  painted  out.  Familiarize 
yourself  with  the  characteristic  lines  of  the  different 
models.  It  will,  in  most  cases,  narrow  a  search  down  to 
about  five  per  cent,  of  the  machines  in  use  in  the  city  if 
you  report,  for  instance,  that  the  car  wanted  is  a  "five- 
passenger  1914  X.  Y.  Z.,  blue,  with  no  top.'* 

In  passing  through  a  street,  observe  anything  which 
seems  unusual  or  out  of  place.  Ask  yourself:  "Why  is 
this  ?  What  is  the  reason  for  it  ?  Is  it  regular  ?  Does  the 
person  in  charge  of  the  premises  know  of  this  condition? 
Has  he  given  permrssion  ?"'    ^lake  inquiry  of  business  men 


16  POLICE      PRACTICE 


or  householders.  They  will  appreciate  your  inquiry  when 
they  know  that  your  object  is  to  protect  them  or  their 
property,  and  though  they  may  be  inconvenienced  by  the 
inquiry  they  will  commend  you  for  the  interest  you  have 
displayed  in  their  behalf. 

Watch  persons  entering  and  leaving  Duildings,  particu- 
larly at  night.  If  anyone  arouses  your  suspicions,  ques- 
tion him  as  to  who  he  is  and  what  business  he  had  in  the 
particular  place.  If  his  excuse  is  not  satisfactory  bring 
him  back  to  the  building  for  the  purpose,  of  identification. 

In  handling  cases  of  this  kind  be  earful  of  the  manner 
in  which  you  conduct  yourself.  If  you  are  in  uniform  you 
need  not  tell  your  office,  but  if  you  are  in  civilian 
clothes  your  first  words  should  be:  "  I  am  a  policeman"; 
and  you  should  display  your  shield  conspicuously  This 
is  important  because  the  ordinary  person  on  being  stopped 
at  night  by  a  man  in  civilian  clothes  will  naturally  as- 
sume that  he  is  going  to  be  held  up  and  may  run  or,  if 
he  has  a  weapon,  possibly  assault  you.  An  honest  man 
will  never  find  fault  with  a  policeman  for  stopping  him 
under  these  circumstances,  provided  it  is  done  in  a  cour- 
teous manner.  If  your  investigation  proves  that  he  was 
in  the  premises  for  a  legitimate  purpose  you  will  find  that 
he  will  commend  rather  than  criticize. 

In  stopping  a  person  under  these  circumstances  always 
be  on  your  guard.  Take  every  advantage  of  him. 
Have  your  baton  ready  for  instant  use  and  be  prepared 
to  fight.  If  you  are  right  handed  keep  him  to  the  left. 
Keep  close  to  his  right  hand  and  be  ready  to  grab  it  in 
case  he  attempts  to  assault  you.  Eemember  that 
a  person  leaving  a  building  after  committing  a  crime  an- 
ticipates being  stopped  and  is  usually  prepared  to  give  a 
better  explanation  of  his  movements  (which,  of  course,  will 
not  stand  investigation)  than  a  person  who  has  lawful  rea- 
sons for  being  tliore.  He  will  assault  you  if  he  believes 
that  by  so  doing  he  can  escape. 

In  searching  or  disarming  a  person  possessing  a  fire- 
arm, extreme  care  should  be  taken  that  no  opportunity  is 


AND     PROCEDURE  17 


given  him  to  use  it  on  5^ourself  or  another.  A  search  of 
this  kind  should  be  thorough,  as  men  have  been  known  to 
carry  pistols  sticking  in  the  sides  of  their  shoes,  in  the 
seat  of  trousers,  on  a  spring  fastened  to  the  inside  of 
a  derby  hat,  up  a  coat  sleeve  and  fastened  to  the  forearm 
by  rubber  bands,  and  suspended  by  a  cord  around  the  neck 
and  concealed  beneath  the  coat  and  vest.  Gangsters  and 
men  who  consort  with  women  of  the  street  sometimes  have 
the  women  carry  their  pistols  for  them.  The  woman  gen- 
erally has  the  pistol  concealed  in  a  muff,  neck-piece, 
hand-bag,  or  the  bosom  of  her  dress. 

Stop  anyone  wfth  a  bundle  at  night  who  is  loitering  in 
doorways  or  of  whom  you  are  suspicious.  Find  out  the 
contents  of  the  bundle.  If  he  will  not  disclose  what  the 
bundle  contains,  arrest  him  on  suspicion  of  being  impli- 
cated in  some  felony  which  you  are  aware  has  been  com- 
mitted in  the  vicinity.  This  is  legal;  for,  if  a  felony  has 
been  committed,  you  have  reasonable  grounds  for  believing 
that  this  person  is  the  perpetrator,  in  view  of  the  suspici- 
ous circumstances  and  his  unwillingness  to  account  for  his 
movements  or  the  contents  of  the  package  or  bundle. 

Be  suspicious  of  persons  entering  buildings  under  the 
pretense  of  being  canvassers,  peddlers  or  agents,  or  repre- 
senting themselves  as  inspectors  or  mechanics  of  the  New 
York  Telephone  Co.,  the  Department  of  Water  Supply, 
Gas  and  Electricity,  a  gas  company  or  the  like.  If  in 
doubt,  make  them  prove  their  identity.  If  they  are  what 
they  seem,  they  will  have  no  difficulty  in  doing  so  instantly. 
Should  you  have  reason  to  doubt  them  further,  make  them 
accompany  you  and  telephone  to  their  office. 

You  should  try  to  know  by  sight  all  persons  living  or 
doing  business  on  your  post.  If  possible,  ascertain  their 
business,  time  of  arrival  and  departure.  Where  servants 
are  employed,  observe  the  persons  in  the  habit  of  visiting 
them. 

You  will  be  called  upon  from  time  to  time,  by  members 
of  the  Detective  Division  who  are  making  investigations, 
for  information  regarding  the  character,  habits  and  move- 


^ 


18  POLICE      PRACTICE 


ments  of  persons  on  your  post.  If  you  are  observant  you 
can  be  of  great  assistance  to  them.  Tell  them  all  you 
know  regarding  the  matter.  You  should  be  able  to  an- 
swer most  questions  of  this  nature. 

Familiarize  yourself  with  the  locations  and  types 
of  stores  on  your  post,  and  as  far  as  possible  learn  the  stock 
carried,  time  of  opening  and  closing,  the  persons  usually 
attending  to  such  duties,  and  the  locations  of  safes,  cash 
registers  or  property  of  value  which  could  be  readily  stolen. 
Where  lights  are  usually  left  burning,  note  their  position. 

On  patrol  at  night,  constantly  try  doors,  low  windows 
and  area  gates.  It  is  often  possible  to  so  mark  a  window 
or  door  and  its  sill  that  a  glance  will  tell  you  whether  or 
not  it  has  been  tampered  with.  Where  hanging  locks  or 
padlocks  are  used,  on  your  first  round  turn  them  in  such 
a  manner  that  if  they  are  disturbed  while  you  have  been 
on  other  portions  of  your  post,  you  will  know  it  the  mo- 
ment you  see  them. 

When  a  store  is  found  open,  always  get  assistance.  Try, 
if  possible,  to  get  the  owner  of  the  premises,  or  if  his  rep- 
resentative lives  in  the  immediate  neighborhood,  send  for 
him.  Enter  and  examine  it  carefully.  Note  w^hether  or 
not  any  of  the  property  has  been  disturbed.  If  the  place 
has  been  burglarized,  search  the  premises  for  the  perpe- 
trator; he  may  be  in  hiding  awaiting  an  opportunity  to 
escape.    As  soon  as  possible  notify  the  station-house. 

If  you  do  not  believe  that  a  crime  has  been  attempted 
or  committed,  but  find  that  the  premises  are  open  owing 
to  some  person's  carelessness  in  not  properly  securing  the 
door,  close  the  place  up.  If  necessary,  use  what  is  known 
as  a  "  drop-lock  ";  get  two  sticks  of  wood,  nail  one  to  the 
floor  and  adjust  the  other  so  that,  when  the  door  is  closed, 
it  will  act  as  a  brace  between  the  first  stick  and  the  door. 
Where  there  is  a  hasp  use  a  police  padlock,  which  can  be 
obtained  at  the  station-house. 

In  trying  doors  and  windows,  do  not  be  satisfied 
with  their  appearance  from  the  sidewalk.  It  will 
be    found    that    after    closing    hours,    when    you    have 


AND     PROCEDURE  19 


to  depend  entirely  upon  the  light  furnished  by  the  street 
lamps,  some  portions  of  the  block  may  be  very  dark  and 
you  cannot  see  from  the  sidewalk'  whether  anything  has 
been  disturbed  or  not.  It  will  be  necessary  for  you  to  run 
your  hand  over  the  windows  and  sidelights  in  order  to  tell 
if  they  have  been  broken.  Firmly  shake  all  doors.  If  a 
pick-lock  or  false  key  has  been  used  and  the  door  left  un- 
locked, you  can  discover  it  only  by  shaking  the  door  and 
lock. 

You  should  know  the  name  and  address  of  some  person 
in  authority  in  every  store  on  your  post  who  could  be  com- 
municated with  if  it  should  be  necessary  to  do  so.  If  he 
does  not  reside  on  3'our  post  or  conveniently  near  it,  this 
notification  must  be  made  through  the  station-house. 

Many  business  houses  are  equipped  with  burglar  alarms. 
Sometimes  these  alarms  are  started  by  animals  in  the 
building  and  sometimes  by  weather  conditions;  neverthe- 
less, you  must  investigate.  If  a  burglar  puts  an  alarm  into 
operation  and  a  policeman  takes  it  for  granted  that  there 
is  no  necessity  for  investigating,  that  officer  is  wilfully 
neglecting  his  duty. 

If  you  find  a  street  lamp  not  lit,  but  in  a  condition  to 
burn,  light  it  if  possible.  Be  suspicious  of  lights  on  the 
street  or  in  stores  being  extinguished  suddenly.  If  you 
notice  anything  of  this  kind,  make  an  immediate  investiga- 
tion; it  may  be  the  work  of  thieves. 

Observe  conditions  surrounding  vacant  houses.  If  you 
learn  that  a  building  is  about  to  be  vacated,  ascertain  the 
name  and  address  of  the  owner,  where  he  can  be  com- 
municated with,  and  the  length  of  time  the  house  will  be 
empty.    Keport  these  facts  to  the  station-house  for  record. 

In  vacant  houses  the  principal  item  of  theft  is  the 
plumbing.  The  thieves  usually  obtain  entrance  from  the 
roof  or  through  the  cellar  windows.  Examine  the  sides 
and  rear,  in  the  case  of  a  detached  building,  at  various  times 
during  eacli  tour.  As  a  rule  you  can  learn  if  any  persons 
have  been  seen  tampering  witii  any  particular  building  by 
inquiring  of  the  occupants  on  either  side,  or  in  the  rear. 


20  POLICE      PRACTICE 


Considerable  property,  especially  In  the  winter,  is  de- 
stroyed by  bursting  water  pipes.  A  policeman  can  readily 
detect  such  an  occurrence  by  listening  from  the  outside. 
If  it  be  necessary  at  any  time  to  enter  a  building  for  the 
purpose  of  protecting  the  stock,  have  the  owner  or  his  rep- 
resentative, if  conveniently  near,  accompany  you.  Notify 
the  station-house.  Summon  assistance  and  use  sufficient 
force  to  enter  the  premises.  Try  to  shut  off  the  cock  in 
the  cellar ;  if  this  cannot  be  done,  batter  together  the  ends 
of  the  pipe  with  your,  baton,  so  as  to  lessen  the  flow  of 
water. 

When  you  sniell  gas  escaping  and  life  is  in  danger,  sum- 
mon assistance,  force  entrance  if  necessary,  and  render  all 
possible  aid.  Open  all  doors  and  windows.  Notify  the 
station-house  so  that  the  Gas  Emergency  Patrol  and  a 
pulmotor  may  be  sent  if  necessary. 

Be  on  the  lookout  for  dangerous  street  conditions,  such 
as  broken  area  gates,  broken  sewer  manhole  covers  or  con- 
duit covers,  bad  holes  in  the  sidewalk  or  street,  or  broken 
wires  hanging  from  street  poles.  If  anything  of  the  kind 
is  discovered,  get  assistance  and  guard  it.  Have  the  station- 
house  notified.  Place  a  barrel  or  planking  in  such  a  posi- 
tion that  the  danger  is  marked  and  guarded  against.  At 
night  hang  a  lantern  at  the  spot  and  see  to  it  that  it  re- 
mains lit  until  daylight. 

Pay  particular  attention  to  the  frequenters  of  low  liquor 
saloons,  junk  shops,  second-hand  dealers,  curiosity  shops, 
pawn  shops  and  other  places  suspected  of  being  ''fences,'* 
where  stolen  goods  are  received  and  disposed  of.  If  the 
things  you  observe  do  not  call  for  action  on  your  part, 
take  a  description  of  the  persons  you  suspect  and  report 
the  circumstances  to  the  station-house  for  the  information 
of  the  Detective  Division. 

Watch  persons  entering  and  leaving  vehicles,  especially 
any  who  appear  to  be  Intoxicated.  They  may.be  drugged 
or  their  companions  may  be  thieves  of  the  type  known  as 
'*lush  workers,"  who  make  a  practice  of  robbing  intoxi- 


A  N  D     P  R  O  C  E  D  U  R  E  21 


cated  persons.     This  applies  equally  to  apparently  intoxi- 
cated persons  passing  over  your  post. 

A  policeman  patrolling  without  purpose,  like  an  auto- 
maton, finds  his  work  very  tiresome  and  is  constantly 
watching  the  clock  or,  in  inclement  weather,  the  thermom- 
eter. If  the  same  effort  is  expended  in  observation  for 
the  purpose  of  preventing  crime  and  detecting  criminals, 
his  toi.r  will  pass  more  quickly  and  with  much  more  satis- 
faction to  himself  and  to  the  Department. 

Fires — One  of  the  most  important  duties  of  a  policeman 
is  the  prevention  and  detection  of  fires.  You  should  be 
constantly  on  the  alert.  On  the  slightest  suspicion,  make  a 
thorough  and  prompt  investigation.  Where  life  is  in  dan- 
ger, as  in  an  occupied  or  inhabited  dwelling,  particularly 
in  the  crowded  sections  of  the  city,  promptly  send  in  a 
fire  alarm  and  signal  for  assistance.  In  such  cases  it  is 
better  to  err  by  sending  in  an  unnecessary  alarm  than  to 
wait,  and  possibly  have  the  Fire  Department  late  in  re- 
sponding. When  life  is  not  in  danger,  be  sure  that  there 
is  a  fire  before  sending  in  an  alarm. 

If  you  smell  or  see  smoke  or  fire  coming  from  a  building 
and  you  are  satisfied  that  there  is  a  fire,  or  if  someone 
shouts  "fire^'  in  a  tenement  and  you  cannot  investigate 
without  loss  of  time,  you  must  promptly  send  in  an  alarm 
or  make  sure  that  one  has  been  sent  in.  Do  not  be  satis- 
fied that  someone  else  has  done  this  unless  you  see  the  per- 
son actually  sending  the  alarm  or  hear  the  mechanism  of 
the  box  working,  or  unless  another  officer  or  some  respon- , 
sible  person  informs  you  that  he  has  sent  or  witnessed  the 
sending  of  the  alarm. 

The  operation  of  the  fire  alarm  signal-box  merely  regis- 
ters in  the  Fire  Department  the  location  of  the  box,  and 
they  will  respond  to  that  point,  expecting  to  find  someone 
there  ready,  to  direct  them  to  the  scene  of  the  fire.  It  is, 
therefore,  necessary  for  an  officer  to  remain  at  the  box  or  to 
request  some  person  of  an  age  of  discretion  to  do  so,  to  in- 
telligently direct  the  firemen. 


22  POLICE      PRACTICE 


In  extremely  cold  weather  the  door  of  the  fire  signal 
box  may  be  frozen  and  not  respond  to  tlie  turning  of 
the  handle.  Do  not  hesitate  to  break  the  door  to  send  the 
alarm. 

After  sending  the  alarm,  run  to  the  burning  building; 
warn  the  occupants  of  their  danger  and  assist  them 
to  the  street.  In  doing  this,  be  careful  not  to  assist  in  the 
spreading  of  the  fire  by  opening  doors,  windows  or  sky- 
lights and  causing  a  draft.  If  it  is  necessary  to  open  a 
door,  be  sure  to  close  it  again.  Try  as  much  as  possible 
to  close  doors  and  windows  instead  of  opening  them,  except 
for  the  purpose  of  saving  life. 

If  you  find  a  fire  in  a  room,  get  the  occupants  out  and 
close  the  doors  and  windows.  For  instance,  if  a  fire  occurs 
in  a  kitchen  and  the  doors  and  windows  are  closed,  it  will 
take,  possibly,  ten  minutes  before  the  fire  burns  through 
the  door,  window  or  partition.  If  an  alarm  has  been 
promptly  sent,  the  apparatus  of  the  Fire  Department  will 
arrive  in  two  or  three  minutes  in  most  sections  of  the  city, 
and  they  can  easily  confine  the  fire  to  the  room  in  which 
it  started;  but  if  skylights,  cellar  doors  or  windows  are 
opened  and  a  draft  started,  the  fire  and  smoke  will  be 
forced  into  other  parts  of  the  building,  and  extend 
to  the  halls  and  stairways  which  must  be  used  by  the 
firemen  in  getting  to  the  fire. 

Upon  the  arrival  of  the  fire  apparatus,  keep  the  crowd 
back,  particularly  from  the  entrances  the  firemen  are  using 
as  a  means  of  getting  to  and  from  the  fire,  and  prevent 
persons  from  interfering  with  the  firemen  in  the  perform- 
ance of  their  duties. 

Fires  are  fought  by  the  members  of  the  Fire  Department 
from  the  front  and  rear.  In  order  to  get  to  the  fire  quickly 
they  stretch  their  lines  from  the  streets  and  yards,  conse- 
quently the  fire  lines  must  be  quickly  established  on  all 
streets  and  places  where  hose  or  other  apparatus  has  been 
placed,  so  as  to  give  the  firemen  free  and  uninterrupted 
use  of  the  particular  territory  in  which  they  are  working. 


AND     PROCEDURE  23 


When  assistance  arrives,  keep  the  crowd  beyond  the  last 
fire  apparatus  or  hydrant  to  which  hose  is  attached. 

Be  particular  to  permit  no  unauthorized  person  inside 
the  fire  lines  or  in  the  buildings  in  which  the  firemen  are 
working.  Take  every  precaution  to  guard  property  from 
theft  during  a  fire. 

Familiarize  yourself  with  the  design  and  color  of  badges 
and  cards  which  authorize  persons  to  enter  the  fire  lines 
and  ruins,  and  permit  no  person  within  the  fire  lines  ex- 
cept members  of  the  New  York  City  Fire  Department,  and 
those  having  the  proper  badge  or  card  conspicuously  dis- 
played. 

Persons  engaged  in  business  within  the  fire  lines,  and 
who  desire  to  go  to  their  places  of  business,  must  be  re- 
ferred to  a  superior  officer  of  the  Police  Department  for 
this  permission. 

The  Commanding  Officer  of  the  Fire  Department  at  a 
fire  is  in  command,  and  members  of  the  Police  Depart- 
ment must  obey  and  respect  any  lawful  order  or  sugges- 
tion that  he  may  make. 

Both  departments  must  work  in  unison  for  the  protec- 
tion of  life  and  property.  The  success  of  either  in  the 
accomplishment  of  their  functions  depends  upon  the 
promptness,  skill,  intelligence  and  even  teamwork  of  both 
departments. 

As  soon  as  possible,  secure  the  necessary  information  for 
a  fire  report,  and,  unless  otherwise  directed,  send  the  in- 
formation through  signal-box  to  station-house. 

After  the  Fire  Department  has  left,  prevent  unauthor- 
ized persons  from  entering  the  fire  ruins. 

Accidents— 'When  your  attention  is  called  to  a  person  who 
is  sick  or  injured,  and  who  requires  medical  aid,  summon  an 
ambulance  immediately.  If  a  police  signal-box  is  not  con- 
veniently near,  use  a  public  telephone  and  call  the  borough 
police  headouarters,  giving  your  name  and  precinct  num- 
ber, the  number  of  the  telephone  you  are  using,  and  state 


24  POLICE      PRACTICE 


the  nature  of  the  call,  giving  the  location  at  which  the 
ambulance  is  required. 

If  the  patient  is  within  a  building,  station  some  respon- 
sible person  at  the  entrance  to  direct  the  ambulance 
surgeon. 

While  waiting  for  the  ambulance^,  conform  to  the  in- 
structions issued  by  the  Chief  Surgeon  of  the  Police  De- 
partment on  "First  Aid  to  the  Injured.'^ 

Obey  any  reasonable  order  or  direction  given  by  the 
ambulance  surgeon  and  render  him  every  possible  assist- 
ance. 

As  soon  as  possible,  obtain  the  pedigree  of  the  injured 
person.  Enter  in  your  memorandum  book  exactly  what 
he  or  she  was  doing  just  previous  to  the  accident,  such  as, 

'*  Walking  north,  in   front  of  Third    Avenue,"  or 

"Crossing  the  street  at  22d  Street  and  Third  Avenue, 
southeast  corner  to  southwest  corner";  enter  the  manner 
in  which  he  or  she  was  injured,  the  cause,  the  nature  of 
the  injuries  sustained,  the  name  and  address  of  attending 
physician,  the  name  and  address  of  persons  responsible 
(if  the  operator  of  a  vehicle  or  car,  the  name  and  address 
of  the  operator  and  the  name  and  address  of  the  owner), 
and  the  names  and  addresses  of  witnesses. 

This  information  is  necessary  for  the  Department's 
record.  You  are  often  required  to  testify  as  a  witness,  in 
case  the  injured  person  institutes  a  suit,  and  it  is,  there- 
fore, essential  that  you  have  further  data  entered  in  your 
memorandum  book,  such  as  the  distance  of  a  car  or  vehicle 
from  the  curb  and  from  the  nearest  street  corner,  its  rate 
of  speed,  the  number  of  persons  near  the  scene,  the  persons 
handling  or  talking  to  the  injured  one,  and  anything 
peculiar  to  the  accident. 

If  an  accident  occurs  on  the  street  (between  house 
lines),  the  City  of  New  York  may  be  the  defendant  in  a 
suit  for  damages.  Be  particular  to  observe  the  condition 
of  the  street  or  sidewalk,  whether  dry,  wet,  or  slippery, 
whether  the  street  lamps  were   lighted,   the   distance   of 


A  N  D     P  K  O  C  E  D  U  R  E  25 


street  lamps  from  the  point  of  accident,  etc.,  and  ascer- 
tain the  destination  of  the  injured  person.  Fill  out  an 
accident  report  form  at  the  station-house. 

In  a  case  of  this  kind  divulge  no  information  concern- 
ing the  accident  to  anyone  except  a  superior  officer,  the 
coroner,  district  attorney  or  corporation  counsel,  or  under 
due  process  of  law. 

First  Aid  to  the  hijured — On  account  of  the  hazardous 
nature  of  their  calling  and  the  accidents  which  they  are 
likely  to  encounter,  it  is  essential  both  for  their  own  bene- 
fit and  for  the  benefit  of  the  public  that  all  policemen  have 
special  knowledge  of  First  Aid  to  the  Injured.  In  emer- 
gency cases  this  knowledge  enables  policemen  to  put  in- 
jured persons  into  doctors'  hands  in  the  best  possible  con- 
dition for  cure.  It  also  enables  them  to  recognize  the 
severity  of  an  injury  or  illness.  As  a  patrolman  you  will 
be  called  upon  in  such  emergencies  as  burns,  drowning, 
suffocation  from  smoke  and  gases,  sunstroke,  hemorrhage, 
poisoning,  eases  of  people  suddenly  stricken  with  acute 
diseases  and  others. 

The  attention  of  every  policeman  is  also  earnestly  in- 
vited to  the  great  benefits  to  be  had  by  studying  how  to 
prevent  accidents  as  part  of  his  instruction  in  First  Aid. 

In  accident  or  emergency  the  policeman  is  the  first  offi- 
cial upon  whom  the  handling  of  the  case  devolves,  and  it 
is  especially  essential  that  you  be  able  to  proceed  in  a 
confident,  unhesitating  and  efficient  manner.  The 
bearing  of  an  officer  is  very  important,  as  by  this 
you  establish  your  efficiency  or  otherwise.  You  must  pro- 
ceed with  decision,  but  without  flurry,  and  be  careful  to 
avoid  any  appearance  of  excitement  or  undue  haste ;  couple 
promptness  with  quiet  efficiency.  Retain  your  presence  of 
mind  and  keep  cool.  Be  ready  to  apply  what  you  have 
learned  and  do  so  correctly  and  instantly.  This  is  very 
important  in  order  to  secure  proper  handling  of  the  condi- 
tion, to  inspire  confidence  in  the  injured  and  in  others  who 
may  be  present. 


26  POLICEPRACTICE 


After  assuring  yourself  that  the  situation  warrants,  or 
may  possibly  warrant  it,  send  for  medical  assistance  by 
calling  an  ambulance  through  your  borough  Headquarters. 
Remember  that  you  are  not  a  medical  man  and  tliat  your 
duty  is  simply  to  give  such  relief  as  the  occasion  demands 
until  proper  medical  attention  is  obtained.  Do  not  at- 
tempt too  much;  the  interval  before  the  arrival  of  the 
ambulance  surgeon  will  probably  be  brief  and  your  efforts 
must  be  confined  to  this  period. 

Having  sent  for  the  ambulance,  study  the  situation,  and 
if  a  crowd  has  gathered  keep  them  from  hemming  in  the 
patient,  thus  insuring  plenty  of  fresh  air  and  freedom 
from  annoyance  by  remarks,  questions  and  ill-timed  ad- 
vice. Nearly  every  bystander  is  of  the  opinion  that  he 
knows  more  about  what  should  be  done  than  any  other 
and  it  is  by  your  manner  that  you  will  show  you  are  fully 
competent  to  command  the  situation. 

Care  of  the  Patieiv^t. 

Place  the  patient  flat  on  his  back,  with  head  slightly 
elevated,  unless  he  is  very  faint,  when  the  head  should  be 
placed  quite  low ;  put  hands  by  side  and  gently  extend  legs. 

If  faint,  keep  the  head  low  and  give  cooling  drinks  in 
summer  or  hot  ones  in  cold  weather;  if  at  hand,  aromatic 
spirits  of  ammonia,  which  has  none  of  the  disadvantages 
of  alcohol.  It  is  considered  the  best  First  Aid  stimulant. 
The  best  way  to  give  it  is  in  teaspoonful  doses  in  one-half 
glass  of  water. 

An  unconscious  person  cannot  swallow,  but  he  can 
inhale  a  stimulant.  Under  such  circumstances  the 
best  stimulant  is  smelling  salts,  or  water  of  ammonia.  It 
is  held  under  the  nose  so  the  patient  may  breathe  its 
fumes.  Cool  sponging  of  face  and  head  also  helps  faint- 
ness. 

Do  not  give  alcohol,  except  under  the  direction  of  a  com- 
petent physician.  Alcohol  seldom  does  good  and  often 
harm,  especially  in  hemorrhage,  so  that  it  is  a  good  rule 
not  to  give  it  in  First  Aid. 


AND     PROCEDURE 


An  unconscious  patient  may  vomit  and,  in  doing  so, 
may  inhale  solid  matter  into  the  air-passages  and  suffocate 
therefrom.  To  avoid*  this,  turn  the  face  well  to  one  side 
so  that  the  vomited  matter  will  run  out  of  the  mouth. 

Remedy  any  pressure  from  tight  clothing,  such  as  collar, 
shirt-band,  tie  or  belt,  that  may  interfere  with  breathing 
and  circulation.  If  a  woman,  have  some  woman  bystander 
assist  to  loosen  the  corsets. 

If  there  is  any  reason  to  suspect  broken  or  dislocated 
bones,  be  especially  careful  in  handling  the  injured 
member. 

Artificial  Respiration^. 

Where  breathing  has  been  suspended  for  some  time,  arti- 
ficial respiration  should  be  applied  as  follows: 

Loosen  collar,  belt  or  any  clothing  that  binds  the  body. 

Artificial  respiration  consists  primarily  in  movements 
which  alternately  expand  and  contract  the  chest  walls. 
This  is  accomplished  by  two  methods. 

First — The  Schafer  method.  This  possesses  the  advan- 
tage of  not  requiring  the  tongue  to  be  held  out  of  the 
mouth  to  -prevent  it  from  falling  back  into  the  throat.  In 
this  method  the  patient  is  placed  face  downward.  The 
arms  may  be  stretched  straight  over  the  head,  or  so  placed 
that  the  patient's  forehead  is  resting  upon  them.  The  face 
is  placed  to  one  side  so  that  the  air  may  be  more  easily 
inhaled  and  exhaled  from  the  chest.  The  operator  kneels 
at  the  side  of  the  patient,  or  astride  his  body,  but  not 
resting  upon  it.  He  places  his  hands,  palms  downward, 
across  the  lower  and  movable  ribs,  then  bends  forward, 
and  by  the  weight  of  his  body  and  the  pressure  of  his  hands, 
contracts  the  chest  walls  and  forces  the  air  therefrom. 
The  operator's  body  is  then  swung  backward  and  the  pres- 
sure on  the  elastic  chest  walls  is  relieved  so  that  they  ex- 
pand and  draw  air  into  the  lungs.  These  movements 
should  be  gradual  and  not  so  forceful  as  to  produce  in- 
jury.    The  time  of  pressure  and  of  release  should  be  equal 


28  POLICE      PRACTICE 


and  the  movement  should  he  repeated  from  fourteen 
eighteen  times  per  minute. 

Second — The  Sylvester  method.  'The  patient  is  placed 
upon  his  back.  The  tongue  should  be  held  out  of  the 
mouth  by  grasping  it  with  a  dry  cloth  or  pincers.  Place 
a  pillow,  rolled  coat  or  some  other  available  article  under 
the  shoulders.  Kneel  just  above  the  patient's  head,  facing 
him  and  grasping  his  arms  just  below  the  elbows,  pull  the 
arms  upward  and  outward  to  their  fullest  extent.  Hold 
them  thus  for  two  or  three  seconds.  This  method  expands 
the  chest  and  forces  the  air  into  it.  Then  carry  the  arms 
downward  and  inward  until  the  elbows  are  pressed  firmly 
against  the  sides  of  the  chest.  Hold  this  position  for  two 
or  three  seconds  and  then  repeat  the  operation  de- 
scribed above.  This  should  be  repeated  from  fourteen  to 
sixteen  times  per  minute. 

This  method  can  also  be  applied  with  the  operator  kneel- 
ing across  the  loins  of  the  patient,  but  not  resting  upon 
the  body.  In  this  position  the  operator  pushes  up  the 
arms  instead  of  pulling  them  up  and  pulls  them  down 
instead  of  pushing  them  down. 

Artificial  respiration  should  not  he  discontinued  too 
soon,  at  least  not  under  one-half  hour,  as  many  patients 
have  been  revived  after  a  very  lengthened  period,' 

You  will  probably  be  called  upon  to  use  it  in  many 
emergencies,  such  as  electric  shock,  suffocation  by  gases 
and  drowning. 

Shock 

This  is  a  condition  so  universally  attendant  upon  in- 
juries and  severe  mental  excitement  that  your  attention  is 
particularly  called  to  it. 

Shock  means  a  depression  of  the  nervous  system  and 
may  be  so  slight  as  not  to  be  noticeable,  or  so  severe  as  to 
cause  death. 

The  skin  is  cold  and  covered  with  a  clammy  per- 
spiration; the  pulse  is  weak,  rapid  and  irregular  and  the 
breathing  shallow  and  infrequent.  It  differs  from  a  faint- 
ing condition  in  that  the  patient  is  not  unconscious. 


AND     PROCEDURE  29 


Extend  the  patient  upon  his  back,  keep  the  head  low, 
loosen  collar,  belt  and  tight  articles  of  clothing. 

If  the  injury  permits,  rub  legs,  arms  and  body, 
to  restore  circulation.  Apply  heat  by  means  of  hot  plates 
wrapped  in  towels  or  flannels  and  placed  over  the  stomach. 
Hot  drinks  should  be  given — tea,  coffee,  or  aromatic  spirits 
of  ammonia  (teaspoonful  in  half  glass  of  water) . 

stimulants  may  be  administered  by  inhalation,  such  as 
smelling  salts  and  water  of  ammonia  held  under  the  nos- 
trils and  inhaled.  This  is  especially  efficacious  where  the 
patient  is  unconscious. 

Electkic  Shock. 

In  rescuing  a  person  from  a  live  wire  you  must  not 
touch  the  hody  unless  you  are  insulated  (protected  from 
electric  current).  The  rescuer  should  cover  his  hands  with 
rubber  gloves,  rubber  coat  or  some  other  rubber  substance, 
if  it  can  be  had;  silk  cloth  may  be  wrapped  about  the 
hands,  as  silk  is  a  non-conductor ;  or,  a  piece  of  dry  rope 
may  be  used.  Stand  on  a  dry  board  or  dry  substance. 
Never  touch  a  person's  clothing  if  it  he  wet. 

A  live  wire  may  be  safely  cut  with  an  axe  or  hatchet 
having  a  dry  wooden  handle.  A  live  wire  may  be  removed 
from  a  patient  by  throwing  it  off  quickly,  using  a  dry 
board  or  stick,  or  your  club.  A  patient  may  be  pulled 
from  a  live  wire  by  his  own  clothing  providing  it  is  dry 
and  the  ground  around  is  dry.  This  should  be  done 
quickly  so  that  the  person  may  not  receive  repeated  shocks. 

A  live  wire  may  be  short-circuited  by  dropping  some 
metal  substance  across  it,  between  the  patient  and  the 
source  of  the  current,  one  end  touching  the  wire  and  the 
other  the  ground. 

For  after-treatment,  see  "Artificial  Eespiration  "  and 
''  Shock." 

Scalds  axd  Buris^s. 

Scalds  are  produced  by  moist  heat,  and  are  caused  by 
steam,  hot  water,  etc. 


30  POLICE      PRACTICE 


Burns  result  from  the  exposure  of  the  body  to  dry  heat, 
such  as  fire. 

In  the  case  of  either,  the  injury  may  be  confined  to  the 
skin,  or  may  extend  deeper.  With  either  of  the  injuries 
the  great  danger  is  shock. 

If  burns  or  scalds  are  extensive  they  need  immediate  hos- 
pital care.  Before  the  arrival  of  medical  assistance  do 
not  be  too  anxious  to  remove  the  clothing  from  the 
burned  parts ;  remove  only  such  as  will  come  readily  away 
without  causing  pain  or  disturbance  of  the  burned  surface. 
Such  clothing  as  you  do  remove,  cut  away  instead  of 
pulling  off.  If  possible,  apply  carron  oil,  which  can  be 
obtained  readily  from  a  drug  store.  If  not  obtainable, 
smear  the  surface  freely  with  vaseline,  olive  or  castor  oil, 
fresh  lard  or  cream,  and  exclude  the  air  from  the  parts 
by  covering  with  a  clean  linen  handkerchief,  towel  or  sheet. 
Do  not  disturb  the  patient  more  than  is  needful. 

iNToxiCATiojiT — Alcoholic  Coma. 

One  of  the  most  common  causes  of  coma  is  profound 
intoxication.  Other  causes  are  opium  poisoning,  apoplexy 
(the  so-called  stroke),  injury  to  the  brain,  Bright's  disease, 
ordinary  epilepsy  or  fits,  and  a  number  of  less  frequent 
causes. 

It  is  often  very  difficult  even  for  a  physician  to  dis- 
tinguish between  these  various  conditions,  so  it  is  apparent 
that  the  policeman  should  seldom  attempt  it.  Errors  of 
judgment  in  this  matter  (considering  aperson  intoxicated 
and  putting  him  in  a  cell  when  he  is  suffering  from  some 
more  serious  condition)  are  of  too  frequent  occurrence  and 
subject  this  Department  to  just  and  very  serious  criticism. 

In  the  coma  of  alcohol  the  unconsciousness  is  seldom 
so  deep  as  in  other  conditions,  and  the  person  can 
generally  be  aroused  by  the  infliction  of  some  slight  pain. 
The  odor  of  alcohol  is  not  to  be  depended  upon,  as  a  sick 
person  may  have  taken  it  on  feeling  ill  or  faint. 


AND     PROCEDURE  31 


Whatever  the  cause  when  persons  are  unconscious  they 
had  best  be  taken  to  the  hospital  for  further  observation 
or  at  least  the  responsibility  should  be  put  up  to  the 
ambulance  surgeon. 

Drowning  and  Suffocation  From  Smoke,  Gases,  Etc. 

These  two  cases  are  somewhat  similar  and  will  be  dis- 
cussed together. 

The  chief  difference  is  that  in  drowning,  it  is  water,  in 
suffocation,  smoke  and  irritating  gases  (chemical,  illum- 
inating, etc.),  that  prevent  the  entrance  of  air  into  the 
lungs. 

In  cases  of  drowning  the  main  points  are  to  get  the 
water  out  of  the  lungs  and  to  cause  the  patient  to  recom- 
mence breathing. 

To  remove  water  from  the  lungs  strip  the  patient 
quickly  to  the  shirt  or  undershirt  and  wipe  all  frothy 
mucous  from  the  throat  and  mouth  with  a  handkerchief. 
Place  patient  on  the  ground,  face  downward,  and  grasping 
him  under  the  hips  raise  him  up  and  down  several 
times,  thus  allowing  the  water  to  run  out  of  the  mouth. 

Do  not  use  much  time  at  this,  but  proceed  at  once  to 
artificial  respiration.  With  the  Schafer  method  it  will 
not  be  as  necessary  to  get  out  the  water  as  with  the 
Sylvester  method. 

In  suffocation  from  illuminating  gas,  etc.,  proceed  at 
once  to  the  application  of  artificial  respiration  while  await- 
ing arrival  of  ambulance  with  pulmotor. 

Cat  and  Dog  Bites. 

Call  an  ambulance  and  while  awaiting  its  arrival  tie  a 
string,  handkerchief  or  bandage  between  the  bitten  part 
and  the  body,  if  practicable.  The  cutting  off  of  the  return 
of  the  blood  to  the  body  limits  absorption  from  the  wound. 
The  wound  should  then  be  soaked  in  hot  water,  if  obtain- 
able, and,  in  any  event,  squeezed  or  sucked.     In  this  way 


32  POLICE      PRACTICE 


the  poison  is  extracted.  This  treatment  should  not  be 
delayed  for  a  moment.  A  red-hot  piece  of  iron  wire  or 
steel  may  be  used  for  burning  the  wound.  Strong  ammonia 
or  nitric  acid  may  also  be  used  for  this  purpose.  When 
the  wound  is  cauterized  the  constricting  band  may  be 
removed  and  the  wound  dressed.  These  extreme  steps 
should  be  taken  only  in  cases  where  medical  assistance 
is  not  immediately  obtainable. 

POISOKS. 

This  treatment  consists  in  a  general  way  of  three  steps : 

First — Attempt  to  dilute  the  poisonous  .substance  so 
that  it  may  be  less  concentrated,  caustic  and  dangerous. 
For  this  purpose  milk  is  generally  available  and  can  be 
given  in  almost  any  poisoning;  or  three  or  four  raw  eggs 
may  be  administered. 

Second — Then  attempt  to  change  the  poison  taken  into 
a  harmless  substance  by  some  remedy  (i.  e.  an  antidote). 

Third — Attempt  to  remove  the  poison  from  the  stomach 
by  some  remedy  which  will  produce  vomiting,  using  what 
is  called  an  emetic. 

Many  poisons  themselves  produce  vomiting.  If  the 
patient  has  already  begun  vomiting  and  is  conscious,  cause 
him  to  drink  lots  of  water  which  will  assist  in  removing 
the  poison  from  the  stomach.  •  This  is  better  given  luke- 
warm. With  it  may  also  be  given  the  soothing  substances 
mentioned  above;  milk  or  egg. 

If  the  patient  is  not  vomiting,  a  handy  emetic  is  mus- 
tard, one  or  two  teaspoonsful  of  which  stirred  quickly  in 
a  glass  of  water  may  be  given.  Putting  the  finger  down 
the  throat  will  often  induce  vomiting.  Later  the  doctor 
will  use  the  stomach  pump. 

Carbolic  poisoning,  give  as  much  milk  as  you  can  get  the 
patient  to  take,  at  least  one  or  two  pints.  Or,  give  him  three 
or  four  raw  eggs  quickly  stirred  in  water.  This  is  to  dilute 
the  poison.  Then  give  epsom  salts,  which  can. generally  be 
handily  obtained.  This  is  the  very  best  antidote  for  car- 
bolic forming  with  it  a  compound  which  is  quite  harmless. 


AND     PROCEDURE  33 


Next  in  value  is  strong  alcohol,  such  as  whisky,  brandy 
or  proof  spirits.  In  cases  of  external  carbolic  burns,  apply 
pure  alcohol  which  will  at  once  arrest  further  action  of  the 
acid. 

Use  the  remedy  which  you  can  get  most  quickly — a 
bottle  of  milk  in  a  restaurant  or  dairy ;  epsom  salts  in  a 
drug  store,  etc.     In  any  case,  act  quickly. 

For  oxalic  acid^  give  lime  in  some  form,  mixed  with 
water.  If  you  can't  get  it  any  other  way,  scrape  off  white- 
wash or  plaster  from  the  wall,  stir  it  up  in  water  and  give 
at  once. 

For  mineral  acids ^  give  at  once  an  alkali,  such  as  soap, 
chalk,  magnesia. 

For  caustic  alkalies^  give  a  considerable  amount  of  a 
dilute  acid,  such  as  vinegar  in  water. 


Sunstroke  akd   Heat  Exhaustion". 

In  the  summer  during  protracted  hot  spells  you  may  De 
confronted  by  one  or  the  other  of  these  conditions.  The 
symptoms  differ  in  the  two. 

Sunstroke  proper.  The  person  is  generally  unconscious. 
The  skin  is  exceedingly  hot  and  dry,  and  the  face  flushed. 
The  pupils  "of  the  eyes  are  small.  The  breathing  is  gen- 
erally very  labored  and  noisy.     The  fever  is  very  high. 

The  problem  is  to  lower  this  fever.  Apply  pieces  of 
broken  ice  to  the  head  and  wrists.  Rub  the  chest  and  back 
with  ice  or  cold  water.  Remove  person  to  as  cool  and 
shady  a  place  as  possible. 

Heat  exhaustion.  Patient  also  unconscious,  but  less 
deeply  so.  The  skin  is  apt  to  be  cool  and  moist.  There 
may  be  no  external  appearance  of  fever.  The  face  is  pale. 
The  breathing  is  usually  slow  and  sighing. 

Apply  warmth.  Give  a  stimulant  (aromatic  spirits  of 
ammonia,  a  teaspoonful  in  one-half  glass  of  water). 


34  POLICE      PR  A  C  T  I  C  E 


Feeezikg  axd  Frostbite. 

Eestore  warmth  to  the  body  gradually.  The  patient 
should  not  be  taken  into  too  warm  a  place,  or  too  much 
warmth  applied  at  once.  Rub  the  limbs  and  body  to  re- 
store circulation  by  friction  and  gradually  increase  the 
heat  applied  to  the  body.  As  soon  as  you  are  able,  give 
warm  drinks,  such  as  tea,  coffee  or  aromatic  spirits  of 
ammonia. 

In  cases  of  freezing  never  take  a  person  directly  into  a 
hot  room  or  directly  apply  heat. 

Whenever  a  particular  part  is  frozen  and  there  is  no 
general  freezing,  rub  the  part  with  snow,  ice  or  cold  water. 

Never  apply  heat  at  first. 

Fractures. 

Send  for  an  ambulance  immediately  and  make  the  pa- 
tient as  comfortable  as  possible.  Do  not  move  the  patient 
unless  it  is  absolutely  necessary  as  this  may  result  in 
injury  from  moving  the  sharp  ends  of  the  bone. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  fractures :  simple  and  compound. 
In  a  simple  fracture  the  skin  is  not  broken.  In  a  com- 
pound fracture,  which  is  more  serious,  the  skin  is  broken 
and  air  is  brought  in  contact  with  the  bones  through  the 
torn  tissues. 

Be  very  careful  in  the  manipulation  of  fractures,  espe- 
cially simple  ones,  or  you  may  readily  convert  a  simple 
fracture  into  a  compound  one,  which  is  a  very  serious 
matter. 

Compound  fractures  may  be  rendered  much  more  com- 
plicated by  unnecessary  movements  and,  as  fractures  may 
be  set  as  readily  after  some  hours  have  elapsed,  do  not 
interfere  unnecessarily.  See  that  the  wounds  of  compound 
fractures  are  kept  as  clean  as  possible.  In  fractures  of 
the  upper  extremities  the  patient  generally,  supports  it 
himself  in  such  a  way  as  to  give  him  the  least  discomfort. 
In  fractures  of  the  lower  extremities,  place  the  patient  on 


AND     PROCEDURE  35 


his  back  and  gently  stretch  the  limb  out,  if  this  is  pos- 
sible. If  it  causes  too  much  pain,  let  him  alone.  You 
may,  however,  support  the  limb  on  each  side  with  pads, 
such  as  a  folded  coat  or  pillow. 

After  a  fall  on  the  head,  bleeding  from  the  ears,  nose 
and  throat  and  into  the  whites  of  the  eyes  generally  means 
that  there  is  a  fracture  of  the  skull.  Such  a  patient  is 
generally  unconscious.  There  is  nothing  you  can  do  in 
this  condition  except  to  look  after  his  comfort. 

Epilepsy. 

Epilepsy,  commonly  known  as  "fits,"  is  a  condition  that 
you  will  frequently  be  called  upon  to  look  after.  This 
will  usually  be  recognized  by  the  twitching  and  convulsive 
movements  of  the  muscles  of  the  face  and  body,  the  froth- 
ing at  the  mouth  and  grinding  of  the  teeth;  the  froth 
is  often  bloody  because  the  tongue  or  lips  have  been  bitten. 

The  patient  is  unconscious  and  helpless.  The  con- 
vulsions come  on  suddenly  and  nothing  can  be  done  to 
stop  them.  See  that  the  patient  is  kept  upon  his  back 
with  the  head  low.  To  prevent  injury  to  head  or  limbs, 
restrain  the  patient  from  threshing  around,  and  insert  a 
cork,  handkerchief,  or  some  substance  (not  too  hard)  be- 
tween the  teeth  to  prevent  lacferation  of  the  tongue. 

The  fits  do  not  last  long,  but  send  for  an  ambulance^  as 
there  may  have  been  injuries  occasioned  by  the  fall. 

Hemorrhage. 

This  means  bleeding  from  any  cause.  It  may  be  moder- 
ate ,  in  which  case  it  will  stop  itself ;  it  may  be  severe  and 
require  immediate  attention.  It  may  be  internal  and  in- 
visible, in  which  case  you  can  do  nothing,  or  visible  and 
external,  in  which  case  you  can  help.  Many  lives  have 
been  saved  by  the  work  of  intelligent  policemen. 

Practically  the  only  bleeding  in  which  you  can  be  of 
assistance  is  that  of  the  extremities,  the  leg  or  arm,  in 
which  case  several  methods  are  available. 


36  POLICE      PRACTICE 


I 


Where  the  blood  vessels  in  the  body  are  intact  there  is 
no  greater  tendency  for  the  blood  to  settle  at  the  lower 
points  of  circulation  than  at  the  higher,  but  if  this  con- 
tinuity is  broken  by  a  wound  of  the  artery  the 
balance  is  destroyed  and  the  blood  tends  to  settle 
down  to  the  lower  part.  Therefore,  an  elevated  position 
of  the  part  will  oftentimes  stop  hemorrhage,  or  help  to 
stop  it.  Thus,  in  a  wound  of  the  foot  or  arm  the  patient 
should  be  laid  upon  the  hack  and  the  affected  limh  raised. 
In  a  wound  of  the  hand  or  arm  the  patient  should  prefer- 
ably be  seated  and  the  limb  raised.  Likewise,  in  bleeding 
from  the  head  the  patient  should  sit  or  stand  up. 

Pressure  is  the  most  commonly  applied  method  of  stop- 
ping bleeding.  It  may  be  exerted  directly  upon  the 
wound  or  by  a  plug  in  the  wound ;  in  the  case  of  arterial 
hemorrhage  by  constricting  the  limb  between  the  wound 
and  the  body ;  in  bleeding  from  the  veins,  by  constricting 
the  limb  beyond  the  wound. 

Pressure  directly  applied  to  the  bleeding  part  with  a 
folded  towel  or  handkerchief  (always  get  as  clean  a  piece 
of  cloth  as  possible),  and  continued  firmly  and  steadily  for 
some  minutes  will  generally  control  the  bleeding. 
Pressure  may  be  exerted  upon  the  wound  or  upon 
the  entire  limb  above  the  wound,  that  is,  between  the 
wound  and  the  body,  or  upon  the  injured  blood  vessel 
itself  between  the  wound  and  the  body. 

Nearly  every  case  of  hemorrhage  may  be  controlled  by 
direct  pressure  of  the  fingers  upon  the  bleeding  point. 

A  clean  piece  of  cloth  inserted  In  the  wound  in  the  form 
of  a  plug  or  compress  and  firmly  held  in  place  will  in  a 
great  majority  of  cases  stop  bleeding.  This  plug  or  com- 
press should,  if  possible,  extend  out  of  the  wound  so  that 
it  may  readily  be  held  in  place.  The  hands  are  apt  to  be- 
come tired  through  continued  pressure  and  this  plug  or 
compress  may  be  held  in  place  by  a  handkerchief  or  piece 
of  cloth  and  a  bandage  tied  over  it.  This  method  may  be 
applied  to  any  bleeding  wound. 


A  N  D     P  U  O  C  E  D  U  R  E  37 


There  is  an  instrument  called  a  "tourniquet,"  which  is 
designed  to  go  around  an  arm  or  leg  and  with  the  turn- 
ing of  a  screw  constrict  the  leg  or  arm  by  pressure  so  that 
the  blood  cannot  flow  through  the  vessels. 

A  tourniquet  may  be  improvised  by  constricting  the  ex- 
tremities with  a  rope,  rubber  pipe,  handkerchief,  a  strong 
piece  of  cloth,  or,  you  might  use  your  belt.  The  circula- 
tion of  an  extremity  may  be  more  efl^ectually  stopped  by 
placing  a  stick  under  the  rope,  or  whatever  is  used,  and 
twisting  it  around  so  as  to  accomplish  more  complete  con- 
striction. 

You  should  bear  in  mind  that  the  constriction  of  a  part 
hy  this  method  for  too  long  a  time  might  cause  permanent 
injury  to  the  limb  through  completely  cutting  off  circula- 
tion from  the  parts  below  and  thereby  causing  mortifica- 
tion. 

To  expose  the  bleeding  part,  rip  the  clothing  up  the 
seams  with  a  scissors  or  knife,  and  avoid  exposing  more 
than  is  necessary. 

Pressure  by  some  hard  body,  such  as  a  bottle,  stone  or 
tightly  folded  cloth  may  be  made  in  the  joint  next  above 
the  bleeding  point  and  the  limb  bent  upon  it  firmly  and 
held  in  that  position.  For  instance,  if  the  wound  is  below 
the  elbow  joint  some  firm  substance  may  be  placed  in  front 
of  the  elbow  joint  and  the  arm  brought  up  and  placed 
firmly  against  it  and  held  there. 

Bleeding  from  the  large  vei^is  may  be  distinguished 
by  its  darker  color  and  steady  flow,  from  the  more 
severe  bleeding  of  the  arteries,  which  is  deep  red 
in  color  and  spurts  out  at  regular  intervals  with  the 
beat  of  the  heart.  This  is  not  usually  severe,  but  in  case 
it  is,  apply  pressure  quickly  to  the  wound  as  described 
above  or  constrict  the  limb  below  the  wound,  that  is,  on 
the  side  farthest  from  the  body. 

In  a  case  of  hemorrhage  from  the  lungs,  place  the 
patient  in  a  recumbent  position  and  give  a  teaspoonful  of 
common  salt,  dry. 


38  POLICE      PRACTICE 


In  nose  bleed,  which  may  be  so  severe  as  to  cause 
anxiety,  cold  water  or  solutions  of  salt  or  alum  may  be 
snuffed  up  into  the  nostrils.  If  these  are  not  efficacious  the 
nostrils  must  be  plugged  with  cheese  cloth  or  old  linen. 
Take  a  strip  half  an  inch  wide  and  push  it  up  into  the 
nostrils  with  a  penholder  or  pencil  and  allow  the  end  to 
hang  out  of  the  nose.  This  should  only  he  done  defore  the 
arrival  of  the  ambulance  surgeon  when  the  case  is  very 
severe  and  the  danger  great. 

NEVER  GIVE  ALCOHOL  to  a  patient  suffering  from 
hemorrhage. 


AND     PROCEDURE  39 


CHAPTER    IV, 


ARRESTS. 

For  the  purpose  of  placing  responsibility  and  to  prevent 
confusion  of  power,  the  system  of  government  in  this  State 
has  been  divided  into  three  branches : 

First — Legislative,  consisting  of  the  Senate  and  the 
Assembly.  Its  duty  is  the  making  of  laws  for  the  State. 
The  Board  of  Aldermen  is  the  legislative  branch  of  the  city 
government. 

Second — Judiciary,  comprising  the  courts  of  the  State. 
Its  duties  are  to  interpret  the  laws  and  to  punish  trans- 
gressors. 

Third — Executive,  or  administrative,  of  which  the  Police 
Department  is  a  part.  Its  duties  are  to  prevent  violations 
of  the  law  and  to  bring  before  the  judiciary  for  punish- 
ment, in  the  manner  prescribed  by  the  legislative  branch, 
those  who  do  violate  the  law. 

It  is  specifically  provided  that  one  branch  cannot  usurp 
the  powers  of  any  other  branch. 

If  you  find  a  condition  which  you  believe  is  not  right,  and 
you  know  that  it  has  not  been  prohibited  by  the  legislature, 
•  you  cannot  make  your  own  law  to  fit  the  case. 

If  a  person  commits  a  prohibited  act,  the  power  to  punish 
is  vested  in  the  judiciary.  For  instance,  if  you  apprehend  a 
murderer,  you  must  not  unnecessarily  strike  him  no 
matter  how  mean  or  contemptible  he  may  be.  If  you  do 
you  are  usurping  the  power  of  the  judiciary.  Remember 
that  under  the  law  all  persons  are  assumed  to  be  innocent 
until  proven  guilty  in  the  manner  provided,  and  if  you 
punish  you  are  taking  away  from  that  person  the  rights  he 


40 


POLICE      PRACTICE 


I 


is  guaranteed  by  the  Constitution — that  he  may  not  be 
punished  for  an  offense  until  proven  guilty,  after  an 
opportunity  has  been  given  him  to  present  his  defence. 

A  crime  is  an  act  or  omission  forbidden  by  law. 

A  warrant  is  an  order  in  writing,  signed  by  a  magistrate, 
commanding  a  peace  officer  to  arrest  the  person  named 
therein. 


AND     PROCEDURE  41 


FIRST  DIVISIONS 

City  Magistrates'  Court, District 

THE  PEOPLE,  Eto^ 
OS    THB   OOMPLAIBT   on 


^.U^C<oc<^/^^^^^^t:^f^^  Magistrate. 
L(y^o<^  ,^;<3>g^^y-t>t/-»t^  Officer. 


The  Defendan: 


^3^t,4^H^4<^ 


taken  and  brought  before  the  Magistrate  to 
answer  the  within  charge,  pursuant  to  the 
command  contained  in  this  Warrant. 


iW^  ^ 


>V<?^t^^^  Officer. 


Dated-.S^^^-!f^_2:. IMT  ^ 

This  Warrant  may  be  executed  on  Son- 
day  or  at  night. 

City  Magistrate. 

«A-61.'09,8/X»<F) 


42 


POLICE      PRACTICE 


A  subpoena  is  an  order  in  writing,  signed  by  a  magis- 
trate, district  attorney  or  clerk  of  a  court,  commanding 
the  person  named  therein  to  appear  at  the  place  designated 
to  give  information  on  a  matter  to  be  inquired  into. 


AND     PROCEDl^RE 


43 


A  summons  is  an  order  in  writing,  signed  by  a  magis- 
trate, commanding  the  person  named  therein  to  appear  at 
the  court  designated  for  the  purpose  of  answering  a  charge. 


/ 


44  POLICE      PRACTICE 


An  arrest  is  the  taking  of  a  person  into  custody  that  he 
may  be  held  to  answer  for  a  crime. 

A  person  is  in  custody  under  the  law  when  he  is  placed 
under  restraint  or  when  he  submits  to  same. 

A  patrolman  cannot  release  a  prisoner  after  having 
arrested  him. 

An  attempted  crime  is  an  act  done  with  intent  to  com- 
mit a  crime  and  tending,  but  failing,  to  effect  its  com- 
mission. To  determine  the  particular  crime  attempted 
you  ask  yourself:  "What  would  this  person  have  been 
guilty  of  if  the  attempt  had  been  successful?"  For  in- 
stance, if  you  caught  a  man  who,  with  a  lighted  match  in 
his  hand,  had  been  trying  to  set  fire  to  a  building,  but  no 
fire  occurred,  it  should  be  apparent  to  you  that  he  must  be 
charged  with  attempted  arson. 

Crime  is  divided  into  two  broad  classes — felonies  and 
mi  fid  em  eanmia^  For  your  purpose  you  need  only  know  that 
a  felony  is  any  crime  the  penalty  for  which  is  death  or 
imprisonment  in  a.  State  Prison,  and  that  a  misdemeanor 
is  a  crime  punishable,  upon  conviction,  by  imprisonment 
in  a  county  jail,  penitentiary  or  city  prison-,  by  fine  up  to 
the  amount  of  $500,  or  by  both. 

A  principal  to  a  crime  is  one  who  commits  a  crime,  or 
who  aids,  advises,  counsels  or  assists  in  its  commission. 
If  one  person  tells  another  where  he  can  commit  a  crime, 
explains  how  to  do  it,  or  knowingly  provides  him  with  the 
tools  required  in  its  commission,  he  is  a  principal.  If  he 
stands  on  watch  for  another  while  that  person  is  commit- 
ting a  crime,  he  is  a  principal. 

An  accessorL  is  one  who  after  a  felony  has  been  commit- 
ted, harbors,  conceals  or  hides  the  perpetrator,  with  intent 
to  prevent  his  arrest.  In  misdemeanors  all  concerned  are 
principals. 

It  is  not  necessary  for  you  to  know  the  exact  Penal  Law 
definition  of  each  crime,  but  you  should  know  the  elements 
that  go  to  make  up  each  crime.  It  is  often  difficult  for 
the  court,  after  having  heard  all  of  the  evidence  and  with 


A  N  D     P  R  O  C  E  D  TT  R  E  45 


a  law  library  to  consult,  to  settle  on  the  degree  of  crime  a 
prisoner  has  committed.  You  must,  however,  be  able  to 
distinguish  a  felony  from  a  misdemeanor  almost  as  readily 
as  you  caii  tell  your  shield  number,  because  you  have 
power  of  arrest  in  one  case  that  you  do  not  possess  in  the 
other.  In  crimes  where  the  degrees  are  divided  into 
classes,  such  as  grand  and  petit  larceny,  felonious  and  sim- 
ple assault,  and  abandonment,  you  must  be  able  to  distin- 
guish each  class  before  you  can  take  intelligent  action. 

In  making  arrests  under  a  warrant  you  are  governed  by 
the  following  sections  of  the  Code  of  Criminal  Procedure : 

"Section  170.  If  the  crime  charged  be  a  felony,  the 
arrest  may  be  made  on  any  day,  and  at  any  time  of  the 
day  or  during  any  night.  If  it  be  a  misdemeanor,  the  ar- 
rest cannot  be  made  on  Sunday,  or  at  night,  unless  by 
direction*  of  the  magistrate  indorsed  upon  the  warrant." 

"Sec.  173.  The  defendant  must  be  informed  by  the 
officer  that  he  acts  under  the  authority  of  the  warrant,  and 
he  must  also  show  the  warrant,  if  required." 

"Sec.  169.  Every  person  must  aid  an  officer  in  the 
execution  of  a  warrant,  if  the  officer  require  his  aid  and 
be  present  and  acting  in  its  execution.'' 

"Sec.  155.  If  the  warrant  be  issued  by  a  justice  of  the 
supreme  court,  recorder,  city  judge  or  judge  of  a  court  of 
general  sessions  in  the  city  and  county  of  New  York,  or  by  a 
county  judge,  or  by  the  recorder  of  a  city  where  jurisdic- 
tion is  conferred  by  law  upon  such  recorder  or  by  a  judge 
of  the  city  court,  it  may  be  directed  generally  to  any  peace 
officer  in  the  State,  and  may  be  executed  by  any  of  those 
officers  to  whom  it  may  be  delivered." 

"Sec.  156.  If  it  be  issued  by  any  other  magistrate,  it 
may  be  directed  generally  to  any  peace  officer  in  the  county 
in  which  it  is  issued,  and  may  be  executed  in  that  county ; 
or  if  the  defendant  be  in  another  county,  it  may  be  exe- 
cuted therein,  upon  the  written  direction  of  a  magistrate 
of  such  other  county  indorsed  upon  the  warrant,  signed 
by  him  with  his  name  of  office,  and  dated  at  the  city,  town 


46  POLICE      PRACTICE 


or  village  where  it  is  made,  to  the  following  eftect:  ^This 
warrant  may  be  executed  in  the  county  of  Monroe/  (or 
as  the  case  may  be)." 

In  the  City  of  New  York,  under  the  Inferior  Courts'  Act, 
a  warrant  issued  by  a  city  magistrate  may  be  executed  in 
any  county  in  the  City  of  New  York  without  further  in- 
dorsement. 

It  is  determined  from  the  offense  described  in  the  war- 
rant whether  the  case  is  a  felony  or  a  misdemeanor. 

The  warrant  must  be  delivered  to  the  court  in  which 
the  prisoner  is  arraigned. 

A  peace  officer  without  a  warrant  has  no  more  power 
than  a  private  individual  in  making  an  arrest  for  a  mis- 
demeanor. 

A  non-resident  may  be  arrested  in  this  State  for  a  crime 
committed  out  of  the  State  on  receipt  of  a  telegram  from 
the  authorities  of  the  place  where  the  crime  was  commit- 
ted, provided  a  felony  is  charged. 

When  you  know  that  a  warrant  has  been  issued  for  a 
person  charged  with  a  felony,  and  you  have  not  the  war- 
rant in  your  possession,  you  may  arrest  that  person  under 
Section  177  of  the  Code  of  Criminal  Procedure,  in  that  a 
felony  has  in  fact  been  committed  and  you  have  reason- 
able grounds  for  believing  that  the  person  to  be  arrested 
committed  it. 

When  your  attention  is  called  to  the  commission  of  a 
crime  you  must  act  quickly.  Usually  you  cannot  consult 
a  reference  or  get  advice  as  to  your  powers.  You  must 
be  right.  It  is  a  serious  offence  as  well  as  a  great  injus- 
tice to  the  person  accused  to  make  an  illegal  arrest.  As  a 
rule,  when  anything  happens  to  a  person  he  looks  around 
for  a  policeman ;  finding  one,  he  demands  the  arrest  of  the 
person  complained  of,  regardless  of  whether  or  not  it  is 
lawful.  When  you  are  approached  by  such  a  complainant, 
listen  to  what  he  has  to  say,  and  if  his  story,  is  not  clear, 
ask  questions  to  bring  out  the  material  facts.  Let  him  do 
the  talking,    you   the   questioning  and   listening.      If   he 


AND     PROCEDURE  47 


wants  a  person  arrested,  ask  yourself:  ''Does  the 
substance  of  the  complaint  constitute  an  act  or  omission 
forbidden  by  law?"  If  it  does  not,  inform  him  that  you 
cannot  take  any  action;  if  he  wants  to  know  your  reason, 
tell  him  frankly.  If  it  does,  see  if  it  comes  within  any 
of  the  four  provisions  of  the  Code  of  Criminal  Procedure 
wherein  you  are  permitted  to  make  summary  arrest,  viz.: 
"Section  177.  A  peace  officer  may,  without  a  war- 
rant, arrest  a  person : 

1.  For  a  crime,  committed  or  attempted  in  his  pres- 
ence; 

2.  When  the  person  arrested  has  committed  a  fel- 
ony, although  not  in  his  presence; 

3.  When  a  felony  has  in  fact  been  committed,  and  he 
has  reasonable  cause  for  believing  the  person  to  be  ar- 
rested to  have  committed  it." 

"Sec.  179.  He  may  also,  at  night,  without  a  warrant, 
arrest  any  person  whom  he  has  reasonable  cause  for  believ- 
ing to  have  committed  a  felony,  and  is  justified  in  mak- 
ing the  arrest,  though  it  afterward  appear  that  a  felony 
had  been  committed,  but  that  the  person  arrested  did  not 
commit  it." 

If  one  person  charges  another  with  the  commission  of  a 
misdemeanor  not  committed  in  your  presence,  and  it  is  not 
plain  from  the  facts  that  a  misdemeanor  has  been  com- 
mitted, refer  the  complainant  to  the  district  court.  If  it 
is  apparent  that  the  accused  has  committed  a  misde- 
meanor, inform  the  complainant  that  he  may  arrest  him 
and  that  you  will  convey  his  prisoner  to  the  station-house. 
The  complainant  need  not  touch  the  prisoner;  he  may 
simply  tell  him  that  he  is  under  arrest. 

If  you  are  accosted  by  a  civilian  and  he  delivers  someone 
to  you  whom  he  has  already  placed  under  arrest,  under 
the  law  you  must  take  his  prisoner  to  the  station-house. 

In  either  case,  get  the  name  and  address  of  the  person 
making  the  arrest  and  have  him  accompany  you  to  the 
station-house.     Be  careful  to  see  tha^  his  i^nme  is  entered 


48  POLICE      PRACTICE 


on  the  Department's  records  as  having  made  the  arrest 
and  that  he  signs  and  swears  to  the  complaint  in  court. 

If  you  are  requested  by  some  one  claiming  to  be  a  peace 
officer  to  assist  in  making  an  arrest  and  he  is  not  known 
to  you,  insist  upon  seeing  his  badge  of  authority.  If  hje 
is  executing  an  order  of  a  court,  such  as  a  warrant  or 
summons,  make  him  show  you  the  document.  If  it  is  a 
warrant  issued  by  a  police  magistrate  outside  of  the  City  of 
Kew  York,  see  that  it  is  indorsed  by  a  magistrate  for 
service  in  the  county  within  which  the  arrest  is  to  be 
made. 

Under  the  Inferior  Courts'  Act,  a  peace  officer  may 
make  arrests  upon  the  presentation  of  a  form  issued  by 
the  Domestic  Eolations  Court  which  is  given  the  peace 
officer  by  the  complainant,  who  must  identify  the  person 
to  be  arrested. 

Identify  and  summon  persons  who  commit  petty  of- 
fenses except  those  who  are  intoxicated  or  charged  with 
larceny  or  malicious  mischief  (such  as  breaking  windows  or 
otherwise  destroying  property),  or  who  are  engaged  in  a 
serious  breach  of  the  peace  (acting  in  a  disorderly  man- 
ner on  cars  or  annoying  or  interfering  with  others  on  the 
street) ;  and  also  in  cases  of  complaint  where  you  do  not 
witness  the  violation. 

Do  not  make  petty  arrests.  It  usually  suffices  to  warn 
persons  if  they  are  committing  some  little  infraction  of 
the  laws  or  ordinances,  but  if  anyone  persists  after  being 
warned,  arrest  him. 

Certain  persons,  such  as  ambassadors  representing  for- 
eign countries,  are  immune  from  punishment  in  the  United 
States,  but  they  are  not  immune  from  arrest.  Such  a  per- 
son, if  arrested  for  a  serious  offence,  would  be  returned 
to  the  country  he  represents  for  trial. 

If  a  bondsman  wishes  to  surrender  a  prisoner  to  you, 
ask  him  if  he  has  a  surrender  order  from  the  court.  If  he 
has  not,  tell  him  to  arrest  the  person  and  that  you  will 
protect  him  while  doing  so.     The  prisoner  must  be  taken 


AND     PROCEDURE  49 


to  the  station-house  and  from  there  to  the  place  where  he 
would  be  confined  if  not  on  bail. 

While  children  are  arraigned  in  a  Court  of  Special  Ses- 
sions (Children's  Court),  the  Court  of  Special  Sessions 
will  recognize  a  summons  issued  by  a  magistrate. 

Do  not  arrest  a  child  without  sufficient  provocation. 
It  is  very  likely  to  do  more  harm  than  good,  unless  the 
offence  is  a  serious  one. 

Do  not  arrest  persons  for  threatening  you  unless  there 
is  some  other  provocation  which  constitutes  a  breach  of 
the  peace. 

You  will,  from  time  to  time,  be  called  into  a  building 
by  one  member  of  a  family  to  settle  a  dispute.  Usually  it 
is  the  wife,  who  claims  that  her  husband  has  struck  or 
threatened  her  or  some  member  of  the  family.  In  the 
majority  of  cases  the  matter  could  easily  have  been  settled 
without  police  interference,  and  if  you  tell  her  to  go  to 
court  and  lay  the  facts  before  a  magistrate,  the  affair 
will  be  amicably  settled  before  she  has  time  to  do  so.  If, 
however,  she  claims  that  there  are  young  children  in  the 
house  and  their  lives  are  in  danger  because  of  the  condi- 
tion of  their  father  or  others,  go  with  her  and  if,  from 
appearances,  her  apprehensions  are  justified,  inform  her 
that  she  may  arrest  her  husband  and  that  you  will  take 
him  to  the  station-house. 

Every  person  must  be  informed  of  the  reason  for  his  ar- 
rest unless  he  is  arrested  in  the  actual  commission  of  a 
crime  or  after  a  chase  immediately  following. 

You  are  prohibited  by  law  from  taking  any  action  in 
civil  cases  except  to  preserve  the  peace.  For  instance,  if 
someone  has  a  civil  process  to  serve  and  he  anticipates 
being  assaulted,  under  those  circumstances  you  must  go 
with  that  person  to  protect  him  and  to  prevent  a  breach 
of  the  peace.  Permit  no  one  to  use  your  office  in  coercing 
another  in  the  execution  of  a  civil  process. 

In  making  an  arrest,  if  you  have  reason  to  believe  that 
the  prisoner  has  a  weapon  on  his  person,  give  him  a  super- 


50  POLICE      !•  K  A  C  T  I  C  E 


ficial  search  by  feeling  his  pockets.  If  he  has  a  weapon 
call  some  person  to  witness  your  taking  it  from  his  person, 
and  if  it  has  been  carried  in  violation  of  the  law  make  an 
additional  charge  against  him  in  court.  It  is  a  safe  rule 
to  put  the  nippers  on  every  man  who  is  charged  with  theft 
or  who  is  likely  to  attempt  to  escape  or  to  assault  you.  If 
you  are  right  handed,  put  the  nippers  on  the  prisoner's 
right  hand  and  hold  them  with  your  left.  This  permits 
you  to  carry  your  baton  in  your  right  hand  and  to  protect 
yourself  in  case  of  assault. 

If  a  prisoner  is  likely  to  have  any  evidence  on  his  per- 
son, see  that  he  does  not  dispose  of  it  on  the  way  to  the 
station-house.  Do  not  permit  him  to  put  his  hands  in 
his  pockets,  throw  anything  into  the  street,  or  give  any- 
thing to  his  friends. 

It  is  natural  to  expect  that  a  person  placed  under  arrest 
will  become  excited  and  lose  his  temper — possibly  threaten 
you.  There  is,  however,  no  excuse  for  you  to  lose  your 
head  or  to  get  excited. 

Prisoners  partly  intoxicated  will  want  to  fight  and  you 
may  experience  difficulty  in  getting  them  to  the  station- 
house.  It  is  cowardly,  as  well  as  a  violation  of  the 
law,  to  strike  a  prisoner  unless  your  life  is  in  danger  or 
he  is  trying  to  escape.  If  you  must  strike  a  prisoner, 
strike  him  on  the  wrists  or  legs  rather  than  on  the  head. 
Endeavor  to  put  into  practice  the  humane  manner  of 
handling  prisoners  as  taught  in  the  School  for  Eecruits. 

If  you  are  followed  to  the  station-house  by  a  crowd,  do 
not  let  your  attention  be  diverted  from  your  prisoner.  If 
you  feel  that  you  are  likely  to  be  assaulted  or  that  your 
prisoner  may  escape,  summon  another  policeman,  if  pos- 
sible, or  command  any  person  present  to  assist  you. 

Do  not  summon  a  patrol  wagon  unnecessarily.  If  a 
prisoner  lies  down  and  refuses  to  move,  coax  him.  If  there 
is  no  physical  reason  why  he  should  not  walk  and  his  con- 
dition is  not  offensive  to  public  decency,  use  sufficient  force 
to  make  him  walk  to  the  station-housei  if  the  distance  is 
not  too  great. 


AND     PROCEDURE  51 


Wherever  you  are  permitted  to  make  an  arrest,  you  are 
allowed  to  use  sufficient  force  to  effect  it.  You  may  break 
open  a  door  or  window  to  enter  a  building  but  you  must 
first  announce  that  you  are  a  peace  officer  and  that  you 
want  the  door  or  window  opened  for  the  purpose  of  arrest- 
ing "John  Doe"  or  whoever  it  may  be. 


Children^. 

Children,  under  the  law,  are  persons  actually  or  appar- 
ently under  the  age  of  sixteen  years,  except  where  the 
sale  of  liquor  is  involved,  when  the  age  is  eighteen  years. 

All  children  arrested,  under  the  age  of  sixteen  years, 
shall  be  charged  with  Juvenile  Delinquency,  except 

1.  When  conviction  might  result  in  capital  punish- 
ment. 

2.  When  the  act,  if  committed  by  an  adult,  would 
not  be  criminal.  ( Entering  a  theatre  without  the  consent 
of  guardian,  smoking  or  buying  cigarettes,  entering  pool 
parlors,  etc.) 

A  child  taken  into  custody  under  circumstances  coming 
within  this  second  exception  cannot  be  charged  with  Juve- 
nile Delinquency;  it  must  be  charged  with  Improper 
Guardianship,  for  the  reason  that  the  law  provides  that 
every  guardian  of  a  child  must  exercise  proper  care  and 
control  over  a  child  to  prevent  it  from  violating  the 
law  or  requiring  the  care  or  attention  of  the  State. 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  Legislature  and  of  all  persons  in- 
terested in  the  well-being  of  children  to  prevent  their  con- 
tact with  hardened  criminals.  They  have,  accordingly,  pro- 
vided separate  places  of  detention,  means  of  conveyance 
and  arraignment  for  children  to  keep  them  from  associat- 
ing with  or  forming  the  acquaintance  of  adult  criminals. 
The  law  provides  that  a  child,  while  under  restraint  or 
conviction,  shall  not  be  placed  in  any  place  of  confinement 
or  in  any  vehicle  in  company  with  adults  who  are  charged 
with  crime.     It  further  provides  that  it  shall  bo  the  duty 


52  POLICE      PRACTICE 


of  officers  having  a  child  in  charge  to  notify  the  parent, 
guardian  or  custodian  of  such  child,  and  with  all  conven- 
ient speed  to  take  such  child  to  the  Children's  Court,  if 
in  session ;  if  not  in  session,  then  to  the  rooms  of  the  So- 
ciety for  the  Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Children,  provided 
bail  has  not  been  accepted  or  recognizance  taken. 

Never  scare  or  threaten  children,  or  permit  other  per- 
sons to  scare  children  by  threatening  to  have  a  policeman 
punish  them.  Do  not  unnecessarily  interfere  with  chil- 
dren engaged  in  innocent  amusement.  If  it  is  necessary 
to  speak  to  children  to  prevent  their  doing  something 
which  is  a  violation  of  the  law  or  an  inconvenience  to  persons 
or  injury  to  property,  do  so  in  a  kindly  manner ;  if  that  does 
not  suffice  and  their  parents  are  conveniently  near,  speak 
to  the  parents.  This  generally  suffices  to  correct  most  of 
these  complaints.  If  children,  in  this  way,  are  taught  that 
a  policeman  is  their  friend,  it  will  not  be  possible  for  them 
to  be  lost  for  any  extended  period.  They  cannot  wander 
far  without  meeting  a  policeman,  and  if  they  are  not 
afraid  of  him,  they  will  immediately  tell  him  of  their 
troubles.  In  innumerable  cases  it  has  been  found  that 
lost  children  had  hidden  in  doorways  on  the  approach  of  a 
policeman,  having  been  led  to  fear  him. 

Unless  it  is  absolutely  necessary,  do  not  take  action 
which  will  separate  children  from  their  parents,  for  unless 
the  mother  is  a  prostitute,  thief  or  drug  fiend,  she  is,  as  a 
rule,  the  best  person  to  take  care  of  her  own  children.  Do 
not  separate  a  nursing  baby  from  its  mother  unless  the 
health  or  life  of  the  child  is  endangered. 

Foundlings  are  abandoned  children  under  two  years  of 
age.  If  you  have  to  do  with  a  foundling,  try  to  arrest  the 
person  responsible  for  the  abandonment.  Take  the  finder 
and  foundling  to  the  station-house  so  that  the  former  may 
make  the  affidavit  required  by  the  Department  of  Charities 
as  a  means  of  identification. 

Abandoned  children  over  two  years  of  age  are  considered 
as  "lost  children."  Make  diligent  inquiry  to  find  the 
parents  before  taking  the  child  to  the  station-house. 


AND     PROCEDURE  53 


Extracts  from  the  Penal  Law,  State  Labor  Law  and 
Ordinances  Relative  to  Children. 

A  child  under  the  age  of  seven  is  not  capable  of  com- 
mitting crime ;  a  child  over  seven  and  less  than  twelve 
years  of  age  is  presumed  to  be  incapable  of  crime,  but  the 
presumption  may  be  removed  by  proof  that  he  had  suf- 
ficient capacity  to  understand  the  act  or  neglect  charged 
against  him,  and  to  know  its  wrongfulness. 

A  person  who  willfully  permits  the  life  or  limb  of  any 
child  actually  or  apparently  under  the  age  of  sixteen  years 
to  be  endangered,  or  its  health  to  be  injured,  or  willfully 
causes  or  permits  such  child  to  be  placed  in  such  a  situa- 
tion, or  to  engage  in  such  an  occupation,  that  its  life  or 
limb  is  endangered,  or  its  health  likely  to  be  injured,  or  its 
morals  likely  to  be  depraved,  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

A  person  owning,  leasing,  managing,  or  controlling  for 
himself  or  for  another  person,  any  of  the  following  places,  or 
being  employed  as  door-keeper,  ticket-seller  or  ticket-taker 
therein,  who  permits  a  child  actually  or  apparently  under 
sixteen  years  of  age,  to  enter  or  remain  therein  unless  ac- 
companied by  its  parent  or  guardian,  or  suffers  or  permits 
such  child  to  play  any  game  of  chance  or  skill  therein,  is 
guilty  of  a  misdemeanor: 

Dance  halls,  public  museums,  public  concert  saloons, 
public  pool  or  billiard  parlors,  public  bowling  alleys, 
public  skating  rinks,  or  any  place  where  wines,  spiritu- 
ous or  malt  liquors  are  sold  or  given  away,  or  any  theatre, 
kinetoscope  or  moving  picture  performance,  unless  such 
performance  is  given  under  the  auspices  of  or  for  the 
benefit  of  any  church,  school,  educational  or  religious  in- 
stitution, without  profit. 

Any  person  not  being  the  parent,  relative  or  friend  of 
such  child's  family,  who  takes  a  child  into  any  moving 
picture  show,  unless  with  the  consent  of  the  parents  or 
proper  guardian,  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

Any  person  who  permits  a  child  to  enter  or  remain  in 
any  house  of  prostitution  or  assignation;  or 


54  POLICE      PRACTICE 


Sells  or  gives  away  or  causes  or  permits  to  be  sold  or 
given  away  to  such  child,  ale,  wine,  beer  or  any  strong  or 
spirituous  liquor;  or 

Sells,  pays  for  or  furnishes  to  such  child  any  cigarette, 
cigar  or  tobacco  in  any  form ;  or 

Being  a  pawnbroker  or  employee  of  a  pawnbroker, 
makes  any  loan  or  permits  to  be  made  any  loan  or  ad- 
vance to  such  child;  or 

Being  a  second-hand  dealer,  owner,  keeper  or  proprietor 
of  a  junk  shop,  junk  cart,  junk  boat  or  other  vehicle  used 
for  the  collection  of  junk,  receives  or  purchases  from  a 
child  any  goods,  wares  or  merchandise;  or 

Sells  to  such  child  any  toy  or  other  pistol  that  can  be 
loaded  with  powder  and  ball  or  blank  cartridges ;  or 

Employs,  or  causes  to  be  employed,  any  child  as  a  rope 
or  wire  walker,  gymnast,  wrestler,  cantortionist,  rider  or 
acrobat;  or 

Uses  such  child  in  begging  or  receiving  or  soliciting 
alms  under  any  pretence  or  in  any  manner;  or 

Employs  such  child  in  gathering  or  picking  rags  or  in 
peddling;  or 

Employs  such  child  in  any  indecent  or  immoral  ex- 
hibition, or  practice;  or 

Exhibits  such   child  when   insane,   idiotic   or  suffering 
from  any  unnatural  deformity, 
— is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

Any  person  who  employs  any  child,  for  singing  or  danc- 
ing, or  playing  on  a  musical  instrument,  or  in  any  theatri- 
cal occupation,  unless  such  employment  is  as  a  singer  or 
musician  in  a  church,  school  or  academy,  or  in  teaching 
or  learning  the  science  or  practice  of  music,  or  as  a  mu- 
sician in  any  concert,  or  theatrical  exhibition  without 
the  written  consent  of  the  mayor  of  the  city,  is  guilty  of 
a  misdemeanor. 

Make  summary  arrest  of  the  person  responsible  for  any 
of  the  foregoing  .violations.  The  child  is  also  to  be  ar- 
rested and  charged  with  Improper  Guardianship. 


AND     PROCEDURE  55 


Arrest  and  charge  with  Improper  Guardianship  any 
child  actually  or  apparently  under  the  age  of  sixteen  years 

Who  is  destitute  of  the  means  of  support; 

"Who  is  abandoned  or  improperly  exposed  or  neglected ; 

Who  is  in  a  state  of  want  or  suffering; 

Who  lives  with  a  parent  or  guardian  who  has  been 
adjudged  an  habitual  criminal,  or  who  has  been  con- 
victed of  a  crime  against  the  person  of  the  child; 

Who  smokes  or  in  any  way  uses  any  cigar  or  cigarette 
or  tobacco  in  any  form  in  a  public  place;  or 

Who  frequents  the  company  of  thieves,  prostitutes  and 
vicious  persons,  or  who  does  not  subject  itself  to  proper 
restraint  or  control  by  its  parents,  or  who  is  between 
the  ages  of  seven  and  fourteen  years,  and  has  sufficient 
bodily  health  to  attend  school  and  does  not  do  so. 

A  parent  or  guardian  of  a  child  who  omits  to  exercise 
reasonable  diligence  in  preventing  such  child  from  com- 
mitting juvenile  delinquency  or  who  permits  such  child 
to  grow  up  in  idleness  or  to  commit  acts  which  tend  to  in- 
jure his  health  and  corrupt  his  morals,  or  to  become  a 
habitual  truant  from  school  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 
Magistrates  may  issue  a  summons  for  such  persons. 

A  parent  or  other  person  charged  with  the  care^  custody, 
nurture  or  education  of  a  child  under  the  age  of  sixteen 
years,  who  wholly  abandons  the  child  in  destitute  circum- 
stances, and  wilfully  omits  to  furnish  necessary  food, 
clothing  or  shelter  for  such  child,  is  guilty  of  a  felony. 

A  parent  or  other  person  who  does  not  wholly  abandon 
such  child,  but  neglects  or  wilfully  omits  to  provide  food, 
clothing,  shelter  or  medical  attendance,  or  to  make  such 
payment  toward  its  maintenance  as  may  be  required  by  a 
magistrate,  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

No  male  child  under  12  or  female  child  under  16  years 
shall  sell  newspapers  on  the  streets  in  cities  of  the  first 
class.  Boys  between  the  ages  of  12  and  14  years  may  do 
so  provided  they  display  a  Board  of  Education  badge.  No 
child  shall  sell  papers  between  8  p.  m.  and  6  a.  m. 


56  POLICE      PRACTICE 


No  child  between  14  and  16  years  shall  be  employed 
without  a  permit  from  the  Health  Department,  and  when 
so  employed  shall  not  be  allowed  to  work  longer  than 
fifty-four  hours  a  week  or  nine  hours  a  day,  or  after 
10  p.  m. 

Handlin^g  Demented  Persons. 

It  is  generally  believed^  except  by  persons  connected  with 
institutions  for  the  care  of  the  insane,  that  a  lunatic  is  an 
extremely  dangerous  individual,  possessed  of  superhuman 
strength,  and  that  it  takes  extraordinary  courage  and  skill 
to  manage  him.  Such,  however,  is  not  the  case.  In  fact, 
in  an  asylum  an  attendant  of  average  intelligence  and 
strength  usually  takes  care  of  a  number  of  insane  patients. 

If  your  attention  is  called  to  an  insane  person  in  a  pub- 
lic place  or  in  some  place  where  he  cannot  be  properly 
cared  for,  convey  him  to  the  station-house.  If  he  is  tem- 
porarily in  safe  keeping,  summon  an  ambulance  and  have 
him  taken  to  a  hospital. 

If  the  patient  is  violent,  try  to  pacify  him  by  agreeing 
with  him;  if  he  claims  he  is  the  President  of  the  United 
States,  do  not  contradict  him.  If  you  are  compelled  to  use 
force,  use  no  more  than  is  absolutely  necessary.  Eemem- 
ber  that  while  he  may  have  more  nervous  energy  than  a 
normal  person,  he  has  no  more  physical  strength  and  is 
no  more  dangerous  physically  than  the  average  person  who 
resists  you. 

One  thing  to  bear  in  mind,  in  this  connection,  however, 
is  that  you  cannot  subdue  him  by  the  use  of  tactics  which 
depend  upon  the  infliction  of  pain  for  results.  For  in- 
stance, if  you  bend  back  a  normal  man's  finger  or  twist  his 
arm,  his  reason  will  dictate  submission ;  but  an  insane  per- 
son, having  lost,  more  or  less,  his  power  to  reason,  will  not 
so  readily  submit. 

Very  often  insane  persons  realize  the  terrot  their  actions 
create  and  out  of  sheer  enjoyment  of  their  power  feign  to 
be  more  violent.  In  a  case  of  this  kind,  if  your  manner 


AND     PROCEDURE  57 


shows  that  you  are  determined  to  control  the  patient  he 
will  generally  become  quiet.  Do  not  do  anything  to  ex- 
cite his  passion,  but  do  not  let  him  use  his  passion  to 
excite  you. 

Be  particularly  cautious  not  to  injure  a  lunatic.  He  is 
in  reality  a  sick  man,  and  it  would  be  cowardly  on  the 
part  of  anyone  to  strike  him  in  retaliation.  If  he  appears 
to  be  unmanageable,  get  assistance,  so  that  he  may  be  over- 
powered without  a  struggle. 

Persons  suffering  from  acute  alcoholism  should  be 
treated  as  insane  persons,  so  far  as  placing  them  under  re- 
straint is  concerned. 

Persons  suffering  from  hysteria  are  fully  conscious  of 
everything  said  and  done  in  their  presence.  The  victims 
are  mostly  nervous  women.  Sympathy  only  aggravates 
their  condition. 

If  your  attention  is  called  to  a  case  of  this  kind,  send 
for  an  ambulance,  if  necessary.  Pending  its  arrival,  have 
the  patient,  if  a  woman,  removed  to  some  secluded  place, 
as  persons  in  this  condition  generally  throw  themselves 
about  and  disarrange  their  clothing.  Speak  firmly  to  her; 
tell  her  there  is  nothing  the  matter  with  her;  that  if  she 
doesn^t  desist  from  further  antics  you  will  have  to  take 
severe  measures  to  compel  her  to  do  so.  In  most  cases, 
this  will  have  the  effect  of  bringing  the  patient  to  a  normal 
condition. 


Fugitives  feom  Justice. 

A  fugitive  from  justice  may  be  arrested  for  a  crime 
committed  in  another  state,  if  such  crime  were  punishable 
as  a  felony  in  the  State  of  New  York.  The  courts  have 
held  that  a  person  who  commits  a  crime  out  of  the  state 
and  flees  into  this  state  is  not  immune  from  arrest  here. 

If  one  person  charges  another  with  the  commission  of 
a  crime  in  another  state,  which  crime  if  committed  in  this 
state  would  be  a  felony,  ask  the  complainant  if  he  will 


58  POLICE      PRACTICE 


make  affidavit  that  the  defendant  is  a  fugitive  froin  justice 
charged  with  a  felony.  If  he  assents,  make  the  arrest. 
Have  the  complainant  accompany  you  to  make  the  affidavit. 

Do  not  arrest  for  a  misdemeanor  under  these  circum- 
stances without  a  Governor's  warrant. 

All  cases  involving  correspondence  or  communication 
with  authorities  outside  of  the  City  of  New  York  must  be 
turned  over  to  the  Detective  Division.  If  you  are  requested 
by  an  out-of-town  peace  officer  to  assist  in  making  an 
arrest  of  this  kind  and  the  defendant  is  not  actually  pres- 
ent, refer  him  to  the  nearest  station-house  so  that  the 
Detective  Division  may  handle  the  case. 

A  non-resident  may  be  arrested  in  this  State  for  a  crime 
committed  out  of  the  State  on  receipt  of  a  telegram  from 
the  authorities  of  the  place  where  the  crime  was  commit- 
ted, provided  a  felony  is  charged. 


AND     PROCEDURE 


CHAPTER    V. 


EVIDENCE,    COURT    PROCEDURE    AND 
DISPOSITION    OF   PROPERTY. 

Evidence  is  information  which  tends  to  refute  or  estab- 
lish the  commission  of  a  crime  or  a  violation  of  the  rights 
of  another.  It  may  be  oral,  documentary  or  in  the  form 
of  exhibits.  Oral  testimony  is  given  by  word  of  mouth 
under  oath  or  affirmation  before  any  court  of  justice  or 
officer  thereof  appointed  for  the  purpose  of  holding  any 
trial,  hearing,  investigation,  inquiry,  examination  or  other 
proceeding  authorized  by  law.  The  oath  may  be  waived 
by  consent  of  all  parties.  This  is  not  common  practice 
but  is  occasionally  done  when  a  clergyman  is  a  witness. 
Documentary  evidence  consists  of  papers,  books,  etc., 
produced  for  the  inspection  of  tlie  court  or  officer  pre- 
siding at  any  hearing  or  proceeding.  Exhihits  are  weapons, 
drugs,  poisons,  etc.,  or  things  directly  relating  to  the 
matter  under  investigation. 

Competent  evidence  is  evidence  pertaining  to  the  fact 
at  issue.  For  instance :  a  statement  by  Black  that  John 
Smith,  charged  with  burglary,  was  in  front  of  the  burg- 
larized building  at  the  time  the  burglary  was  committed. 

Irrelevant  evidence  is  evidence  not  pertaining  to  the  facts 
at  issue.  White  may  testify  that  Smith,  who  is  charged 
with  burglary,  looks  like  a  man  he  saw  assault  another  a 
year  ago. 

Direct  evidence  is  testimony  by  which  the  fact  at  issue 
may  be  determined  directly  and  not  through  inference. 
Greene  may  testify  that  he  saw  Smith  force  the  door  with 
a  jimmy. 

Corroborative  evidence  is  that  which  supports  and  a(^B 
strength  to  the  evidence  of  the  main  witness.     Black^ff 
well  as  White  testify  that  they  saw  Smith  step  from  tlie 
doorway. 


00  POLICE      PRACTICE 


Cumulative  evidence  is  evidence  given  by  witnesses 
which,  although  not  necessarily  identical,  is  to  the  same 
effect  as  that  given  before.  For  instance  Green  testifies 
that  he  saw  Smith  force  the  door;  Jones  testifies  that  he 
saw  him  enter  and  White  that  he  saw  him  leave  the 
building. 

Circumstantial  evidence  is  evidence  from  which  an 
inference  may  be  drawn  in  regard  to  the  facts  at  issue. 
A  burglary  has  been  committed  and  a  quantity  of  over- 
coats stolen.  Jones  testifies  that  he  saw  the  defendant, 
Smith,  standing  in  the  doorway  of  the  building  at  about 
the  time  the  burglary  was  committed;  that  Smith  dis- 
appeared from  view  and,  shortly  after,  came  from  the 
direction  of  the  building  with  a  quantity  of  overcoats 
over  his  arm. 

Presumptive  evidence  is  evidence  as  to  facts  from  which 
the  fact  at  issue  may  be  presumed.  If  it  were  proven  that 
Smith  had  "knockout  drops"  unlawfully  in  his  posses- 
sion, it  would  be  presumed  that  he  had  the  drug  for  the 
purpose  of  using  it  unlawfully. 

Hearsay  evidence  consists  of  statements  which  the  wit- 
ness has  heard  from  another  person  and  which  he  repeats. 
It  is  not  admissible  except  under  the  following  conditions : 

When  the  statement  was  originally  made  voluntarily 
by  the  defendant  immediately  after  the  commission  of  a 
crime ; 

When  the  statement  was  made  in  the  presence  of  the 
defendant ; 

When  a  confession  has  been  voluntarily  made  by  the 
defendant.  There  must,  however,  be  some  other  evi- 
dence that  a  crime  has  been  committed.  Any  state- 
ment made  by  a  defendant  cannot  be  used  against  him 
when  it  is  made  under  the  influence  of  threats  or  fear, 
or  when  obtained  under  an  official  promise  of  immunity. 
^^  When  a  dying  declaration  has  been  made.  It  is  ad- 
l^Rnitted  only  when  the  person  making  the  declaration 
stated  that  he  believed  that  he  was  aboiit  to  die  as  a 
result  of  an  unlawful  injury  inflicted  upon  him. 


AND     PROCEDURE  61 


The  testimony  of  an  accomplice  is  not  sufficient  to 
convict,  unless  corroborated  by  other  evidence. 

The  testimony  of  a  child  under  12  years  of  age  is  not 
admissible  unless  in  the  opinion  of  the  court  such  child 
is  sufficiently  intelliggit  to  qualify  as  a  witness.  Such 
testimony  must  be  corroborated. 

In  a  criminal  action,  no  person  can  be  compelled  to 
testify  against  himself.  A  prisoner  is  presumed  to  be 
innocent  of  the  crime  charged  unless  the  contrary  be 
proven. 

A  witness  can  be  placed  under  bonds  for  his  appearance 
before  the  proper  court,  and  if  he  fails  to  procure  such 
bonds,  may  be  detained  in  prison. 

Court  Procedure. 

The  Criminal  Courts  are  divided  as  follows: 

City  Magistrates',  or  Police  Courts; 

Special  Sessions  Courts; 

General  Sessions  Courts  in  New  York  County.  (In 
other  counties  of  the  city,  courts  of  similar  juris- 
diction are  known  as  County  Courts) ; 

Supreme  Courts ; 

Appellate  Divisions  of  Supreme  Court; 

Court  of  Appeals  of  the  State  of  New  York ; 

United  States  Supreme  Court. 

Magistrates'  Courts. 

Magistrates'  Courts  have  summary  jurisdiction  over  the 
following  cases: 

Disorderly  conduct ; 

Violations  of  corporation  ordinances  that  are  punish- 
able criminally; 

Vagrancy ; 

Intoxication ; 

Violations  of  the  Sabbath  Law; 

Violations  of  the  Highway  Law,  first  offense;  -^ 

Cruelty  to  animals,  in   cases  where   defendants  plead ^ 
guilty. 


62  POLICE      PRACTICE 


All  persons  arrested  for  criminal  offenses  are  arraigned 
in  the  City  Magistrates'  Courts.  In  cases  over  which  the 
Magistrate  has  no  summary  jurisdiction,  he  holds  exami- 
nations for  the  purpose  of  determining  whether  or  not 
there  has  been  established  a  prima-facie  case  (i.  e.  a 
case  supported  by  evidence  which  would  appear  to 
show  that  a  crime  has  been  committed.)  The  object 
of  this  is  to  give  the  prisoner  an  opportunity  for  an 
immediate  hearing,  and  to  prevent  the  clogging  of  the 
higher  courts  with  cases  in  which  the  evidence  could  not 
possibly  secure  conviction.  If  a  prima-facie  case  be  not 
established,  or  reasonable  grounds  shown  to  hold  the  de- 
fendant for  a  higher  court,  the  Magistrate  has  power  to 
dismiss  the  complaint. 

A  prisoner  held  by  a  magistrate  on  the  charge  of  having 
committed  a  misdemeanor  is  sent  to  the  Court  of  Special 
Sessions;  cases  of  felony  are  sent  to  the  G-rand  Jury.  The 
Magistrate  may  admit  to  bail  in  either  case,  unless  the 
crime  charged  is  punishable  by  death. 

The  territory  over  which  the  Magistrates'  Courts  have 
jurisdiction  is  divided  into  districts,  composed  of  police 
precincts,  and  prisoners  must  be  taken  before  the  Magis- 
trates' Court  located  in  the  district  in  which  the  arrest  was 
made  or  the  offense  committed.  In  the  Borough  of  Man- 
hattan, the  Magistrates'  Night  Courts  are  the  exception 
to  this  rule;  females  arrested  after  the  closing  of  the  day 
session  of  the  Magistrates'  District  Courts,  charged  with 
misdemeanor,  are  arraigned  in  the  Women's  Night  Court, 
and  males  in  the  Men's  Night  Court.  Females  arrested  in 
the  day  time,  charged  with  violation  of  the  laws  relative  to 
prostitution  are  arraigned  in  the  Second  District  Court 
if  arrested  in  Manhattan,  and  in  the  First  District  Court 
if  arrested  in  Brooklyn. 

Children  under  the  age  of  sixteen  years  are  not  taken 
to  the  Magistrates'  Courts,  but  are  arraigned  in  the  Chil- 
dren's Court.  If  a  child  is  required  as  a  witness  against 
an  adult  in  a  Magistrates'  Court,  make  sure  that  the  So- 
ciety for  the  Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Children  is  notified. 


AND     PROCEDURE  63 


Domestic  Relation's  Court. 

This  court  decides  all  cases  of  abandonment  and  failure 
of  husbands  to  provide  for  their  families.  When  a  war- 
rant issued  by  the  Domestic  Relations  Court  is  not  given 
to  a  policeman  to  execute,  the  complainant  is  given  a 
notice  which  states  that  a  warrant  has  been  issued  and 
which  directs  any  peace  officer  or  patrolman  to  arrest  the 
person  named  therein.  In  making  an  arrest  in  a  case  of 
this  kind,  have  the  complainant  accompany  you  to  the 
station-house. 

CoRosrER's  Court. 

A  coroner's  court  is  held  in  each  borough.  Its  purpose 
is  to  ascertain  the  cause  of  death  of  persons  who  have  died 
under  suspicious  circumstances. 

The  procedure  followed  by  policemen  is  similar  to  that 
followed  in  other  courts. 


Court  of  Special  Session's. 

A  Court  of  Special  Sessions  is  held  in  each  county.  Three 
justices  sit  in  each  court,  one  of  whom  is  the  presiding 
justice.  The  Court  of  Special  Sessions  has  summary  juris- 
diction over  all  cases  of  misdemeanor  except' libel. 


Court  of  General  Sessions,  Etc. 

A  Grand  Jury  sits  at  designated  times  in  each  county. 
Its  functions  are  to  investigate  all  complaints  charging 
violation  of  the  law.  As  a  rule,  it  examines  only  the 
complainant  and  his  witnesses,  although  it  sometimes 
questions  the  accused.  If,  in  one  of  its  findings,  it  is 
shown  that  a  crime  has  been  committed  and  that  some 
individual  committed  it,  the  grand  jury  finds  what  is 
known  as  an  indictment,  specifying  the  name  of  the  ac-* 
cused  and  the  degree  oj  crime  charged,  and  reports  to  the 
court  in  which  it  was  c<()nvened,  presenting  the  indictment. 


64  POLICE      PRACTICE 


If  indicted,  a  bench  warrant  is  issued,  the  prisoner 
arrested  and  arraigned  in  court  for  pleading.  If  he  pleads 
^%uilty'^  to  the  offense  charged,  he  is  usually  remanded 
for  sentence.  If  he  pleads  "not  guilty,"  the  case  is  set  on 
a  calendar  for  trial  at  a  specified  time. 

In  New  York  County  persons  indicted  for  felonies  or 
misdemeanors  are  tried  by  the  Court  of  General  Sessions, 
or  by  the  Criminal  Branch  of  the  Supreme  Court.  In 
other  counties,  similar  cases  are  tried  by  the  County  Court 
or  the  Supreme  Court. 

The  Court  of  General  Sessions  in  New  York  County  is 
composed  of  five  parts,  and  each  is  presided  over  by  a 
judge,  known  as  a  Judge  of  the  Court  of  General  Sessions. 
In  these  courts  the  trials  are  by  jury,  as  in  county  courts 
and  supreme  courts  in  other  counties.  The  county  courts 
are  presided  over  by  a  county  judge;  and  the  supreme 
courts,  by  ':i  justice  of  the  supreme  court. 

^  CouKTS  OF  Appeal. 

The  Appellate  Di\ision,  the  Court  of  Appeals,  and  the 
United  States  Supreme  Courts,  are  courts  in  which  appeals 
are  made  from  the  decisions  of  lower  courts,  and  the  evi- 
dence produced  there  is  usually  documentary.  These 
courts  simply  pass  on  the  legality  of  the  action  taken  by 
the  lower  courts,  and  you  will  not  have  occasion  to  appear 
in  any  of  them. 

Court  Procedure. 

In  criminal  actions  the  district  attorney  represents  the 
People  of  the  State  of  New  York  in  court,  and  it  is  his 
duty  to  present  all  the  facts  showing  the  guilt  of  the 
prisoner. 

The  district  attorney  presents  his  evidence  first.  The 
defendant  then  presents  his  defense,  and  his  counsel  sums 
up  and  endeavors  to  establish  his  client's  innocence.    The 


AND     PROCEDURE 


district  attorney  then  sums  up.  When  all  the  evidence 
in  a  case  has  been  submitted,  the  court  "charge  the  jury." 
This  means  that  it  instructs  the  jury  on  the  legal  rights 
of  the  prisoner  and  quotes  the  law  bearing  on  the  case. 

After  being  charged,  the  jury  retire.  At  the  end  of 
the  deliberation  of  the  jurymen,  the  foreman  of  the  jury 
reports  their  verdict  to  the  court:  CruiUy  or  Mot'GnUty; 
or,  if  they  fail  to  agree.  Disagreement. 

When  you  bring  a  prisoner  to  court,  take  him  to  the 
prison  known  as  the  Detention  Pen.'  After  leaving  your 
prisoner  in  the  pen  go  to  the  complaint  room  and  make 
your  complaint,  which  must  embody  the  facts  of  the  viola- 
tion committed  by  the  prisoner.  The  complaint  will  be 
written  out  by  the  complaint  clerk.  If  the  offense  charged 
is  one  in  which  the  magistrate  has  no  summary  jurisdic- 
tion, bring  the  prisoner  with  you  to  the  complaint  room, 
in  order  that  he  may  sign  a  declaration  sheet  and  plead 
either  guilty  or  not  guilty.  This  declaration  sheet  is  called 
a  formal. 

Read  the  complaint  over  carefully  and  see  that  it  con- 
tains all  the  facts  you  wish  made  known  to  the  magistrate. 
If  it  does  not  contain  all  these  facts,  call  the  matter  to  the 
attention  of  the  complaint  clerk  and  have  it  corrected. 

A  short  affidavit  is  used  for  the  purpose  of  bringing  a 
prisoner's  case  to  the  attention  of  the  court  so  that  the 
magistrate  may  either  admit  the  prisoner  to  bail  or  confine 
him  to  prison  until  the  result  of  the  examination  can  be 
determined.  It  charges  the  prisoner  with  suspicion  of  hav- 
ing committed  some  particular  felony  and  need  not  embody 
the  evidence  you  have  regarding  his  case — it  may  simply 
contain  the  prisoner's  name  and  address  and  a  short  de- 
scription of  the  offense.  A  short  affidavit  can  be  used 
in  a  felony  case  only.  Always  consult  with  the  district 
attorney  or  the  court  when  drawing  a  short  affidavit. 

See  to  it  that  the  complaint  clerk  enters  the  names  of 
all  the  witnesses  on  the  complaint,  so  that  they  may  be 
served  with  subpoenas. 


G6  POLICE      PRACTICE 


After  you  have  signed  the  complaint,  deliver  it,  with 
the  commitment  form  and  record  card  you  will  receive 
from  the  complaint  clerk,  to  the  attendant  on  the  platform 
in  front  of  the  magistrate.  When  this  has  been  done,  get 
your  prisoner  and  remain  with  him  in  the  room  adjoining 
the  court,  within  call  of  the  magistrate. 

In  cases  where  a  summons  has  been  issued  or  where  your 
prisoner  was  bailed  at  the  station-house,  appear  in  court 
at  the  time  specified  and  make  your  complaint  in  the  com- 
plaint room  just  as  though  your  prisoner  was  safely  con- 
fined In  the  detention  pen.  Deliver  the  complaint  to  the 
attendant  and  wait  in  the  court  room  until  you  hear  the 
name  of  the  defendant  called. 

If  your  witnesses  do  not  appear,  call  the  attention  of 
the  district  attorney  or  of  the  court  to  their  absence,  and 
suggest  that  the  case  be  adjourned  a  sufficient  time  to 
enable  you  to  produce  them.  Eequest  that  subpoenas  be 
issued  for  the  absent  witnesses. 

All  property  required  as  evidence  which  can  be  con- 
veniently brought  must  be  in  court  in  your  custody  at  the 
time  your  prisoner  is  arraigned.  If  the  case  is  adjourned, 
deliver  the  property  to  the  Property  Clerk  of  the  Police 
Department.  When  it  is  next  needed,  you  will  be  served 
with  a  subpoena  by  the  proper  court,  and  on  presentation 
of  this  subpoena  to  the  property  clerk  you  will  be  given 
the  property  it  calls  for.  Unless  otherwise  directed  by  the 
court,  return  the  evidence  to  the  Property  Clerk  when  the 
case  is  closed. 

When  the  case  is  called,  take  the  prisoner  before  the 
magistrate  and  stand  at  the  right  of  the  defendant.  You 
will  swear  that  the  statements  contained  in  the  complaint 
are  true,  and  the  complaint  then  becomes  an  affidavit.  You 
.will  then  be  sworn  by  the  magistrate  to  tell  the  truth  in 
your  testimony. 

When  you  take  the  witness  chair,  sit  in  a  position  of  at- 
tention ;  do  not  lounge  or  squirm.  When  addressed  by  the 
court,  the  district  attorney,  or  the  counsel  for  the  defendant. 


AND     PROCEDURE  67 


face  the  magistrate  and  give  your  answers  in  a  clear  and 
distinct  manner,  without  intention  or  design  to  influence 
the  result.  Be  impersonal.  You  must  not  try  to  influence 
the  court  or  jury  by  expressing  your  opinion.  For  in- 
stance, if  you  saw  a  man  standing  in  a  doorway,  you  must 
not  say,  ^'1  saw  him  standing  in  the  doorway  and  I  thought 
he  was  going  to  break  into  the  store,"  or,  "I  saw  him  run- 
ning from  a  building  and  thought  he  might  have  com- 
mitted a  crime  therein."  Tell  the  court  simply  what  you 
saw  or  heard  and  they  will  infer  from  your  statements  the 
intent  of  the  defendant. 

Do  not  use  unnecessary  words  in  testifying;  get  to  the 
point  quickly.  For  instance,  do  not  say,  "I  went  out  on 
patrol  at  8  a.  m.,  and  patrolled  my  post  three  times,  and  at 
about  10  :30  a.  m.,  while  I  was  walking  north  on  Broadway 
I  saw  a  man  passing  on  the  east  side  of  the  street  whom 
I  afterwards  learned  was  the  defendant."  Simply  say, 
"At  about  10 :30  a.  m.  I  saw  the  defendant  passing  on  the 
east  side  of  Broadway,"  and  then  tell  everything  you  ob- 
served the  defendant  do. 

In  referring  to  a  third  person  do  not  say,  "this  lady" 
or  "this  gentleman."  If  you  are  speaking  of  a  prisoner 
say  "defendant,"  or  if  you  are  speaking  of  some  person  or 
persons  other  than  the  defendant  say  "this  man"  or  "this 
woman,"  or  "several  men  and  women." 

The  principal  faults  of  policemen  in  court  are : 

They  do  not  maintain  an  erect  and  soldierly  appear- 
ance ; 

They  do  not  sit  erectly  in  a  witness  chair; 

They  do  not  speak  loud  enough  to  be  heard  by  every 
person  in  the  court  room; 

They  show  bias  by  trying  to  help  the  district 
attorney  to  establish  the  guilt  of  the  defendant, 
in  that .  they  answer  his  questions  instantly,  and  the 
questions  of  the  defendant's  counsel  in  an  evasive  man- 
ner.   This  very  eagerness  may  defeat  the  ends  of  justice 


68  POLICE     PRACTICE 


in  two  ways ;  an  officer  may  give  to  the  disinterested  court 
the  impression  that  he  is  prejudiced;  or  he  may  give 
a  positive  answer  to  one  of  the  district  attorney's  ques- 
tions in  regard  to  time  or  distance,  and  the  defendant's 
counsel  on  cross-examination  may  shake  that  testimony 
by  proving  that  the  officer  had  no  means  of  computing 
the  time  or  distance  at  that  time. 

They  sometimes  lose  their  temper  and  give  snappy 
or  impudent  answers  on  cross-examination. 

Do  not  lose  your  temper;  answer  calmly.     This  is 
most  effective  with  the  court. 

Always  tell  the  truth.  Do  not  try  to  influence  the  court 
for  or  against  the  prisoner.  Your  power  and  responsibil- 
ity ends  when  you  have  told  the  court  truthfully  all  you 
know  of  the  case.  The  disposition  of  the  case  is  a  func- 
tion which  is  vested  in  the  court. 

The  defendant's  counsel  will  try  to  prove  that  you  are 
mistaken  in  some  unimportant  part  of  your  testimony,  in 
order  to  establish  your  incredibility  as  a  witness.  If  he 
succeeds,  it  will  weaken  the  force  of  your  entire  testi- 
mony in  the  minds  of  a  fair  judge  or  jury.  It  will  appear 
that  if  part  of  your  testimony  can  be  contradicted  by  evi- 
dence, your  entire  testimony  could  be  shaken  if  it  were 
possible  to  procure  witnesses. 

When  you  have  finished  giving  your  testimony,  take  your 
place  at  the  right  of  the  prisoner. 

If,  after  the  case  has  been  disposed  of  by  the  magis- 
trate, the  prisoner  is  held  for  trial  and  is  not  bailed,  you 
will  receive  from  the  court  attendant  a  commitment  blank, 
which  you  will  deliver  with  the  prisoner  to  the  keeper  of 
the  prison  attached  to  the  court. 

Whether  the  prisoner  is  convicted  or  discharged,  make 
an  immediate  report  to  your  precinct  commander  giving 
the  disposition  of  the  case  and  the  name  of  the  magistrate 
or  judge  presiding. 


A  N  D      I'  R  O  C  E  D  U  R  E  69 


Assist  and  advise  the  district  attorney  or  his  representa- 
tives in  all  matters  relating  to  criminal  cases.  They  will 
send  for  you,  from  time  to  time,  before  your  cases  are 
called  to  trial,  in  order  that  they  may  familiarize  them- 
selves with  the  evidence  and  intelligently  prosecute  such 
cases. 

If  you  are  arraigning  a  prisoner  in  a  magistrates'  court, 
and  are,  at  the  time,  under  subpoena  to  attend  a  higher 
court,  notify  the  clerk  of  the  higher  court  of  that  fact. 

When  a  case  is  held  for  trial,  you  will  receive  a  sub- 
poena from  the  court  in  which  the  prisoner  is  to  be  ar- 
raigned, specifying  the  time  at  which  you  are  to  appear. 
If  a  magistrate  adjourns  a  case,  he  will  direct  you  orally 
when  to  appear. 

If  you  receive  a  subpoena  from  a  source  other  than  the 
lieutenant  on  desk  duty  in  your  precinct,  present  your 
subpoena  to  him  as  soon  as  possible,  for  the  purpose  of 
record.  If  you  must  appear  in  court  during  the  time  you 
would  be  required  to  be  on  duty  according  to  the  patrol 
chart,  notify  the  lieutenant  on  desk  duty  before  the 
beginning  of  that  tour. 

When  you  attend  court  in  civilian  clothes,  pin  your 
shield  on  your  outermost  garment  over  your  left  breast. 
Do  not  lounge  or  loiter  in  or  about  the  court.  Do  not 
converse  with  the  defendant,  his  counsel  or  witnesses. 
Sit  in  the  part  of  the  court  which  is  specially  set  apart 
for  members  of  the  Police  Department.  Enter  and  leave 
court  quietly.  If  you  must  leave  court  for  any  purpose 
before  your  case  is  called,  inform  the  court  clerk  or  one 
of  the  attendants  of  the  length  of  time  you  expect  to  be 
absent  and  where  you  can  be  found  in  case  your  presence 
is  required  during  your  absence. 

Do  not  have  any  conversation  with  a  prisoner  regarding 
counsel  to  be  retained  by  him. 


70  POLICE      PRACTICE 


Disposition"  of  Property. 

The  Property  Clerk  is  the  custodian  of  all  articles  re- 
covered, or  seized  as  evidence  by  the  police,  and  all  such 
property  not  held  by  the  courts  as  evidence  must  be  given 
into  his  keeping  at  the  close  of  each  day's  session  of  the 
court. 

If  property  is  held  in  court  as  an  exhibit,  get  a  receipt 
from  the  district  attorney  and  deliver  it  to  the  Property 
Clerk  or  inform  him  of  any  other  arrangements  the 
district  attorney  may  make. 

When  property  in  the  custody  of  the  Property  Clerk  is 
required  in  court,  it  will  be  delivered  to  you  on  the  presen- 
tation of  your  attendance  subpoena.  To  facilitate  matters, 
obtain  the  Property  Clerk's  voucher  number  from  the  desk 
lieutenant. 

Property  must  not  be  delivered  to  claimants  in  court 
except  on  the  order,  written  or  oral,  of  the  judge.  In 
this  event,  obtain  a  receipt  from  the  owner  containing  a 
description  of  the  property  and  its  value,  to  file  with  the 
Property  Clerk. 

When  property  is  no  longer  required  as  evidence,  direct 
the  claimant  to  the  clerk  of  the  court  to  obtain  a  court 
order  on  the  Property  Clerk  for  its  delivery.  It  will  be 
necessary  for  you  to  identify  the  claimant  before  the 
Property  Clerk. 

If  property  is  found  on  the  street  and  turned  over  to 
you,  give  the  finder  a  receipt  and  note  his  name  and  ad- 
dress and  the  circumstances.  The  finder  becomes  the 
lawful  owner  of  the  property  if  it  is  not  claimed  within 
six  months. 

Perishable  property,  left  unclaimed  on  the  street,  is  to 
be  brought  without  delay  to  the  station-house. 


AND     PROCEDURE  H 


CHAPTER    VI. 


CRIMINAL  IDENTIFICATION  AND 
FINGER   PRINTS. 

The  necessity  for  accurate  descriptions  of  criminals  is 
apparent  when  it  is  understood  that  of  the  arrests  made 
in  connection  with  serious  crimes  less  than  25  per  cent, 
are  made  at  the  time  of  their  commission  and  that  75  per 
cent,  are  the  result  of  search  for  criminals  who  get  away. 

For- this  reason,  in  addition  to  knowing  the  character- 
istics to  look  for  in  an  unconscious  person  or  dead  body, 
every  patrolman  must  know  the  points  to  bring  out  in 
questioning  witnesses  to  a  crime  or  friends  of  a  missing 
person. 

Above  all,  obtain  a  description  that  will  be  individual. 
xA.n  ordinary  description  is  practically  useless  to  the  De- 
tective Bureau  in  apprehending  a  person.  Given  a  de- 
scription calling  for  "a  man  about  30  years  of  age,  5  feet 
10  inches,  160  pounds,  dark  complexion  and  hair,  smooth 
face,  dressed  in  a  dark  suit,  black  derby  hat  and  black 
laced  shoes,"  a  detective  might  stand  at  Broadway  and 
Forty-second  Street  and  in  one  hour  find  two  or  three  hun- 
dred men,  any  one  of  whom  would  answer.  If  we  add  to 
that  description  whatever  distinctive  personal  character- 
istics can  be  discovered,  such  as  "constant  twitching  of 
eyes,"  "mole  (or  scar)  on  left  cheek,"  "finger  missing,"  or 
"lower  front  teeth  capped  with  gold,"  and  "  dresses  shab- 
bily," or  "dresses  neatly,"  the  identification  is  more 
probable. 


POLICE      PRACTICE 


A  general  description  should  always  contain  the  follow- 
ing items,  or  as  many  of  them  as  can  be  secured: 

Physical  appearance:  Sex,  color,  nationality  or  race, 
approximate  age,  height,  weight,  complexion,  color  of  eyes, 
hair  and  moustache,  apparent  occupation ; 

Physical  deformities  or  peculiarities:  scars,  moles,  fin- 
gers or  teeth  missing,  baldness,  tattoo  marks,  nervousness 
or  unusual  habits. 

Descriptions  of  unconscious  persons,  dead  bodies  or 
missing  persons  should  contain  in  addition  the  following 
items  : 

Contents  of  clothing;  letters,  names  in  memorandum 
books  or  on  cards,  initials  on  handkerchief  or  rings,  old 
coins,  exact  amount  of  money,  watch  numbers  (works  and 
case)  and  make; 

Clothing;  color  and  pattern  of  garments,  name  of  tailor, 
laundry  marks  and  initials  on  underwear,  size  and  make  of 
hat,  shoes  and  collar. 


The  Portrait  Parle  System. 

For  the  purpose  of  standardizing  personal  characteris- 
tics in  such  a  manner  that  they  may  be  accurately  de- 
scribed and  the  description  as  readily  understood,  the 
Portrait  Parle  (speaking  portrait)  System  has  recently 
been  brought  into  existence.  Its  practical  value  is  so 
apparent  that  it  has  been  almost  universally  adopted  by 
the  larger  police  departments.  A  little  careful  study  and 
practice  in  watching  persons  passing  your  post  will 
quickly  familiarize  you  with  the  points  to  look  for  and  the 
terms  employed  in  specifying  them.  The  following  is  a 
digest  of  the  Portrait  Parle  System:  , 

Head.     In  size,  large,  medium  or  small.    ■  ? 

Profile  view:  straight  or  "gabled"  (convex  nose  and 
receding  forehead  and  chin). 


AND     PROCEDURE  73 


Full  face  view:  peg-top  (wide  forehead  and  narrow 
chin)  or  pyramid  shaped  (wide  jawbones  and  narrow 
forehead). 

Forehead.     In  size,  high  or  low,  narrow  or  broad. 

Profile  view:  vertical  (presenting  a  straight  perpendicu- 
lar line)  ;  projecting  (further  forward  than  the  rest  of 
face)  ;  receding  (slanting  back  from  brows)  ;  intermediate 
(almost  vertical  but  receding  slightly)  ;  arched  or  curved 
(presenting  appearance  of  a  bulge,  almost  of  a  quarter 
circle). 

Eyes.  The  pupil  is  the  center  of  the  eye  and  is  always 
black.    The  iris  is  the  colored  zone  surrounding  the  pupil. 

The  iris  contains  two  zones:  the  areola  (next  to  the 
pupil)  and  the  periphery.  The  color  of  these  two  zones 
generally  differs  but  the  combination  gives  general  color  of 
the  eyes.  In  shape,  the  areola  may  be  concentric,  notched 
or  star  shaped,  or  radiating  like  the  spokes  of  a  wheel. 

In  color,  eyes  may  be  blue,  yellow,  orange,  chestnut, 
greenish  maroon,  maroon  or  dark  maroon  (as  in  the  case 
of  a  colored  person). 

Peculiarities  of  Eyes. 

Twitching,  caused  by  nervousness. 

Eyes  not  mates  in  color. 

Strabismus,  or  cross  eyes. 

Circle  senele,  or  mother-of-pearl  circle  like  the  white  of  the 

eye  running  into  the  iris. 
Film,    or    whitish    skin    covering   the    iris,    similar    to    a 

cataract. 
Dilated  pupil,  pupil  naturally  large  or  distended. 
Eccentric  pupil,  not  in  center  of  iris. 
Blindness,  complete,  or  in  one  eye  only ;  both  eyes  or  one 

removed  from  socket. 
Defective  vision,  necessitating  eyeglasses. 
Projecting,  or  "pop  eyes,"  one  or  both,  sometimes  caused 

by  disease. 
Whites  showing  above  and  below  iris,  often  «i,n  indication 

of  insanity. 


POLICE      PRACTICE 


Eyelids.  The  opening  of  the  eyelids  governs  the  size  of 
the  eye,  for  the  eyeball  itself  is  practically  the  same  size  in 
every  person. 

The  upper  is  termed  the  superior  eyelid  and  the  lower 
the  inferior. 

The  superior  lid  may  be  drooping,  caused  by  the  mus- 
cles being  weak,  or  the  inferior  lid  may  be  baggy  or  wrin- 
kled.   Paralysis  may  cause  one  or  both  eyelids  to  droop. 

If  the  lower  lid  does  not  cover  the  white  of  the  eye  to 
the  iris,  the  condition  is  expressed  by  the  term  "raised 
iris." 

The  orbit  or  socket  is  the  bony  structure  surrounding 
the  globe  of  the  eye.  When  the  eye  fills  the  orbit  it  is 
called  full,  when  it  sets  back  it  is  termed  excavated. 

Eyebrows.  In  size,  short  or  long;  in  width,  narrow  or 
thick;  bushy  or  scant,  "pencilled"  when  they  lie  flat  and 
are  well-defined. 

Eyebrows  may  be  horizontal,  arched  or  oblique  (as  in 
a  Japanese).  Brows  meeting  and  forming  an  unbroken 
line  are  termed  "untied,"  otherwise  they  are  "tied,"  and 
in  some  cases  the  separation  may  be  marked. 

Make  a  note  of  cases  in  which  the  eyebrows  differ  in 
color  from  the  hair. 

Hair.  Abundance;  thick,  thin,  or  bald  (front  or  back, 
or  complete). 

Cut  pompadour,  part  (position  of)  ;  straight,  wavy,  curly, 
kinky  (as  in  a  negro). 

Color:  Blond  (light,  very  light,  medium,  dark). 
Red  (light,  medium,  dark). 
Chestnut,  dark  chestnut. 
Black,  jet  black, 
Gray,  light  gray, 
White. 


AND     PROCEDURE  75 


Make  a  note  of  cases  in  which  whiskers  and  moustache 
differ  from  each  other  or  from  the  hair. 

Nose.  May  be  termed  small,  medium  or  large.  A 
normal  nose  is  approximately  one-third  the  size  of  the  face. 

The  principal  terms  employed  in  describing  the  nose 
are:  the  root,  or  depression  just  below  the  forehead;  the 
ridge ;  the  base ;  the  nostrils ;  and  the  partition  or  septum. 

The  ridge  is  classified  In  four  ways:  straight,  concave, 
convex  or  humped.  A  concave  ridge  is  depressed  and  forms 
what  is  commonly  known  as  a  "  pug  nose. "  A  convex  ridge 
is  elevated  and  curved.  When  the  elevation  is  very  promi- 
nent it  is  termed  humped.  From  the  front,  the  ridge  may 
be  thin,  round  or  flat.  A  flat  ridge  is  usually  the  result 
of  a  fracture,  and  in  this  case  the  nose  may  deviate  at  the 
base  toward  the  right  or  left. 

The  base  is  the  line  at  the  bottom  of  the  nose.  Its 
classiflcations  are:  horizontal  (at  right  angles  to  vertical 
line  of  face),  elevated  (tip  higher  than  back  of  nose), 
depressed  (tip  lower  than  back,  giving  the  nose  a  long 
appearance). 

Nostrils  are  classified  as  dilated  (large  or  distended), 
pinched  (very  narrow),  or  recurrent  (when  a  deep  curve 
is  formed  on  each  side).  Nostrils  sometimes  are  not 
mates,  one  may  be  pinched  or  dilated  and  the  other  nor- 
mal, or  one  nostril  may  be  higher  than  the  other. 

The  partition,  or  septum,  is  the  cartilage  separating  the 
nostrils.  It  may  be  well  within  the  nose  or  may  extend 
below  the  nostrils. 

From  the  front,  the  nose  may  appear  narrow  or  wide  at 
the  bridge,  and  narrow,  wide  or  flat  at  the  base.  The  nose 
may  be  bell-shaped,  or  may  be  blotched ,  commonly  referred 
to  as  a  "red  nose." 

Lips.  Dimensions:  thick  or  thin,  long  or  short  (meas- 
uring from  mucous  membrane  to  nostrils  or  bottom  of 
chin.) 


POLICE      PRACTICE 


Tlie  upper  lip  is  termed  the  superior  and  the  lower  the 
inferior.  Their  prominence  is  Judged  from  the  profile.  In 
many  cases  one  lip  projects  more  than  the  other.  If  the 
upper  lip  sets  away  from  the  teeth,  it  is  called  *' turned 
up";  if  the  lower,  "falling." 

Note  such  peculiarities  as  a  deep  furrow  running  from 
base  of  nose  to  the  tip  of  the  lip  (when  scarred,  usually 
caused  by  a  surgical  operation,  termed  "hare-lip"),  and 
hair  on  the  lip  of  a  woman. 

Mouth.  In  size,  small,  large  or  intermediate  (measuring 
from  corner  to  corner). 

A  pinched  mouth  is  one  that  is  normally  tightly  closed ; 
an  open  mouth,  one  that  is  naturally  parted,  giving  a 
gaping  appearance. 

The  corners  may  be  turned  up  or  down,  or  the  mouth 
may  be  oblique  instead  of  horizontal. 

Teeth.  In  size,  large  or  small.  They  may  be  even, 
set  closely  together  or  slightly  separated. 

N'ote  the  location  of  missing  teeth  or  teeth  replaced  by 
artificial  ones. 

Chin.  In  size,  from  the  front,  pointed,  small,  large  or 
square.  The  height  is  measured  from  the  opening  of  the 
mouth  to  the  bottom  of  the  chin. 

From  the  profile,  it  may  be  vertical,  prominent  (pro- 
jecting), receding  or  ball-shaped. 

The  chin  may  be  dimpled,  smooth  or  bi-lobed  (long 
dimple  dividing  the  chin  into  two  parts). 

Ear  The  characteristics  of  the  ear  remain  the  same 
from  birth  to  death.  It  is,  therefore,  a  positive  means  of 
identification.  In  no  two  persons  are  the  ears  alike.  At 
first  glance  they  may  appear  similar  but  a  little  observa- 
tion will  reveal  marked  diiferences  in  shape,  .size,  the  angle 
at  which  they  project  from  the  head,  or  the  angle  they 
form  with  relation  to  the  vertical  line  of  the  face. 


AND     PROCEDURE 


In  shape,  the  ear  is  generally  oval,  but  it  may  be  long 
and  narrow,  short  and  broad,  square,  or  wide  at  the  top 
and  narrow  at  the  bottom. 

The  border,  or  outer  edge  of  the  ear,  may  be  thick  or 
thin,  narrow  or  wide. 

The  lobe  is  the  pendulous  lower  part,  classified  as  small, 
medium  or  large.  The  normal  lobe  is  about  one-third  the 
length  of  the  ear.  When  the  front  of  the  lobe  is  fastened 
for  its  entire  length  to  the  cheek  it  is  termed  blended; 
when  it  adheres  only  partly  it  is  termed  intermediate; 
and  when  it  is  totally  separated  it  Is  known  as  a  gulf  lobe. 

Ridges  of  flesh,  called  folds  or  pleats,  form  the  inner 
design  of  the  ear.  When  these  folds  or  pleats  project  as 
far  as  the  border,  so  that  a  straight  edge  laid  across  the 
ear  would  touch  both  folds  and  border,  the  folds  are  classi- 
fied as  intermediate ;  when  the  folds  are  not  raised  as  high 
as  the  border  they  are  classified  as  concave ;  and  when,  on 
the  contrary,i;.they  are  higher  than  the  border,  they  are 
classified  as  convex. 

The  pavilion  is  the  large  hollow  in  the  lower  half  of  the 
ear.  The  bottom  of  the  pavilion  is  termed  the  antitragus 
and  it  may  be  horizontal,  oblique  or  intermediate.  The 
small  opening  running  from  the  pavilion  toward  the  lobe 
is  the  intertragian  canal.  This  canal  may  be  absent 
altogether  or  it  may  be  narrow  or  broad. 

Note  such  peculiarities  as  pierced  ears  in  a  man,  a  lobe 
from  which  earrings  have  been  torn  leaving  a  slit,  a  pimple 
or  island  on  the  lobe,  long  stiff  hair  in  the  ear,  and  hema- 
tome  or  ''  cauliflower  "  ear. 

Face.     In  size,  large,  medium  or  small. 

In  outline,  pyramid,  peg-top,  oval,  long,  round  or 
square. 

Wrinkles,  unless  sharply  defined,  are  not  generally  re- 
ferred to.  There  are  three  classes  of  wrinkles:  frontal, 
middle  and  diverse.     Frontal  wrinkles   run  all  the   way 


l^OLICE      PRACTICE 


across  the  forehead  and  are  sometimes  called  total  wrin- 
kles. They  may  be  either  horizontal  or  arched.  Middle 
wrinkles  are  those  which  lie  in  the  center  of  the  forehead 
and  do  not  extend  the  full  width.  Diverse  wrinkles,  com- 
monly known  as  "crows-feet,"  begin  at  the  outer  corner  of 
the  eyes  and  extend  to  the  temples.  Horizontal  or  vertical 
wrinkles  may  be  present  between  the  eyebrows.  A  vertical 
furrow  at  this  point,  directly  in  the  center  is  termed  "mid- 
dle vertical;"  if  to  the  left  or  right,  "left  vertical"  or 
"right  vertical."  The  grooves  running  from  the  wings 
of  the  nose  to  the  corners  of  the  mouth  are  known  as  the 
naso-labial  wrinkles. 

Note  any  one  feature  which  may  be  materially  larger 
than  normal,  for  instance,  prominent  cheek  bones. 

Neck.     In  size,  short  or  long,  thick  or  thin. 

The  occipital  cushion  is  the  fatty  fold  at  the  base  of  the 
skull  which,  in  some  instances,  overlaps  the  collar. 

Look  for  peculiarities  such  as  a  projecting  larynx 
(Adam's  apple)  and  goitre. 

Body.    Weight  and  height  to  be  approximated. 

In  width,  gauged  in  proportion  to  the  height;  small, 
medium  or  large. 

Note  abnormal  girth  and  defects,  such  as  lameness, 
spinal  curvature,  one  shoulder  lower  than  the  other,  or 
shoulder  blades  projecting. 

General  attitude  and  habits.  Some  persons  walk  erectly 
and  stiffly,  presenting  a  military  appearence,  while  others 
walk  and  stand  in  a  careless  manner,  with  head  bent  for- 
ward, backward  or  sidewise,  or  they  may  habitually  carry 
their  hands  in  their  pockets,  on  their  hips,  or  behind  their 
back.  Their  gait  may  be  stiff  and  slow,  rapid  with  short 
or  long  steps,  or  measured,  or  swinging. 

Gesticulation  is  very  marked  in  some  persons,  often  in 
Frenchmen,  Italians  and  Hebrews,  so  much  so,  that  many 


AND     PROCEDURE  79 


of  them  would  have  great  trouble  in  expressing  themselves 
if  their  hands  were  tied  behind  them.  Gesticulation  may 
be  with,  the  fingers,  hands,  arms,  shoulders  or  head. 

A  person  with  nothing  to  conceal  will  usually  look 
straight  into  another's  eyes ;  but  when  the  case  is  other- 
wise he  will  look  downward  or  shift  his  eyes  from  right  to 
left,  unsteadily. 

Seek  to  discover  nervous  habits  or  afflictions,  such  as 
biting  of  finger-nails,  twitching  of  the  features,  stammer- 
ing, hesitation  in  speaking  or  lisping.  Note  the  tone  of 
voice,  whether  shrill  or  deep,  particularly  a  feminine  voice 
in  a  man  or  a  masculine  voice  in  a  woman. 

Note  the  fact  if  the  subject  is  a  heavy  drinker  or  smoker. 

A  person  who  smokes  cigarettes  habitually  is  likely  to 
have  his  fingers  stained  yellow. 


FiN^GER  Prints. 

The  finger  print  system  as  a  means  of  identification  is 
the  most  positive  now  in  use,  It  has  been  adopted  by  the 
police  departments  of  the  entire  world  and  has  proved  of 
great  assistance. 

The  value  of  the  finger  print  system  is  not  confined  to 
the  recording  of  criminals.  It  has  been  introduced  into  all 
branches  of  public  business  where  positive  identification  is 
necessary.  The  United  States  Government  now  takes 
finger  print  impressions  of  all  its  sailors  and  soldiers,  not 
only  as  a  check  on  deserters,  but  that  in  time  of  war  there 
need  be  no  unidentified  dead.  The  ^Municipal  Civil  Serv- 
ice Commission  of  the  City  of  New  York  takes  finger  im- 
prints of  all  candidates  seeking  positions  in  the  Police  De- 
partment at  both  the  time  of  examination  and  appoint- 
ment.    The  two  sets  of  prints  are  then  compared,  so  that 


80  POLICE      PRACTICE 


there  is  a  positive  assurance  that  the  person  being  ap- 
pointed is  the  candidate  who  was  examined.  Savings 
banks  use  this  method  where  the  depositors  are  illiterate 
and  to  prevent  false  impersonation.  By  taking  finger  im- 
pressions of  the  unknown  dead  the  Police  Department  of 
the  City  of  New  York  has  made  numerous  identifications 
when  all  other  means  would  have  failed. 

The  patterns  of  the  skin  ridges  on  the  fingers  are  per- 
manent, remaining  unchanged  through  life.  This  has  been 
proved  by  the  late  Sir  Francis  Galton,  the  noted  scientist, 
who  made  an  exhaustive  study  of  this  subject.  A  person's 
appearance  may  alter,  he  may  become  stout  or  thin,  grow 
a  beard  or  remove  one,  but  the  imprints  made  by  his  fingers 
will  never  differ. 

The  appliances  required  for  taking  finger  prints  are 
inexpensive.  Ordinary  white  paper,  printers'  ink  and  a 
roller  for  spreading  it,  a  slab  of  plate  glass,  and  a  one-inch 
magnifying  glass  commonly  known  as  a  li-nen  tester,  make 
a  complete  outfit. 

Two  kinds  of  impressions  are  taken,  namely,  rolled  and 
plain.  A  rolled  impression  is  taken  by  placing  the  bulb  of 
the  finger  on  a  slab  which  has  previously  been  thinly  spread 
with  ink,  and  the  finger  rotated  from  side  to  side,  coating 
the  ridges  with  ink  to  the  very  edges  of  the  nail,  then 
lightly  rolling  the  finger  over  white  paper  beginning  at 
one  side  of  the  nail  and  ending  at  the  other.  The  imprint 
of  each  finger  is  taken  in  turn,  beginning  with  the  right 
thumb  and  ending  with  the  left  little  finger.  Plain  im- 
pressions are  taken  by  inking  the  bulbs  of  the  four  fingers 
and  placing  them  simultaneously  on  the  paper.  This  is 
done  with  both  hands  and  is  used  to  check  the  rolled  im- 
pressions. Being  taken  simultaneously  they  must  be  in 
correct  sequence  and  are  always  compared  with  the  rolled 
impressions  before  classification.  I'o  obtain  good  impres- 
sions, the  coating  of  ink  on  the  slab  should  be  worked  out 
evenly  and  thin.  The  slab  and  ink-roller  should  be  cleaned 
each  day  with  benzine. 


AND     PROCEDT^RE 


81 


POLICE    DE.PARTMLNT 

CITY    OF    NLW  YORK 

B  No  B34000 


Classificatios  No. 


00 


RIGHT   HAND 


Riag  Finicu  S— R    Little  FiB((C 


.^^IK 


lopmsioos  to  be  AO  taken  that  the  fiexure  of  the  la&t  joint  shall  be  immcdiaiely  abo\e  tb<  black  lioe  marked  (Fold  )  If  the  wprcsuo* 
of  Kaj  digit  be  defective  ■  Mcood  prioi  0ia>  be  taken  m  the  vacant  space  abor«  it. 

When  a  fioger  ia  misaiog  or  to  injured  that  the  impression  cannot  be  obtained,  or  is  deformed  ind  yields  a  bad  print,  the  tact  sboaM  be 
sotcd  aoder  RciiAaics. 

LEFT   HAND 


7— L.  ForKm"  t-L.  Middle  Fui(ct  »-U  Ru«  Fiaca  10— L.  Uulc  fimga 


LEFT   HAND 

PUto  imprruioai  of  the  loor  Bngers  taken  simulUBcmBly 


RIGHT    HAND 

PUia  iaipressioos  ol  the  lour  fioKcrs  lakes  simallalieauty 


• 


it 


talceo  by        7.M.R. 


.at  Boreaa  of  Cnmioal  Idcnu&canm, 


PoUcc  Depanmenl.  New  York  Oty.  Uflrnh    1H       1914. 


82 


POLICE      PRACTICE 


Impressions  are  divided  into  four  types,  namely:  arch, 
loop,  whorl,  and  composite. 


Arch 


Loop 


Whorl 


Composite 


Where  large  collections  of  finger  prints  are  filed,  it  is, 
of  course,  necessary  to  classify  them.  To  this  end  there  is 
what  is  termed  primary  classification  and  secondary 
classification. 

In  the  primary  classification,  arches  are  classed  with 
loops,  and  composites  with  whorls,  so  that  only  two  pat- 
terns are  dealt  with.  The  ten  impressions  are  divided  into 
five  pairs;  right  thumb  and  right  index,  right  middle  and 
right  ring,  right  little  finger  and  left  thumb,  left  index 
and  left  middle,  and  left  ring  and  left  little  finger. 

Of  the  two  patterns,  only  the  whorl  is  given  a  numeri- 
cal weight,  no  numerical  value  being  attached  to  the  loop. 
When  a  whorl  appears  in  the  first  pair  it  counts  16 ;  in  the 
second  pair,  8 ;  in  the  third  pair,  4 ;  in  the  fourth  pair,  2 ; 
and  in  the  fifth  pair,  1. 

The  value  of  each  of  the  first  fingers  of  the  five  pairs  is 
totaled  and  to  this  1  is  added.     This  gives  the  denomina- 


AND     PROCEDURE  83 


tor.  A  total  is  taken  of  each  of  the  second  fingers  of  the 
five  pairs  and  1  added.     This  gives  the  numerator. 

When  a  digit  is  deformed  or  missing  so  that  no  imprint 
of  it  can  be  taken,  the  space  on  the  finger-print  slip  must 
remain  blank.  This  missing  finger  is  classified  as  being 
the  same  as  the  corresponding  digit  of  the  other  hand.  If 
the  same  digits  of  both  hands  are  missing  the  impressions 
are  held  to  be  whorls  and  are  classified  accordingly. 

Primary  classifications  arrange  themselves  from  1  upon 
1  to  32  upon  32,  viz., 

123       32      123       32  123        32 

-,  -,  -to — ;  -,  -,  -to — ,  and  so  on  up  to —  —  — to—; 
11112      2      2        2  32    32    32       32 

making  the  total  number  of  combinations  obtainable 
1,024,  which  is  the  square  of  32. 

The  secondary  or  sub-classifica,tion  is  required  to  further 
identify  large  accumulations  of  primary  classification  num- 
bers and  is  a  detail  which  cannot  be  treated  here.  The 
reader  is  referred  to  "  Classification  and  Uses  of  Finger 
Prints  "  published  by  Sir  E.  E.  Henry,  Commissioner  of 
Police  of  the  Metropolis,  London,  England. 

As  a  detector  of  criminals,  finger  prints  have  often 
played  a  prominent  part.  Evidence  of  identification  by 
means  of  finger  prints  when  given  by  a  competent  witness 
is  accepted  in  criminal  courts. 

On  August  14,  1912,  burglars  forced  porch  window  at 
residence  of  Charles • ,  1397 Ave.,  Brooklyn. 

On  August  23,  1912,  Harry and  another  were 

arrested  in  the  residence  of  Louis ,  at  1511  ■; 

Road,  Brooklyn.  They  were  brought  to  Detective  Bureau, 
Brooklyn,  and  finger  impressions  taken,  which  were  found 
to  correspond  with  those  on  porch  window. 

was  indicted  by  the  Grand  Jury,  charged  with 

Burglary — Second  Oifense,  pleaded  guilty  to  having 
entered  above-mentioned  porch  window,  and  was  sen- 
tenced to  serve  four  years  in  Sing  Sing. 


84 


POLICE      1'  K  A  C  T  I  C  E 


Finger  Print  Exhibit  Prkpared 


Impression  oe  Left  Thumb  op   Harry  - 
Taken  at  Police  Headquarters 

/      ^  ^ 


Ridge  Char 

1 

I  liner  Terminus 

9 

End  of  Ridge 

2 

Ridge  Bifurcates 

10 

Ridge  Bifurcates 

3 

Ridge  Bifurcates 

11 

End  of  Ridge 

4 

Ridge  Bifurcates 

12 

End  of  Ridge 

5 

End  of  Ridge 

13 

End  of  Ridge 

6 

End  of  Ridge 

14 

End  of  Ridge 

7 

Ridge  Bifurcates 

15 

Ridge  Bifurcates 

8 

Ridge  Bifurcates 

16 

Ridge  Bifurcates 

AND     PROCEDURE 


A  Careful  Officer  Preserving  Finger  Prints 


A  Careless  Officer  Destroying  Finger  Prints 


POLICE     PRACTICE 


85 


FOR  Production  in  Court. 

Impression  Taken  From  Porch  Window  at 
1397  Avenue,  Brooklyn 


ACTERISTICS 

17  Ridge  Bifurcates  24 

18  End  of  Ridge  25 

19  End  of  Ridge  26 

20  End  of  Ridge  27 

21  End  of  Ridge  28 

22  End  of  Ridge  29 

23  End  of  Ridge 


Small  Dot 
Ridge  Bifurcates 
End  of  Ridge 
End  of  Ridge 
Ridge  Bifurcates 
Ridge  Bifurcates 


8fi  POLICE      P  R  A  (]  T  ICE 


Crime  investigators  should  know  the  method  by  which 
search  for  finger  prints  is  made.  Any  article  with  a 
smooth  surface,  glass,  metals,  and  highly  polished  sur- 
faces, if  touched,  are  likely  to  retain  imprints  of  value. 
Such  imprints  can  be  developed  by  the  aid  of  powders. 
Gray  powder  (mercury  or  chalk)  is  used  on  surfaces  of  a 
dark  nature^  and  graphite  or  lamp  black  on  white  paper 
or  surfaces  of  a  light  color.  The  object  should  be  sprinkled 
with  the  powder  and  the  powder  lightly  brushed  off  with  a 
fine  camels-hair  brush.  If  the  finger  marks  which  appear 
after  this  process  do  not  disclose  clearly  defined  details 
they  are  generally  useless  when  photographed.  Care 
should  be  taken  to  allow  nothing  at  the  scene  of  a  crime 
to  be  touched  until  a  careful  investigation  for  finger  prints 
has  been  completed. 

When  finger  prints  are  used  as  evidence  in  a  criminal 
court,  photographic  enlargements  are  made  of  the  impres- 
sions found  at  the  scene  of  the  crime  and  these  compared 
with  prints  taken  from  the  prisoner's  fingers.  The  char- 
acteristics, such  as  bifurcations,  abruptly  ending  ridges, 
and  any  noticeable  peculiarities,  are  marked  and  numbered 
with  ink.  The  exhibits  are  enlarged  six  diameters  and  a 
sufficient  number  prepared  for  distribution  to  the  judge, 
jury  and  counsel.  A  few  unmarked  copies  should  be  avail- 
able in  case  they  be  required. 


AND     PROCEDURE  87 


CHAPTER   VII. 


TRAFFIC  AND    STREET   CONDITIONS. 

The  regulation  of  traffic  is  an  important  function  of  the 
Department.  On  account  of  the  vast  volume  of  merchan- 
dise and  the  enormous  number  of  people  in  transit  daily, 
traffic  must  be  handled  in  an  efficient  and  intelligent 
manner.  The  movement  of  all  vehicles,  both  passenger 
and  commercial,  must  be  facilitated  and  permitted  the 
greatest  latitude  of  speed  consistent  with  safety  and  con- 
venience. 

When  you  find  traffic  congested  or  halted,  there  is  always 
a  reason.  You  will  usually  find  it  due  to  a  truck  backed 
so  near  to  an  excavation  or  in  a  street  so  narrow  that 
other  vehicles  cannot  pass,  or  to  a  driver  who  has  at- 
tempted to  turn  a  heavy  truck  in  the  middle  of  the  street. 
Congestion  is  often  caused  by  a  heavily  laden  and  slowly- 
moving  truck  taking  to  the  center  of  the  street  (particu- 
larly one  with  car-tracks)  and  retarding  the  lighter  and 
faster  vehicles.  Do  not  start  to  move  the  traffic  until  you 
have  found  the  cause  of  the  jam.  In  some  instances,  it 
will  suffice  to  straighten  out  the  offending  vehicle;  in 
others,  it  will  be  necessary  to  go  to  the  end  of  the  block 
and  divert  the  traffic  coming  from  an  opposite  direction 
to  streets  less  congested.  Whenever  possible,  start  the 
light  vehicles  first,  for  the  reason  that  they  move  more 
quickly  than  the  heavily  laden  trucks  and  a  passageway 
will  be  quickly  cleared,  permitting  all  the  vehicles  to 
move.  Try  to  get  a  passage  through  the  center  of  the 
street  first,  and  do  not  permit  vehicles  near  the  curb  to 
move  until  conditions  in  the  center  of  the  street  become 
normal. 


88  POLICE      PRACTICE 


After  a  heavy  snow  storm  considerable  congestion, 
which  is  avoidable,  is  found  in  the  side  streets.  The  Street 
Cleaning  Department  clears  the  principal  avenues  first, 
and  the  side  streets  sometimes  contain  only  a  passageway 
eight  or  ten  feet  wide.  It  is  obviously  impossible  for  one 
truck  to  pass  another,  and  it  is  well  for  the  man  on  post 
to  keep  thoughtless  drivers  from  attempting  it.  Very 
often  the  start  of  a  jam  is  a  light  wagon  which  has  been 
driven  into  a  snow-filled  street  to  deliver  some  small  pack- 
age which  could  have  been  delivered  more  quickly  and 
with  less  effort  if  the  driver  had  left  the  wagon  on  the 
nearest  avenue  and  made  the  balance  of  the  trip  on  foot. 

When  regulating  traffic  at  the  intersection  of  streets, 
place  yourself  in  such  a  position  that  you  can  observe 
vehicles  coming  towards  you  when  they  are  a  block  away. 
When  you  stop  north  and  south  bound  traffic  to  permit  east 
and  west  traffic  to  pass,  be  sure  to  halt  it  at  least  ten  feet 
back  from  the  east  and  west  crosswalks.  This  will  give 
pedestrians  going  east  and  west  a  free  and  uninterrupted 
use  of  the  crosswalks.  The  same  rule  applies,  of  course, 
to  east  and  west  traffic.  This  does  away  with  the  neces- 
sity of  assisting  persons,  other  than  the  infirm,  across 
the  streets. 

In  stopping  traffic  at  such  intersections,  do  not  demand 
impossibilities  of  animals,  drivers  or  operators.  Your 
action  should  be  governed  by  circumstances.  Do  not  expect 
a  heavily  laden  truck  to  stop  as  quickly  as  a  light  run- 
about, or  vehicles  on  a  down-grade  or  on  slippery  pavement 
to  stop  as  quickly  as  others  going  up-hill  over  dry  pave- 
ment. As  you  are  about  to  stop  traffic,  look  at  the  first 
vehicle  in  line.  If  it  is  a  heavy  truck,  and  from  its  appear- 
ance, you  are  led  to  believe  it  cannot  stop  within  ten  feet 
of  the  crossing  without  subjecting  the  horses  to  consid- 
erable effort,  permit  it  to  pass  and  signal  the  vehicle 
behind  it  to  stop. 

Every  vehicle  is  required  to  be  under  perfect  control 
of  its  driver  or  operator  at  all  times.     If  it  is  so  loaded 


AND     PROCEDURE 


that  the  horses  or  motive  power  cannot  reasonably  start 
or  stop  it,  it  is  a  menace  to  persons  and  property  on  the 
street  and  the  driver  should  be  arrested.  Every  person  in 
charge  of  a  vehicle  is  required  to  operate  it  at  all  times 
with  due  regard  to  the  safety  of  persons  and  property, 
and  the  fact  that  the  speed  limit  is  not  exceeded,  does  not 
excuse  negligence.  If  the  vehicle  is  zig-zaging  from  side 
to  side,  or  if  the  driver  carelessly  lets  go  of  the  reins  or 
the  controlling  wheel  or  lever  of  the  vehicle  while  it  is  in 
motion,  he  is  guilty  of  reckless  driving  and  should  be 
summoned  to  court ;  but  if  it  appears  that  the  act  will  be 
continued,  arrest  him.  In -presenting  cases  of  this  kind 
in  court,  base  your  complaint  and  statements  upon  the 
manner  of  operation  and  not  upon  the  rate  of  speed. 

When  weddings,  funerals,  receptions,  etc.,  are  held  on 
your  post,  regulate  the  vehicles,  if  necessary.  If  there  are 
a  great  number  requiring  your  attention  for  an  extended 
period,  notify  the  station-house  and  request  instructions. 

Vehicles  are  permitted  to  load  and  unload  backed  to 
the  curb  on  certain  streets,  and  to  extend  over  the  side- 
walk if  provision  has  been  made  for  the  free  passage  of 
pedestrians.  This  privilege  is  abused  by  truckmen,  who 
back  their  trucks  to  the  curb  or  over  the  sidewalk  before 
they  are  ready  to  unload  and  leave  them  in  this  position 
after  they  have  unloaded  while  they  are  going  through  a 
building,  soliciting  trade  or  having  receipts  signed.  After 
a  truck  has  been  unloaded,  the  driver  must  turn  the  vehicle 
so  that  its  right  side  is  to  the  curb.  If  you  warn  a  driver 
to  do  this  and  he  refuses,  serve  him  with  a  summons. 

While  the  rules  require  that  traffic  must  ordinarily  move 
to  the  right,  it  is  permissible  to  divert  it  to  the  left  on 
occasions  when  by  so  doing  better  results  will  be  obtained, 
as  in  the  case  of  vehicles  going  to  or  coming  from  a 
theatre,  reception,  funeral,  etc. 

Heavily  laden  and  slow  vehicles  must  keep  close  to  the 
curb ;  faster  ones,  to  the  center  of  the  street.  This  facili- 
tates the  movement  of  all  traffic  and  gives  the  best  use 
of  the  street. 


90  POLICE      PRACTICE 


If  it  is  necessary  to  speak  to  a  driver,  do  so  quietly. 
Do  not  threaten  or  yell  at  him.  Remember  that  your  warn- 
ing or  command  is  directed  to  him  only,  and  if  you  can 
accomplish  your  purpose  by  a  wave  of  your  hand,  better 
results  follow.  If  it  is  necessary  to  serve  a  summons  or 
make  an  arrest,  do  not  stop  the  vehicle  on  a  crowded  thor- 
oughfare and  block  traffic.  Have  the  driver  turn  into  a 
side  street,  where  the  traveling  public  will  not  be  incon- 
venienced. 

The  Borough  of  Manhattan  is  twelve  miles  north 
and  south  and  only  three  miles  at  its  widest  point 
east  and  west.  It  is  therefore  essential  that  north  and 
south  bound  traffic  be  kept  moving  for  the  reason  that 
vehicles  from  one  avenue  cannot  be  diverted  into  another 
avenue  running  north  and  south  as  easily  as  the  traffic 
of  one  cross  street  can  be  diverted  into  another  cross  street 
running  east  and  west.  This  is  particularly  true  of  the 
lower  end  of  fhe  Borough  of  Manhattan,  where  there  are 
not  more  than  a  dozen  streets  running  north  and  south. 
As  a  result  of  these  conditions,  the  regulations  require 
that  wherever  there  is  congestion,  all  other  things  being 
equal,  north  and  south  bound  traffic  shall  be  moved  first. 

Mail  wagons,  Fire  and  Police  Department  vehicles, 
ambulances,  and  railway  and  gas  emergency  wagons  have 
the  right  of  way.  They  must,  however,  be  operated  with 
regard  for  public  safety. 

When  Fire  Department  vehicles  are  about  to  pass  over 
your  post,  take  your  position  in  the  center  of  the  street, 
and,  if  necessary,  divert  traffic  to  the  curb,  so  as  to  give 
the  apparatus  a  clear  lane  in  the  middle  of  the  street. 
Most  of  the  accidents  caused  by  fire  apparatus  happen 
after  the  first  vehicle  has  passed,  when  onlookers  rush  out 
to  watch  where  it  is  going  and  forget,  in  the  excitement, 
the  second  and  third  trucks  which  usually  follow.  For  this 
reason,  keep  traffic  at  a  standstill  until  you. are  sure  that 
the  last  piece  of  apparatus  has  passed  and  that  no  accidents 
are  likely  to  occur. 


AND     PROCEDURE  91 


Patrolmen  on  post  at  designated  school  crossings  will 
take  their  position  in  the  center  of  the  street  before  the 
morning  assembly,  at  noon  hour,  and  at  the  closing  of 
school,  and  regulate  the  movement  of  vehicles  to  best 
protect  children  crossing  the  street. 

When  stationed  at  some  particular  place  for  the  purpose 
of  keeping  the  public  from  passing,  such  as  at  a  fire 
parade,  etc.,  always  take  up  your  position  before  the  crowd 
gathers.  If  you  do  not,  it  may  be  found  that  in  clearing 
the  space  some  person  will  become  obstinate  and  compel 
you  to  use  force.  As  a  rule,  the  shoving  and  push- 
ing is  usually  done  by  some  short  person  in  the  center 
or  rear  of  the  crowd  who  is  anxious  to  see  what  is  going 
on.  In  a  case  of  this  kind,  have  someone  hold  your  line 
in  order  that  you  may  go  to  the  rear  and  try  to  get  the 
troublemaker.  Persons  in  the  front  line  nearly  always 
assist  in  keeping  the  rest  back  for  the  reason  that  they 
do  not  want  to  lose  their  own  position.  Always  face  the 
crowd,  so  as  to  be  in  a  position  to  instantly  check  any  at- 
tempt at  disorder,  and  that  you  may  detect  pickpockets 
working  in  the  crowd. 

PARADES   AND    STREET    MEETINGS. 

Parades. 

No  procession  or  parade  shall  form  or  march  on  the 
streets  of  the  City  of  New  York  to  the  interruption  of 
pedestrian  or  vehicular  traffic  without  first  giving  the 
Police  Department  thirty-six  hours'  notice  of  its  object, 
route,  and  destination  and  obtaining  a  permit.  The  fol- 
lowing, however,  need  no  permits:  U.  S.  Army,  U.  S. 
Navy,  National  Guard,  Police  and  Fire  Departments. 

The  permit  issued  by  the  Police  Department  to  the 
person  in  charge  specifies  the  time,  date,  starting  point, 
route  and  destination.  If  you  have  reason  to  doubt  that  a 
parade  passing  over  your  post  has  noi  given  the  required 
thirty-six  hours'  notice,   ask   the  person  in  charge,  the 


POLICE      PRACTICE 


marshal  or  leader,  if  he  has  a  permit.  If  he  has  not,  call 
up  the  station-house  and  find  out  whether  a  permit  has 
been  issued.  In  the  event  that  it  has  not,  place  the  person 
in  charge  under  arrest  and  cause  the  parade  to  disband. 
In  presenting  a  case  of  this  kind  in  court,  request  the 
officer  in  charge  of  the  Bureau  of  Information  to  appear 
for  the  purpose  of  proving  that  the  thirty-six  hours'  notice 
was  not  given. 

No  parades  or  processions  are  permitted  on  Sunday 
except  funeral  and  religious  processions,  and  they  may  not 
play  music  or  make  any  disturbing  noise. 

The  following  are  excepted  and  may  play  music,  but 
not  within  one  block  of  a  place  of  worship  where  service  is 
then  being  held  : 

Escorting  the  body  in  a  military  funeral,  funeral  of 
a  United  States  soldier  or  sailor,  national  guardsman, 
veteran  or  member  of  a  secret  fraternal  society ; 

Military  processions  on  Memorial  Sunday  to  places 
where  memorial  services  are  held ;  and 

National  Guard  processions  to  and  from  places  of 
religious  worship. 

If  a  religious  procession  passes  over  your  post  playing 
music  on  Sunday,  warn  the  person  in  charge  that  he  is  com- 
mitting a  violation  of  law.  Do  not  make  an  arrest  unless 
you  have  taken  every  reasonable  means  to  have  the  law 
complied  with. 

Stkeet  Meetin"gs. 

Persons  are  entitled  to  assemble  in  public  places  for 
the  purpose  of  protesting  and  petitioning  and,  with  the 
exception  of  religious  meetings,  require  no  permit.  If 
they  object  to  a  law  or  rule  established  by  those  in  author- 
ity, they  have  a  perfect  right  to  peaceably  assemble  for 
the  purpose  of  protesting  against  that  law  or  rule,  as  long 
as  they  advocate  its  change  by  a  means  prescribed  by  law, 
such  as  petitioning  the  legislature,  the  judiciarv,  or  the 
executive  heads  of  the  city,  state  or  national  government. 


AND     PROCEDURE  93 


They  are  to  be  afforded  proper  protection  and  are  not  to 
be  interfered  with  unless  they  attempt  or  threaten  any 
act  tending  toward  a  breach  of  the  peace  or  an  injury  to 
person  or  property,  or  any  unlawful  act.  (See  Criminal 
Anarchy.) 

While  so  assembled,  however,  they  may  not  seriously 
interfere  with  or  annoy  persons  residing  or  conducting 
business  nearby.  If  complaint  is  made  to  you  it  will 
usually  suffice  to  request  the  speaker  or  person  in  charge 
to  hold  the  meeting  at  some  other  place  where  it  will  not 
be  a  source  of  annoyance. 

When  a  meeting  is  held  on  your  post  and  your  presence 
may  be  required  there  for  an  extended  period  for  the 
purpose  of  preserving  the  peace,  notify  the  station-house 
so  that  other  provisions  may  be  made  for  policing  the 
meeting. 

If  one  of  the  audience  annoys  or  interferes  with  the 
peaceful  conduct  of  a  street  meeting,  and  the  speaker 
requests  you  to  do  so,  warn  that  person  to  cease  or  to 
leave.  If  he  refuses  to  do  either,  place  him  under  arrest. 
It  is  not  always  a  good  plan,  after  making  an  arrest  of 
this  kind,  to  leave  the  meeting  unprotected;  the  ones 
creating  the  disturbance  may  take  advantage  of  your 
departure  with  one  of  their  number  to  break  up  the 
meeting.  Summon  assistance  before  taking  your  prisoner 
to  the  station-house. 


PUBLIC    HACKS. 

•A  public  hack  is  a  vehicle  plying  for  hire  which 
solicits  public  patronage  on  the  streets  and  highways  of 
the  City. 

No  hack  shall  ply  for  hire  on  the  streets  or  highways 
without  having  first  obtained  a  license  from  the  Chief  of 
the  Department  of  Licenses. 

The  license  number  must  be  displayed  on  a  metal  plate 
as  officially  prescribed,  and  shall  be  attached  to  an  indis- 
pensable part  of  the  outside  of  the  cab. 


94  POLICE      PRACTICE 


A  card  of  the  kind  approved  by  the  Department  of 
Licenses  must  be  displayed  on  the  inside  of  the  cab, 
bearing  the  license  number  and  directing  persons  having 
cause  for  complaint  to  notify  the  Chief  of  the  Department 
of  Licenses. 

If  the  hack  is  equipped  with  a  taximeter,  it  shall  not  be 
operated  unless  the  taximeter  case  is  sealed  and  the  gear 
intact.  When  employed,  the  signal  on  the  taximeter  must 
so  indicate.  After  sundown  the  taximeter  must  have  a 
suitable  light  shining  on  its  face. 

No  person  shall  drive  a  public  hack  unless  he  is  over  21 
years  of  age  and  is  licensed  as  a  driver.  While  operating 
a  hack,  he  must  wear,  conspicuously  displayed  on  his 
coat,  a  metal  badge  containing  his  license  number.  He 
must  also  have  an  official  card  containing  his  license  num- 
ber and  bearing  his  photograph,  which  he  must  exhibit 
for  inspection  on  the  demand  of  an  inspector,  policeman 
or  passenger.  No  person  shall  drive  a  public  hack  while 
his  license  is  suspended  or  revoked 

No  person  shall  drive  a  public  hack  without  a  license 
or  while  his  license  is  suspended  or  revoked. 

Hack  drivers  must  not  solicit  passengers  except  while 
sitting  on  the  driver's  box  of  their  vehicles,  and  they  must 
not  solicit  passengers  while  the  hack  is  standing,  except 
at  public  hackstands.  No  other  person  is  permitted  to 
solicit  for  them. 

The  driver  of  a  public  hack  must  not  seek  employment 
by  repeatedly  and  persistently  driving  to  and  fro  in  a 
short  space  before  theatres,  hotels,  railroad  stations,  places 
of  public  resort,  etc.  He  may,  however,  solicit  employment 
before  such  places,  provided  he  goes  a  distance  of  two 
blocks  before  turning  around  and  repassing. 

A  hack  driver  may  not  carry  any  other  than  the  first 
passenger  employing  him  without  such  passenger's  per- 
mission. 

When  a  hack  is  hired,  no  person  shall  sit  with  the 
driver  on  the  box. 


A  N  D     P  R  O  r  E  D  I'  R  E  05 


The  driver  of  a  public  hack  may  demand  the  legal  fare 
in  advance  and  has  the  right  to  refuse  employment  unless 
so  paid. 

A  copy  of  the  legal  rates  of  fare  must  be  posted  in  a 
conspicuous  place  on  the  inside  of  every  cab. 

When  requested  to  do  so,  a  hack  driver  shall  give  his 
passenger  a  receipt  for  the  fare  paid,  on  the  official  form 
prescribed  for  that  purpose. 

Disputes  over  fare  are  to  be  settled  by  the  officer  in 
charge  of  the*  police  station  nearest  the  scene  of  the  dis- 
pute. Failure  to  abide  by  this  decision  renders  the  of- 
fender liable  to  a  charge  of  disorderly  conduct.  When 
a  dispute  of  this  kind  is  brought  to  your  attention, 
direct  the  disputants  to  the  nearest  police  station.  If  it 
appears  to  you  that  a  breach  of  the  peace  is  likely  to 
occur,  accompany  them. 

At  the  termination  of  employment,  the  driver  must 
search  his  hack  for  any  property  which  may  have  been 
lost  or  left  therein.  Articles  found,  unless  sooner  claimed 
by  the  owner,  must  be  delivered  within  twenty-four  hours 
to  the  officer  in  charge  of  the  nearest  police  station. 

The  Mayor  has  power  to  establish  public  hackstands  at 
certain  locations.  No  public  hack  shall  stand  at  any  public 
hackstand  so  designated,  adjacent  to  the  curb  of  the  side- 
walk within  15  feet  of  the  entrance  of  any  building,  nor 
within  5  feet  of  any  crosswalk. 

Only  public  hacks  in  such  number  and  of  such  kind  as 
are  designated  on  the  metal  sign  post  may  remain  at  a 
stand  while  awaiting  employment.  When  one  hack  leaves 
the  line  with  a  passenger,  those  behind  shall  move  up.  A 
public  hack  seeking  a  place  at  the  stand  shall  approach 
the  same  only  from  the  rear  and  shall  take  its  place  be- 
hind the  last  cab  already  in  line. 

Public  hack  drivers  who  violate  the  rules  governing  pub- 
lic hacks  should  be  reported  to  the  Department  of  Licenses 
and  if  possible  the  violation  should  be  corrected.  Enter 
in  your  memorandum  book  all  the  facts  concerning  any. 


90  POLICE      PRACTICE 


violation  you  may  observe  and  report  the  same  to  the  com- 
manding officer  of  the  station-house.  In  the  following 
violations  of  the  public  hack  ordinance,  summonses  should 
be  served  or  arrests  made : 

1.  Unlicensed  public  hacks; 

2.  Unlicensed  public  hack  drivers; 

3.  Drivers  of  vehicles  other  than  public  hacks  stand; 

ing  at  designated  hackstands,  who  refuse  to 
move  off  when  requested ; 

4.  Drivers  of  public  hacks  using  a  license  that  has 

been  suspended  or  revoked. 

ANIMALS. 

Any  person  who  keeps  or  uses  any  place  for  the  pur- 
pose of  having  any  bird  or  animal  fight,  or  who  commits 
any  cruelty  towards  an  animal,  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

Cruelty,  under  the  law,  means  any  act,  omission  >  or 
neglect  whereby  unjustifiable  physical  pain,  suffering  or 
death  is  caused  or  permitted. 

Whenever  you  see  a  horse  being  driven  which  has 
sores  on  its  neck  or  shoulders  which  the  harness  touches 
or  irritates,  immediately  arrest  the  person  in  charge 
of  the  animal  and  prevent  a  continuance  of  the 
abuse.  Have  the  vehicle  drawn  close  to  the  curb  or  into 
a  side  street;  remove  the  harness  and  take  the  horse  to 
the  station-house.  Measure  the  size  of  the  sore  and  note 
whether  or  not  puss  or  foreign  matter  is  in  or  around  .the 
wound. 

The  same  course  is  to  be  followed  in  connection  with  a 
lame  horse  when  the  animal,  as  a  result  of  its  lameness, 
appears  to  be  suffering  pain  while  being  driven. 

Policemen  are  often  called  upon  to  destroy  animals  that 
have  been  injured.  Do  not,  however,  shoot  an  animal 
without  the  written  authorization  of  the  owner,  or,  if  the 
property  of  a  corporation,  the  written  authorization  of 
some  person  in  authority,  such  as  the  superintendent, 
stable  foreman,  or  the  veterinary  surgeon  in  their  employ. 
Do  not  destroy  an  animal  at  the  request  of  the  driver  or 


AND     PROCEDURE 


97 


bystanders.  It  is  common  law  and  common  sense  that 
no  person  may  be  deprived  of  his  property  without  due 
process  of  law,  and  there  is  no  law  giving  you  power  to 
destroy  another's  property  without  his  consent.  An  animal 
is  not  to  be  destroyed  simply  because  it  has  been  injured; 
that  right  belongs  to  the  owner,  and  he  might  feel  dis- 
posed to  spend  thousands  of  dollars  for  veterinary  services 
to  restore  it  to  usefulness. 

AVhen  a  sick  or  injured  horse  has  been  abandoned  for 
three  hours  and  you  are  positive  of  that  fact,  you  may  shoot 
it  after  two  citizens  have  examined  the  animal  and  ex- 
pressed their  opinion  that  it  is  injured  past  recovery. 
Enter  the  names  and  addresses  of  the  two  citizens  in  your 
memorandum  book. 

In  shooting  a  horse,  try  first  to  get  it  close  to  the  curb 
so  that  it  will  not  interfere  with  traffic.  Place  the  muzzle 
of  the  gun  at  a  point  four  or  five  inches  above  a  line 
drawn  across  the  eyes  and  about  half  an  inch  to  the  left 
of  center — that  is,  about  half  an  inch  above  and  one-quar- 
ter of  an  inch  to  the  left  of  the  point  on  the  forehead 
where  the  hair  curls.     (As  shown  in  illustration  below.) 


Be  careful 

not  to  shoot 

too  low 


Aim  4  or  5 

inches  above 

the  eyes 


Before  you  fire,  see  that  no  bystander  is  in  a  position  to 
be  injured  by  an  accidentally  deflected  bullet. 


98  1'  O  L  I  C  E      PRACTICE 


It  is  a  misdemeanor  to  overload  a  horse.  To  determine 
whether  or  not  a  horse  is  overloaded,  ask  yourself:  "Is 
this  animal  able  to  control  the  load  it  is  hauling  under 
present  street  conditions;  can  it  safely  stop  or  start  the 
load  if  necessary  for  the  protection  of  persons  or  vehicles 
using  the  streets?"  If  it  is  apparent  that  the  horse  is 
overloaded,  place  the  driver  under  arrest,  remove  the 
vehicle  to  a  side  street,  unharness  the  horse  and  have  it 
led  to  the  station-house. 

If  a  horse  or  other  large  animal  falls  into  an  excava- 
tion or  into  the  water,  keep  the  animal  from  becoming 
excited.  If  possible,  remove  the  harness  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  bridle.  Notify  the  station-house  and  request 
that  the  Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals 
be  notified  to  send  an  ambulance  and  derrick. 

If  your  attention  is  called  to  a  so-called  "mad  dog," 
confine  or  kill  it  with  all  possible  dispatch,  but  be  careful 
that  you  do  not  injure  any  person  while  shooting  at  it. 
(The  following  illustration  shows  where  to  shoot  a  dog.) 


If  the  animal  is  running  through  the  streets,  whenever 
possible  strike  it  on  the  head  with  your  baton  and  stun  it. 
If  you  have  reason  to  suspect  that  it  has  bitten  any  per- 
son, do  not  destroy  it  if  you  can  safely  confine  it,  for  the 
reason  that  the  Health  Department  can  more  readily  deter- 
mine   whether    an    animal    is   infected    if    it    is   alive. 


AND     PROCEDURE  99 


If  the  animal  is  safely  locked  in  a  room  when  your  atten- 
tion is  called  to  it,  do  not  interfere  with  it.  Notify  the 
station-house  so  that  the  Health  Department  may  send  a 
representative  to  take  charge  of  the  animal. 

If  you  are  informed  that  an  animal  of  a  vicious  nature, 
or  one  suffering  from  an  infectious  disease  has  bitten 
some  person,  get  the  name  and  address  of  the  owner  of 
the  dog  and  of  the  person  bitten,  and  notify  the  station- 
house  immediately.  Request  the  owner  of  the  dog  to 
tie  it  securely  until  the  arrival  of  an  officer  of  the  Health 
Department.  Make  immediate  inquiry  on  your  post  as  to 
whether  other  persons  or  animals  have  been  bitten.  If 
they  have,  immediately  notify  the  station-house  of  the 
names  and  addresses  of  such  persons,  or  owners  of  bitten 
animals,  for  transmission  to  the  Health  Department. 

No  dogs  shall  be  permitted  in  any  public  place  un- 
muzzled. 

In  destroying  a  small  animal,  place  it  on  a  board, 
a  pile  of  sand  or  some  such  material,  so  that  the  bullet, 
after  passing  through  its  body,  will  not  ricochet  and  injure 
some  bystander.  The  danger  from  a  bullet  deflected  by 
a  stone  pavement  is  almost  as  great  as  from  one  shot 
directly  from  the  pistol.  (The  following  illustration 
shows  where  to  shoot  a  cat  or  other  small  animals.) 


Whenever  your  attention  is  called  to  a  live  or  dead 
animal  suspected  of  having  an  infectious  disease,  notify  the 
station-house  immediately.  Guard  the  animal  and  do  not 
permit  any  person  or  animal  to  touch  it.     If  it  is  a  horse, 


100  POLICE      PRACTICE 


do  not  permit  the  harness  to  be  removed  until  the  arrival 
of  representatives  of  the  Health  Department. 

Dead  animals  in  any  street  or  place,  yard,  stable  or 
building,  are  to  be  promptly  reported  to  the  station-house 
immediately  in  hot  weather,  at  the  end  of  the  tour  in  cold 
weather. 

You  are  required  to  render  every  lawful  assistance  to 
the  Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals  and 
its  representatives. 

Rules  for  Treatmekt  of  Horses. 

The  following  rules  taken  from  the  United  States  Army 
Drill  Regulations,  should  be  carefully  observed: 

Never  threaten,  strike  or  otherwise  abuse  a  horse. 

Before  entering  a  stall,  speak  to  the  horse  gently  and 
then  go  in  quietly. 

Never  take  a  rapid  gait  until  the  horse  has  been  warmed 
up  by  gentle  exercise. 

Never  ride  a  horse  faster  than  a  walk  to  the  stable,  or 
put  up  a  horse  brought  to  the  stable  heated,  but  throw  a. 
blanket  over  him  and  rub  his  legs  or  walk  him  until  cool. 
If  he  is  wet,  put  him  under  shelter,  and  wisp  him  against 
the  hair  until  dry. 

When  a  horse  is  heated,  never  feed  grain  or  allow  him  to 
stand  uncovered.  Hay  will  never  hurt  a  horse  no  matter 
how  warm  he  may  be. 

Never  water  a  horse  when  heated,  unless  the  exercise 
or  march  is  to  be  immediately  resumed. 

Never  throw  water  over  a  horse  coming  in  hot,  not  even 
over  his  legs  or  feet. 

The  saddle  cloth  should  be  placed  well  forward  on  the 
withers;  slide  the  cloth  once  or  twice  from  front  to  rear 
to  smooth  the  hair.  Be  careful  to  raise  the  cloth  in  bring- 
ing it  forward. 

The  snaffle-bit  should  hang  so  as  to  touch  but  not  to 
draw  up  the  corners  of  the  mouth. 


A  N  D     P  R  O  C  E  D  t^'R  E  lOt 


The  mouthpiece  of  the  curb-bit  should  rest  on  that  part 
of  the  bars  directly  opposite  the  chin  groove;  the  curb 
strap  or  chain  will  then  lie  in  the  chin  groove  without  any 
tendency  to  mount  up  out  of  it  on  the  sharp  bones  of  the 
lower  jaw.  This  position  of  the  mouth-bits  will  be  at- 
tained for  the  majority  of  horses  by  adjusting  the  cheek- 
straps  so  that  the  mouthpiece  will  be  one  inch  above  the 
tushes  of  the  horse,  and  two  inches  above  the  corner  teeth 
of  the  mare. 

The  throat-latch  should  admit  four  fingers  between  it 
and  the  throat;  this  prevents  constriction  of  the  wind-pipe 
or  pressure  on  the  large  blood  vessels. 


Runaway  Horses. 

Horses  run  away  for  many  reasons.  High-spirited 
horses  may  break  away  if  they  are  frightened  by  anything 
unusual  or  unexpected,  such  as  a  sight-seeing  automobile, 
or  a  piece  of  paper  blown  across  their  path.  Quieter  ani- 
mals, left  unattended,  sometimes  start  to  walk  to  their 
stables  when  hungry,  or  seek  shelter  from  a  storm.  In 
either  case,  as  soon  as  they  find  they  are  without  guidance, 
they  break  into  a  run.  Broken  harness,  permitting  a  strap 
or  part  of  the  vehicle  to  hit  the  horse,  is  a  common  cause. 

Runaway  horses  take  to  the  part  of  the  street  least  ob- 
structed, usually  the  center.  They  will  continue  in  a 
straight  line  unless  they  are  in  a  locality  familiar  to  them, 
when  they  will  turn  toward  their  stables  or  to  places 
at  which  they  are  accustomed  to  stop.  When  badly  fright- 
ened, they  run  blindly  and  do  not  see  where  they  are  go- 
ing. In  this  condition,  they  are  a  serious  menace  to  life 
and  property. 


How  TO  Stop  a  Rukaway  Horse. 

If  the  horse  is  coming  toward  you  it  is  poor  policy  to 
attempt  to  stop  him  by  running  toward  him.    Nine  times 


;'Q2    ,.,.«;;      ;    ^PO*LICE      PRACTICE 

out  of  ten  he  will  swerve  from  you  and  you  will  miss  him 
entirely,  or,  he  may  suddenly  swerve  toward  you  and  run 
you  down. 

Judge  his  speed;  run  in  the  same  direction  and  cut  di- 
agonally across.  In  most  cases,  the  horse  is  running 
blindly  and  will  not  notice  you  nor  swerve.  Then,  by 
grasping  his  mane  with  the  nearest  hand  and  by  pulling 
steadily  on  the  reins  with  the  other,  he  usually  can  be 
brought  to  a  standstill. 

It  is  very  important  that  you  keep  step  with  the  horse 
by  running  with  him.  That  is,  if  you  are  on  the  near  or 
left  side,  keep  the  left  foot  foremost,  as  if  you  were  con- 
tinually changing  step  as  is  occasionally  done  in  marching. 
To  a  right-handed  man,  the  left  is  the  most  natural  sid6 
from  which  to  tackle  a  horse,  but  if  you  try  to  stop  a  horse 
from  the  right  side,  reverse  the  process;  that  is,  grasp  his 
mane  in  your  left  hand,  the  reins  in  your  right,  and  keep 
your  right  foot  forward. 

If  both  reins  cannot  be  grasped,  one  rein  may  be  pulled. 
Do  not,  however,  jerk  on  the  one  rein,  for  by  so  doing  there 
is  always  danger  of  throwing  the  horse,  and  you  may  be 
injured. 

In  a  case  where  the  horse  has  slipped  his  bridle,  the 
same  method  may  be  used,  except  that  instead  of  grasping 
the  reins,  clamp  your  hand  o'ver  his  nostrils  and  pull,  en- 
deavoring to  close  them  entirely.  This  partly  shuts  off  his 
wind  and  tends  to  bring  his  head  toward  his  chest,  in 
which  position  a  horse  runs  only  with  great  difficulty. 

In  the  case  of  a  runaway  team,  one  of  the  horses  may 
be  easily  mounted  and  in  this  position  it  is  comparatively 
easy  to  control  them.  If  you  have  confidence  in  yourself, 
it  takes  very  little  effort  to  vault  to  a  running  horse's  back 
after  once  securing  a  grip  on  his  mane,  for  the  reason  that 
the  forward  pull  assists  you  into  place.  If  you  do  not 
mount  either  horse,  it  is  generally  best  to  grasp  the  inside 
rein  of  the  furthest  horse  and  bring  him  under  control 


AND     PROCEDURE  103 


Stopping  a  Rui^away  While  Mounted. 

As  soon  as  you  discover  that  a  horse  is  running  away, 
prepare  your  horse  for  action  by  i:aking  a  firm  hold  on  the 
reins  and  by  keeping  your  legs  close  to  the  horse's  body, 
so  that,  as  the  runaway  draws  near,  you  can  start.  Grad- 
ually increase  your  speed  so  that  when  the  runaway  draws 
abreast  you  are  travelling  at  the  same  speed.  Grasp  the 
reins  of  the  runaway  horse  close  to  the  bit.  Be  careful 
to  take  a  short  hold  on  the  reins,  for  if  the  runaway  is  at- 
tached to  a  vehicle  and  you  take  a  long  hold  on  the  reins, 
your  mount  will  be  far  to  the  rear  of  the  runaway  and  its 
hind  legs  will  be  cut  by  the  wheel  or  step.  Horses  have 
been  so  severely  injured  in  this  manner  that  they  have 
had  to  be  destroyed. 

The  reins  should  be  grasped  in  the  right  hand  whenever 
practicable.  Raise  the  head  of  the  runaway,  in  order  to  get 
better  control  of  him.  Sit  well  up  in  the  saddle,  pressing 
both  knees  to  it,  thereby  increasing  your  purchase  and  pre- 
venting your  being  thrown  if  the  runaway  shies  or  stops 
suddenly.  In  this  way  you  can  gradually  bring  the  run- 
away to  a  full  stop. 

The  same  method  may  be  used  in  stopping  a  saddle 
horse.  If  the  horse  has  a  rider,  he  may  be  of  some  as- 
sistance by  holding  the  horse  to  a  straight  course,  but  if 
the  horse  is  riderless  it  is  a  much  harder  matter  to  stop 
him.  Riderless,  he  seems  to  know  by  instinct  that  you  are 
endeavoring  to  catch  him  and  will  wheel  away  as  you 
reach ;  if  he  outdistances  you  he  may  stop,  in  a  "come-and- 
get-me"  attitude,  and  start  off  again  as  you  approach. 
Cases  of  this  kind  have  happened  in  parks  in  which  there 
are  bridle  paths,  where  the  runaway  has  eluded  four  or 
five  mounted  men  for  over  an  hour. 


104  POLICE      PRACTICE 


CHAPTER    VIIL 


GRIME  CLASSIFICATION  AND  CRIMINALS. 

ABANDONMENT. 

A  parent,  guardian  or  legal  custodian  who  wholly  aban- 
dons a  child  under  the  age  of  sixteen  years  is  guilty  of  a 
felony.  To  wholly  abandon,  in  this  instance,  means  to 
desert  a  child  under  circumstances  in  which  it  is  not  likely 
to  receive  the  necessaries  of  life. 

Failure  to  support  a  wife  or  child  constitutes  a  mis- 
demeanor. 

When  complaint  is  made  to  you  that  a  parent,  guardian 
or  legal  custodian  fails  to  provide  for  those  dependent 
upon  him,  direct  that  person  to  make  complaint  in  the 
Domestic  Eolations  Court.  If  the  case  be  a  felony,  and 
if  the  delay  necessary  to  obtain  a  warrant  might  defeat 
the  ends  of  justice,  make  the  arrest  without  a  warrant. 
Be  sure  that  a  felony  is  charged. 

When  complaint  is  made  to  you  that  a  child  fails  to 
provide  for  its  parent,  direct  the  complainant  to  the  Do- 
mestic Relations  Court. 


ABORTION. 

Abortion  is  a  felony. 

Section  80  of  the  Penal  Law  provides  that: 
"A  person  who,  with  intent  thereby  to  procure  the  mis- 
carriage of  a  woman,  unless  the  same  is  necessary  to  pre- 
serve the  life  of  a  woman,  or  of  the  child  with  which  she 
is  pregnant,  either 

1.  Prescribes,  supplies,  or  administer^  to  a  woman, 
whether  pregnant  or  not,  or  advises  or  causes  a  woman 
to  take  any  medicine,  drug,  or  substance;  or. 


AND     PROCEDURE  105 


2.     Uses,  or  causes  to  be  used,  any  instrument  or 
other  means; 

Is  guilty  of  abortion." 

A  reputable  physician  will  not  perform  an  illegal  abor- 
tion, and,  as  a  result,  it  is  practiced  by  quack  doctors,  mid- 
wives,  druggists,  and  in  private  hospitals  and  sanitariums. 
Women  are  usually  sent  to  such  places  by  the  men  who  are 
responsible  for  their  condition  and  who  pay  the  expense 
of  their  treatment. 

Physicians  often  prescribe  for  women  who  desire  to 
avoid  the  annoyance  and  inconvenience  of  child-birth 
some  harmless  drug  which  has  no  effect  whatever.  It  is 
mostly  complaints  of  this  kind  that  come  to  the  attention 
of  the  police;  for  when  the  treatment  fails  the  women 
make  complaint.  No  arrests  should  be  made  In  such  cases. 
Convictions  cannot  be  had  unless  it  is  proven  that  the 
operation  was  performed  or  the  drug  administered  with 
intent  to  cause  illegal  abortion. 

Should  a  patient  die  as  the  result  of  an  illegal  abortion, 
the  crime  becomes  homicide. 

Your  attention  may  be  called  by  an  ambulance  surgeon 
or  by  a  physician  to  illegal  abortion.  Arrest  the  patient. 
Try  to  find  out  who  impregnated  her  and  who  treated  her. 
If  either  is  present,  place  him  under  arrest  and  notify  the 
station-house.  Seize  any  evidence,  such  as  instruments 
or  drugs. 

ADULTERY. 

Adultery  is  a  misdemeanor. 

The  Penal  Law  defines  adultery  as  follows: 

"Adultery  is  the  sexual  intercourse  of  two  persons,  either 
of  whom  is  married   to  a  third  person." 

In  order  to  secure  a  conviction,  it  is  necessary  for  the 
complainant  to  see  the  act  of  sexual  intercourse  committed. 
No  conviction  can  be  had  on  the  uncorroborated  testimony 
of  either  of  the  parties  to  the  act. 


106  POLICE      PRACTICE 


CRIMINAL   ANARCHY. 

Section  160  of  the  Penal  Law  defines  criminal  anarchy 
as  follows: 

"Criminal  anarchy  is  the  doctrine  that  organized  gov- 
ernment should  be  overthrown  by  force  or  violence,  or  by 
assassination  of  the  executive  head  or  of  any  of  the  execu- 
tive officials  of  government,  or  by  any  unlawful  means. 
The  advocacy  of  such  doctrine  either  by  word  of  mouth 
or  writing  is  a  felony." 

Section  162  of  the  Penal  Law  provides  that: 

"Whenever  two  or  more  persons  assemble  for  the  pur- 
pose of  advocating  or  teaching  the  doctrines  of  criminal 
anarchy,  as  defined  in  Section  160,  such  an  assembly 
is  unlawful,  and  every  person  voluntarily  participating 
therein  by  his  presence,  aid  or  instigation,  is  guilty  of  a 
felony     *     *     *     ." 

Section  163  of  the  Penal  Law  provides  that: 

'^The  owner,  agent,  superintendent,  janitor,  caretaker 
or  occupant  of  any  place,  building  or  room,  who  wilfully 
and  knowingly  permits  therein  any  assemblage  of  persons 
prohibited  by  Section  162,  or  who,  after 'notification  that 
the  premises  are  so  used  permits  such  use  to  be  continued, 
is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor     *     *     *     ." 

When  you  are  informed  that  anarchists  are  about  to 
•hold  a  meeting,  warn  the  person  who  owns  or  is  in  charge 
of  the  meeting  place.  Notify  the  station-house  so  that 
men  may  be  assigned  to  the  meeting  who  understand  the 
language  to  be  spoken. 

If  you  are  assigned  to  a  meeting  of  this  character,  take 
no  action  unless  the  law  is  violated.  Persons  are  entitled 
to  assemble  in  public  places  for  the  purpose  of  protesting 
and  petitioning.  If  they  object  to  a  law  or  rule  estab- 
lished by  those  in  authority  they  have  a  perfect  right  to 
peaceably  assemble  for  the  purpose  of  protesting  against 
that  law  or  rule  as  long  as  they  advocate  its  change  by  a 


AND     PROCEDURE  107 


means  prescribed  by  law,  such  as  petitioning  the  legisla- 
ture, the  judiciary,  or  the  executive  heads  of  the  city, 
state  or  national  government,  and  they  should  be  pro- 
tected by  the  police. 


ARSON. 

A  person  who  unlawfully  and  wilfully  burns  or  sets  fire 
to  any  building,  vessel,  car,  vehicle,  structure  or  other 
erection,  is  guilty  of  a  felony. 

Arson  is  one  of  the  most  difficult  crimes  in  which  to 
secure  a  conviction,  for  the  reason  that  it  must  be  proven 
that  the  burning  was  wilful,  and,  if  the  fire  gets  much 
headway,  the  evidence  Is  usually   destroyed. 

Arson  is  generally  committed  by  persons  engaged  in 
business  or  householders  who  may  have  met  with  reverses 
and  seek,  by  collecting  their  insurance,  to  recoup  some  of 
their  losses. 

Organized  bands  of  firebugs  have  come  to  the  attention 
of  the  police.  Such  a  band  will  rent  a  small  store  or  flat, 
stock  or  furnish  it,  and  after  insuring  It  for  several  times 
its  value,  set  it  afire  for  the  purpose  of  collecting  the  in- 
surance. 

Precaution  is  generally  taken  by  such  persons  to  start 
the  blaze  in  such  a  manner  that  they  may  be  at  some 
distant  point  when  the  fire  is  discovered.  A  woolen 
cloth,  saturated  with  linseed  oil  and  turpentine,  may  be 
rolled  and  tied  into  a  ball  and  thrust  into  a  closet,  to 
ignite  later  through  spontaneous  combustion.  A  more 
common  method  is  to  leave  a  lighted  candle  near  or  over 
some  material  which  will  ignite  easily.  As  he  is  locking 
the  place  up,  the  proprietor  casually  speaks  to  someone 
so  as  to  have  a  witness  to  the  time  of  his  departure. 
Knowing  the  length  of  time  it  will  take  the  candle  to 
burn  low  enough  to  start  the  fire,  he  times  his  return  to 
occur  after  the  fire  has  been  extinguished  and  assumes  an 
appearance  of  great  concern  and  surprise. 


108  POLICE      PRACTICE 


If  you  notice  a  candle  burning  in  a  store  nnder  sus- 
picious circumstances,  lose  no  time  in  getting  assistance 
and  in  forcing  an  entrance.  Examine  conditions  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  candle  but  do  not  disturb  anything.  Notify 
the  station-house  and  await  the  arrival  of  representatives 
of  the  Detective  Bureau  and  of  the  Fire  Department. 

In  addition  to  proving  that  the  fire  was  planned,  it 
must  be  proven  that  there  actually  was  a  fire.  When  a 
fire  of  incendiary  origin  is  discovered  which  has  not  made 
much  headway  before  being  extinguished,  permit  no  one 
to  touch  anything  in  the  room  until  the  arrival  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Detective  Bureau  and  the  Fire  Marshal.  If 
but  a  small  part  of  the  building  or  property  is  burned  or  if 
a  fire  has  been  started  in  more  than  one  spot^  remove  a 
burned  part  from  each  place  in  the  presence  of  a  witness, 
mark  it  for  identification  and  have  the  witness  do  likewise. 
This  is  to  prove  that  there  was  a  fire.  If  you  do  not  do 
this  quickly,  the  firebugs  may  destroy  all  evidence  of  the 
fire.  Seize  anything  of  an  inflammable  nature  near  the 
scene,  such  as  oil,  saturated  waste  or  excelsior.  Do  not 
permit  anyone  whom  you  have  reason  to  believe  is  respon- 
sible for  or  who  knows  anything  concerning  the  fire  to 
leave  the  room  until  you  have  conferred  with  members  of 
the  Detective  Bureau  or  representative  of  the  Fire  De- 
partment. 

In  sparsely  populated  sections  of  the  city,  barns  and 
outhouses  are  burned,  from  time  to  time,  by  pyromaniacs, 
who  have  no  other  object  than,  an  insane  desire  to  see  a 
building  burn  and  the  fire  apparatus  respond  to  the  fire. 

When  fires  of  this  kind  occur  one  after  the  other  in  a 
particular  section,  keep  a  close  watch  on  those  who 
respond  each  time  and  have  no  lawful  reason  or  business 
there.  If  suspicious,  question  them  regarding  their  move- 
ments before  each  of  the  fires.  Look  them  over  carefully; 
you  may  detect  the  odor  of  oil  on  their  clothing,  or,  in 
searching  them,  find  some  inflammable  material  used  in 
starting  a  fire. 


AND     PROCEDURE  109 


ASSAULT. 

Assault  is  divided  into  two  classes:  felonious  assault; 
which  is  a  felony;  and  simple  assault,  which  is  a  mis- 
demeanor. 

The  Penal  Law  defines  assault  as  follows: 
Assault  in  the  first  degree   (felony). 

**  A  person  who,  with  an  intent  to  kill  a  human  being,  or 
to  commit  a  felony  upon  the  person  or  property  of  the  one 
assaulted,  or  of  another, 

1.  Assaults  another  with  a  loaded  fire  arm,  or  any 
other  deadly  weapon,  or  by  any  other  means  or  force 
likely  to  produce  death;  or, 

2.  Administers  to,  or  causes  to  be  administered  to 
or  taken  by  another,  poison,  or  any  other  destructive 
or  noxious  thing,  so  as  to  endanger  the  life  of  such 
other, 

Is  guilty  of  assault  in  the  first  degree." 

Assault  in  the  second  degree  (felony). 

A  person  who,  under  circumstances  not  amounting  to 
assault  in  the  first  degree, 

"1.  With  intent  to  injure,  unlawfully  administers 
to,  or  causes  to  be  administered  to,  or  taken  by  an- 
other, poison,  or  any  other  destructive  or  noxious 
thing,  or  any  drug  or  medicine,  the  use  of  which  is 
dangerous  to  life  or  health ;  or, 

2.  With  intent  thereby  to  enable  or  assist  himself 
or  any  other  person  to  commit  an}^  crime,  administers 
to,  or  causes  to  be  administered  to,  or  taken  by  another, 
chloroform,  ether,  laudanum,  or  any  other  intoxicat- 
ing narcotic  or  anesthetic  agent;  or. 


110  POLICE      PRACTICE 


3.  Wilfully  and  wrongfully  wounds  or^  inflicts 
grievous  bodily  harm  upon  another,  either  with  or 
without  a  weapon  ;  or 

4.  Wilfully  and  wrongfully  assaults  another  by  the 
use  of  a  weapon,  or  other  instrument  or  thing  likely 
to  produce  grievous  bodily  harm;  or, 

5.  Assaults  another  with  intent  to  commit  a  felony, 
or  to  prevent  or  resist  the  execution  of  any  lawful 
process  or  mandate  of  any  court  or  officer,  or  the  law- 
ful apprehension  or  detention  of  himself,  or  of  any 
other  person  ; 

Is  guilty  of  an  assault  in  the  second  degree." 

Assault  in  the  third  degree   (misdemeanor). 

"A  person  who  commits  an  assault,  or  an  assault  and 
battery,  not  amounting  to  assault  in  the  first  or  second  de- 
gree, is  guilty  of  assault  in  the  third  degree.'^ 

To  strike  a  person  with  the  fist,  slap,  shove  or  touch 
him  in  a  hostile  manner  or  against  his  will,  is  simple  as- 
sault and  is  a  misdemeanor.  The  use  of  a  dangerous 
weapon  of  any  kind  constitutes  felonious  assault.  A  dan- 
gerous weapon  is  anything — an  umbrella,  cane,  or  bottle — 
which  may  seriously  injure  or  cause  death,  if  used  in  an 
assault.  To  inflict  grievous  bodily  harm  by  any  unlawful 
or  reckless  act  in  a  brutal  and  inhuman  manner — to  se- 
verely kick  a  person,  or  to  hold  and  punch  him  several 
times  with  the  fist,  or  to  throw  him  down  and  jump  on 
him  and  attempt  to  choke  him,  is  a  felony.  To  aim  a 
loaded  pistol  at  a  person  with  intent  to  shoot  him  is  felon- 
ious assault. 

When  an  assault  is  committed  and  a  weapon  used,  try 
to  secure  the  weapon  as  evidence,  and  mark  it  for  identi- 
fication. Have  some  person  witness  your  finding  the 
weapon  and  have  the  complainant  and  owner,  if  possible, 
identify  it  at  the  time. 


AND     PROCEDURE 


Dangerous  Weapons 


1  Pin  Fire  Revolver,  foreign  make 

2  Map;azine  Pistol,  "Mauser" 
'6  Cane  Sword 

4  Pistol  Cane  ,     , 

5  Cap,  Powder,  and  Ball,  Double-barrel 

Pistol;  very  old 

6  38  Caliber  Revolver  with  Dagger 

7  Vest-Pocket  Pistol,  4  Barrel 

8  "  ThPi  Bellows"  Spring  Revolver,  no 

Powder,  Noiseless 


9  Combination     Revolver,    Dirk,     and 
Knuckles 

10  Metal  Knuckles,  '•  London  Dusters 

11  Metal  Knuckles,  "  Paris  Style  " 

12  Bludgeon 

13  Sand  Bag 

14  Sling  Shot 

15  Blackjack 

16  Dagger 

17  Bowie  Knife 


m 


POLICE     PRACTICE  111 


Use  of  Fokce  Not  Unlawful  in  Certain  Cases. 

*'  To  use  or  attempt,  or  offer  to  use,  force  or  violence 
upon  or  towards  the  person  of  another,  is  not  unlawful  in 
the  following  cases: 

1.  When  necessarily  committed  by  a  public  officer  in 
the  performance  of  a  legal  duty ;  or  by  any  other  person 
assisting  him  or  acting  by  his  direction ; 

2.  When  necessarily  committed  by  any  person  in 
arresting  one  who  has  committed  a  felony,  and  deliver- 
ing him  to  a  public  officer  competent  to  receive  him  in 
custody ; 

3.  When  committed  either  by  the  party  about  to  be 
injured  or  by  another  person  in  his  aid  or  defence,  in 
preventing  or  attempting  to  prevent  an  offense  against 
his  person,  or  a  trespass  or  other  unlawful  interference 
with  real  or  personal  property  in  his  lawful  possession, 
if  the  force  or  violence  used  is  not  more  than  sufficient 
to  prevent  such  offense; 

4.  When  committed  by  a  parent  or  the  authorized 
agent  of  any  parent,  or  by  any  guardian,  master  or 
teacher,  in  the  exercise  of  a  lawful  authority  to  restrain 
or  correct  his  child,  ward,  apprentice  or  scholar,  and  the 
force  or  violence  used  is  reasonable  in  manner  and  mod- 
erate in  degree; 

5.  When  committed  by  a  carrier  of  passengers,  or 
the  authorized  agents  or  servants  of  such  carrier,  or  by 
any  person  assisting  them,  at  their  request,  in  expelling 
from  a  carriage,  railway  car,  vessel  or  other  vehicle,  a 
passenger  who  refuses  to  obey  a  lawful  and  reasonable 
regulation  prescribed  for  the  conduct  of  passengers,  if 
such  vehicle  has  first  been  stopped  and  the  force  or  vio- 
lence used  is  not  more  than  sufficient  to  expel  the  offend- 
ing passenger,  with  a  reasonable  regard  to  his  personal 
safety ; 


112  POLICE      PRACTICE 


6.  When  committed  by  any  person  in  preventing  an 
idiot,  lunatic,  insane  person,  or  other  person  of  unsound 
mind,  including  persons  temporarily  or  partially  de- 
prived of  reason,  from  committing  an  act  dangerous  to 
himself  or  to  another,  or  in  enforcing  such  restraint 
as  is  necessary  for  the  protection  of  his  person  or  for  his 
restoration  to  health,  during  such  period  only  as  shall 
be  necessary  to  obtain  legal  authority  for  the  restraint 
or  custody  of  his  person." 

Policemen  are  called  upon,  from  time  to  time,  to  eject 
from  a  car  a  passenger  who  has  failed  to  obey  some  rule  of 
the  railroad  company.  Usually  the  dispute  is  over  a  trans- 
fer or  the  payment  of  a  fare.  Do  not  interfere  in  cases  of 
this  kind  except  to  preserve  the  peace :  paragraph  5  of  the 
foregoing  section  empowers  employees  of  railroad  com- 
panies to  use  all  the  force  necessary  to  make  such  an  ejec- 
tion without  your  help. 

The  ejected  passenger  will,  almost  as  a  matter  of  course, 
demand  that  you  arrest  the  railroad  employee.  Inform 
him  that  you  cannot  interfere  or  arrest  the  etnployee.  If 
he  is  insistent,  give  him  your  name  and  shield  number 
and  direct  him  to  the  office  of  the  Inspector  of  the  District. 

"Force  *  *  not  more  than  sufficient  to  expel"  does 
not  mean  that  railroad  employees  can  pummel  or  assault  a 
passenger.  It  simply  means  that  a  passenger  who  is  cling- 
ing to  some  part  of  a  car  after  being  ordered  to  get  oif 
may  be  forced  to  loosen  his  hold  and  may  be  pushed  from 
the  car,  provided  that  the  car  is  not  in  motion. 

RAPE. 

A  person  who  perpetrates  an  act  of  sexual  intercourse 
with  a  female  not  his  wife,  against  her  will  or  without 
her  consent ;  or  when  through  imbecility  or  other  unsound- 
ness of  mind  she  is  incapable  of  giving  consent ;  or  when 
her  resistance  is  forcibly  overcome ;  or  when  her  resistance 
is  prevented  by  fear  of  immediate  bodily  harm;  or  when 


AND     PROCEDURE  113 


her  resistance  is  prevented  by  stupor  produced  by  an  in- 
toxicating or  narcotic  agent;  or  when  she  is  at  the  time 
unconscious  of  the  nature  of  the  act  and  this  is  known  to 
the  defendant  ;  or  when  she  is  in  the  custody  of  the  law 
or  of  any  officer  thereof  ;  or  when  the  female  not  his  wife 
is  under  the  age  of  18  years,  with  or  without  her  consent, 
is  guilty  of  rape. 

In  the  crime  of  rape,  it  is  very  difficult  to  obtain  wit- 
nesses, and  a  conviction  cannot  be  had  upon  the  uncorrobo- 
rated statement  of  the  person  raped.  It  is  very  necessary 
and  important  for  the  officer  whose  attention  is  called  to 
such  a  crime  to  establish  corroboration.  If  the  crime  has 
been  committed  in  a  building,  try  to  find  some  person  who 
saw  the  male  and  female  going  in  or  out  of  the  building 
or  some  person  who  heard  the  girl  protesting  or  resisting, 
or  evidence  of  a  struggle  in  the  premises,  such  as  furniture 
in  disorder  or  any  part  of  the  female's  clothing  in  the 
room,  or  her  clothing  torn  or  soiled. 

If  a  woman  complains  to  you  that  she  has  been  raped, 
it  is  your  duty  to  immediately  arrest  the  man  she  accuses, 
if  possible.^  Question  the  prisoner  regarding  his  move- 
ments at  the  time  of  the  alleged  commission  of  the  crime. 
Examine  his  clothing  for  evidence,  noting  if  it  is  soiled 
or  torn  as  the  result  of  a  struggle. 

If  the  female  claims  she  is  under  18  years,  secure  proof 
of  her  age  from  the  Bureau  of  Vital  Statistics  or  from  her 
baptismal  record.  If  no  force  has  been  used,  find  out  from 
her  what  inducement  was  used  to  make  her  submit. 

An  ambulance  surgeon  should  be  summoned-  to  examine 
the  victim,  to  ascertain  whether  or  not  a  penetration  had 
been  effected  recently. 

Policemen  on  post  should  watch  persons  who  are  in  the 
habit  of  giving  unknown  children  money  or  candy,  or  per- 
sons who  are  considered  degenerates  or  mentally  unsound 
who  give  children  small  gifts  for  the  purpose  of  gaining 
their  friendship. 


114  POLICE      PRACTICE 


When  in  the  vicinity  of  comfort  stations,  parks,  play- 
grounds or  schools,  observe  the  men  in  and  around  these 
places  who  may  be  there  attempting  to  entice  young  girls 
or  boys  for  the  purpose  of  committing  rape  or  other 
unnatural  crimes  upon  or  toward  them. 


BIGAMY. 

A  person  who,  having  a  husband  or  wife  living,  marries 
another  person,  is  guilty  of  bigamy. 

Bigamy  is  a  felony,  and  in  order  to  obtain  a  conviction 
in  such  cases  it  is  necessary  to  prove  that  the  defendant 
has  been  married  twice  and  that  his  or  her  lawful  wife  or 
husband  is  still  living  and  has  not  been  divorced.  It  must 
also  be  established  that  the  defendant  is  the  person  named 
in  both  marriage  certificates  and  in  the  record. 


BEGGARS   AND    PANHANDLERS. 

Persons  wandering  abroad  and  begging,  or  going  from 
door  to  door,  or  placing  themselves  in  the  streets,  high- 
ways, passages,  or  other  public  places  to  beg  or  receive 
alms,  and  children  under  the  age  of  16  years  who  beg  or 
receive  alms  in  any  manner,  are  guilty  of  vagrancy. 

Children  under  the  age  of  16  years,  when  arrested,  are 
to  be  charged  with  juvenile  delinquency. 

'Panhandlers"  are  beggars  who  frequent  busy  thorough- 
fares, the  vicinity  of  theatres,  hotels,  depots  and  similar 
places,  and  accost  persons  who  look  prosperous  and  kind- 
hearted,  telling  a  piteous  tale  of  lack  of  emplayment  and  a 
starving  wife  and  family,  or  of  coming  from  a  nearby  state 
or  city  to  seek  work  as  a  mechanic  and  needing  money 
to  obtain  a  meal  or  lodging  for  the  night. 

If  you  notice  one  of  these  beggars  accosting  and  appar- 
ently soliciting  passers-by  and  you  know  that  he  has  been 


A  N  D     P  R  O  C  E  D  U  R  E  115 


previously  convicted  of  vagrancy,  arrest  him  and  endeavor 
to  get  some  of  the  persons  solicited  to  appear  as  complain- 
ants ;  if  they  refuse,  secure  their  'names  and  addresses. 
Should  his  record  be  unknown  to  you,  try  to  get  some  of 
the  persons  solicited  to  make  complaint,  or  try  to  overhear 
the  conversation  that  you  may  make  an  arrest.  If  this  is 
not  possible,  ask  the  beggar  his  business  and  answer  any 
question  he  may  put  as  a  pretext,  but  if  you  again  observe 
him  accosting  persons,  arrest  him  for  disorderly  conduct. 

Another  class  of  beggars  go  from  door  to  door,  soliciting 
alms,  generally  food  and  clothes,  and  if  given  an  opportun- 
ity will  tell  a  tale  of  misfortune  and  ask  for  money.  Some 
of  them  pretend  to  peddle  some  trifling  article.  In  cases 
of  this  kind,  ask  some  of  the  householders  what  requests 
were  mad.e  of  them  and  if  they  reply  that  they  were  soli- 
cited for  alms,  arrest  the  beggar  and  'take  the  names  and 
addresses  of  the  persons  solicited. 

Make  every  effort  to  suppress  beggars  of  these  types  as 
they  are  a  source  of  considerable  annoyance  to  the  public 
and  often  obtain  alms  by  threatening  and  abusing  nervous 
men  and  women.  Many  of  them  have  criminal  records  or 
are  criminals  and  if  given  a  chance  would  not  hesitate  to 
commit  robbery. 

Most  common  are  the  beggars  who  place  themselves 
in  public  thoroughfares  wearing  a  cultivated  woe-begone 
and  poverty-stricken  appearance.  While  they  do  not 
actually  asks  alms,  they  suggest  it  by  holding  out  their 
hands  or  by  displaying  a  very  meager  stock  of  shoelaces  or 
pencils.  Sometimes  they  pretend  to  be  injured  or  de- 
formed, or  if  they  are  injured  or  deformed,  display  their 
affliction  in  a  manner  intended  to  excite  the  sympathy  of 
those  charitably  disposed.  Arrest  such  offenders  and 
charge  them  with  vagrancy. 

A  trick  much  used  by  beggars  is  to  slyly  drop  a  crust  of 
bread  into  the  street  and  attract  the  attention  and  excite 
the  sympatliy  of  a  passer-by  by  making  a  show  of  "finding" 
and  ravenously  eating  it.     If  the  ruse  works  and  they  are 


116  POLICE      PRACTICE 


questioned,  they  have  a  convincing  tale  of  starvation  ready 
to  unfold. 

Sometimes  a  woman  will  be  seen  leading  or  carrying  a 
poorly  dressed  and  sickly  looking  child,  and  seeking  alms, 
telling  a  hard-luck  story  of  being  dispossessed  and  of  a 
husband  out  of  work.  She  may  be  arrested  and  charged 
with  vagrancy  and  with  corrupting  the  morals  of  a  child, 
in  that  she  employed  it  in  receiving  or  soliciting  alms. 

Professional  "fit-throwers"  usually  work  in  gangs  of  two 
or  three.  If  no  policeman  is  in  sight,  one  of  the  gang  will 
put  into  his  mouth  a  powder  which  the  saliva  will  cause 
to  effervesce,  making  him  appear  as  though  foaming  at 
the  mouth,  and  will  fall  to  the  street.  As  soon  as  a  crowd 
collects  another  of  the  gang  puts  in  his  appearance  and  by 
questioning  the  "victim"  brings  out  answers  to -the  eifect 
that  he  has  a  large  family,  has  been  out  of  work  for  some 
time,  and  is  practically  starving.  The  confederate  thei^ 
makes  a  little  speech  calling  attention  to  "this  terrible  con- 
dition in  a  city  of  wealth"  and  when  he  has  sympathy  well 
aroused  takes  off  his  hat  and  passes  it  around,  starting  the 
collection  by  dropping  into  it  a  fair-sized  bill.  The  contri- 
bution is  dropped  into  the  other^s  lap  and  the  confederate 
leaves,  to  meet  his  companion  at  an  appointed  place  after 
he  "recovers"  for  the  purpose  of  dividing  their  earnings. 
If  you  find  someone  ill  in  the  street  and  another  starting 
a  collection  for  his  benefit,  detain  them  both  and  send  for 
an  ambulance.  If  the  doctor  pronounces  the  illness  as- 
sumed, arrest  them. 

It  is  a  felony  to  fraudulently  obtain  money  under  the  pre- 
text that  it  is  for  charitable  purposes,  and  you  should  be 
vigilant  in  suppressing  cases  of  this  kind.  If  you  are  sus- 
picious of  persons  in  the  garb  of  clergymen  or  Sisters  of 
Charity  who  are  soliciting  money  for  some  charitable 
purpose,  question  them  and  find  out  what  religious 
community  they  claim  to  represent.  Telephone  and  find 
out  if  they  are  authorized.  If  they  are  not,  arrest  them 
and  get  as  many  persons  as  you  can  who  have  been  duped, 
to  appear  against  them. 


AND     PROCEDURE  117 


BLACKMAIL   AND    EXTORTION. 

There  are  organized  bands  of  blackmailers  who  terrorize 
business  men  and  shopkeepers  by  demanding  large  sums 
of  money  and  threatening  to  do  some  injury  to  them, 
their  property,  or  family,  in  case  they  are  refused. 

The  victim  is  usually  directed  to  leave  the  money  at 
some  place  where  one  of  the  gang  will  call  for  it,  and 
is  warned  that  if  he  refuses  or  notifies  the  police,  his  house 
will  be  blown  up,  his  children  kidnapped,  or  his  horses 
poisoned. 

A  great  many  persons  submit  to  this  form  of  extortion, 
especially  when  their  children  are  in  danger.  The  princi- 
pal sufferers  are  foreigners  who  are  not  familiar  with  the 
English  language   or  customs. 

Similar  methods  are  also  used  by  unscrupulous  mer- 
chants to  drive  competitors  from  the  vicinity  of  their 
stores.  They  usually  warn  their  competitors  to  move, 
and  if  they  refuse,  hire  bomb-throwers  to  place  explosives 
near  the  places  of  business,  to  scare  them. 

The  material  used  in  the  manufacture  of  such  bombs 
is  generally  stolen  from  contractors  who  make  use  of  explo- 
sives, by  the  laborers  employed  on  their  work.  The  fuse 
ordinarily  used  ignites  and  burns  quickly.  To  give  them 
more  time  to  escape  after  lighting  the  fuse,  the  bomb- 
throwers  attach  a  wax  taper  or  piece  of  hemp  cord  to  the 
regular  quick  fuse.  This  allows  them  five  or  ten  minutes 
in  which  to  get  to  a  safe  point. 

The  bomb  is  placed  in  the  doorway  or  hall  of  the  build- 
ing selected,  often  being  carried  there  under  the  bomb- 
thrower's  coat.  He  then  lights  a  cigar  or  cigarette,  and 
at  the  same  time  ignites  the  wax  taper  or  the  hemp  cord. 
They  sometimes  light  the  regular  quick  fuse  from  the  cigar 
or  cigarette  they  are  carrying,  while  passing  in  front  of 
the  building,  aiid  then  toss  the  bomb  into  the  hall. 

Upon  investigating  an  affair  of  this  kind,  it  will  be 
found  that  the  person  threatened  is  generally  reticent.  He 
will  shake  his  shoulders,  bite  his  finger-nails,  refuse  to  give 


118  POLICE      PRACTICE 


any  information,  and  deny  that  he  ever  received  threaten- 
ing letters.  He  may  threaten  to  "get  even"  in  his  own 
way. 

It  is  difficult  for  the  man  on  post  to  arrest  the  person  who 
has  placed  an  explosive,  unless  he  sees  him  at  or  near  the 
scene  of  the  crime  or  has  received  information  from  other 
persons  who  saw  the  explosive  placed,  for  the  reason  that 
sufficient  time  elapses  before  the  explosion  to  enable  the 
guilty  one  to  go  a  considerable  distance  from  the  scene. 

Secure  whatever  evidence  you  can,  such  as  matches  and 
fragments  of  the  bomb  near  the  scene. 

Horse  poisoners  usually  enter  a  stable  by  force  and  mix 
the  poison  in  the  grain  in  the  feed-bins,  or  place  an  apple, 
the  core  of  which  has  been  removed,  filled  with  poison 
and  plugged,  in  the  manger.  They  will  also  follow  a  team 
and  when  the  horses  are  eating  on  the  street  and  the  driver 
is  out  of  the  way,  either  drop  the  poison  into  the  feed-bag 
or  give  the  animal  a  poisoned  apple.  Sometimes  these 
gangs  employ  children  to  feed  the  poisonous  substance  to 
the  animals  on  the  street. 

If  you  find  persons  in  or  around  a  stable  under  sus- 
picious circumstances,  in  addition  to  finding  out  whether 
or  not  that  person  has  a  lawful  reason  for  being  there, 
cause  an  investigation  to  be  made  immediately  of  the  man- 
gers and  feed-boxes  to  ascertain  whether  or  not  they  con- 
tain any  poisonous  matter.  Be  suspicious  of  any  person 
tampering  with  feed-bags,  whether  the  bag  is  on  the  horse 
or  in  the  wagon,  and  of  persons  who  feed  apples  or  sugar 
to-  horses  on  the  street.  It  is  a  felony  to  poison  horses  or 
to  allow  any  poisonous  matter  to  be  near  or  around  them 
with  the  intent  that  it  be  eaten  by  them. 

Blackmail  and  extortion  are  similar  and  it  is  some- 
times difficult  for  a  patrolman  to  distinguish  between  the 
two.  It  is  a  safe  rule  to  follow,  however,  that  where  a 
threat,  oral  or  written,  has  been  made  to  do  an  injury  to 
a  person,  his  family  or  property  unless  money  or  other 
consideration  is  forthcoming,  the  person  or  persons  par- 


A  N  D      P  R  O  C  E  D  TT  R  E  119 


ticipating  in  said  threat,  who  receive  any  consideration  as 
a  result,  have  committed  a  felony  and  should  be  arrested. 

As  a  class,  the  persons  who  commit  such  crimes  are 
idlers,  with  no  visible  means  of  support,  and  their  reputa- 
tion is  known  to  a  great  many  of  their  own  race.  They 
congregate  in  wine  rooms,  saloons,  lunch  rooms  and 
coffee  cafes  where  cards  are  played.   • 

You  can  be  of  invaluable  assistance  to  the  Detective 
Bureau  by  ferreting  out  evidence  and  communicating 
whatever  you  find  to  your  commanding  officer  or  to  the 
members  of  the  Detective  Bureau.  If  you  gain  the  con- 
fidence of  the  reputable  business  people  on  your  post  and 
if  they  feel  that  they  can  depend  upon  you  not  to  reveal 
their  identity,  they  will  give  you  information  regarding 
the  operation  of  those  of  their  own  race  who  are  engaged 
in  this  nefarious  business. 

Extortion,  in  another  form,  is  practiced  by  dishonest 
public  officers,  who  permit  persons  to  violate  the  law  for  a 
consideration,  and  use  their  office  as  a  means  of  intimi- 
dating them.  A  public  officer,  or  a  person  pretending  to 
be  such,  who  unlawfully  and  maliciously,  under  pretense 
or  color  of  official  right,  arrests  another  or  detains  him 
against  his  will,  or  who  seizes  or  levies  upon  or  dispossesses 
another  from  his  property,  or  does  any  other  act  whereby 
another  person  is  injured  in  his  person,  property  or  rights, 
commits  oppression  and  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

A  police  officer  who  makes  an  unlawful  arrest  or  levies 
upon  another  person's  property,  except  as  provided  by  law, 
in  addition  to  being  punished  criminally.  Is  liable  to  dam- 
ages for  the  injury  the  person  has  sustained  as  a  result  of 
his  unlawful  act. 

BRIBERY. 

The  Penal  Law  defines  bribery  as  follows: 

"Section  371.  Bribery  of  a  judicial  officer.  A  person 
who  gives  or  offers,  or  causes  to  be  given  or  offered,   a 


120  POLICE      PRACTICE 


bribe,  or  any  money,  property,  or  value  of  any  kind,  or  any 
promise  or  agreement  therefor,  to  a  judicial  officer,  juror, 
referee,  arbitrator,  appraiser  or  assessor,  or  other  person 
authorized  by  law  to  hear  or  determine  any  question,  mat- 
ter, cause,  proceeding,  or  controversy,  with  intent  to  in- 
fluence his  action,  vote,  opinion,  or  decision  thereupon 
*     *     *     (is  guilty  of  a  felony).     *     *     * » 

^^S'ection  372.  Officer  accepting  bribe.  A  judicial  officer, 
a  person  who  executes  any  of  the  functions  of  a  public 
officer,  *  *  *  who  asks,  receives,  or  agrees  to  receive 
a  bribe,  or  any  money,  property,  or  value  of  any  kind,  or 
any  promise  or  agreement  therefor,  upon  any  agreement 
or  understanding  that  his  vote,  opinion,  judgment,  action, 
decision,  or  other  official  proceeding,  shall  be  influenced 
thereby,  or  that  he  will  do  or  omit  any  act  or  proceeding, 
or  in  any  way  neglect  or  violate  any  official  duty  *  *  * 
(is  guilty  of  a  felony).     *     *     *  " 

"Section  379.  Bribery  of  witnesses.  A  person  who  Is, 
or  is  about  to  be,  a  witness  upon  a  trial,  hearing  or  other 
proceeding,  before  any  court  or  any  officer  authorized  to 
hear  evidence  or  take  testimony,  who  receives,  or  agrees, 
or  offers  to  receive,  a  bribe,  upon  any  agreement  or  under- 
standing that  his  testimony  shall  be  influenced  thereby,  or 
that  he  will  absent  himself  from  the  trial,  hearing  or  other 
proceeding,  is  guilty  of  a  felony.^' 

In  making  arrests  under  this  law,  whenever  possible  do 
so  under  the  advice  and  direction  of  a  superior  officer.  It 
is  necessary  to  have  the  money,  or  other  consideration 
used,  marked.  The  marking  should  be  done  in  the  pres- 
ence of  witnesses  and  a  memorandum  made  of  the  mark 
used.  There  should  always  be  a  witness  to  the  passing  of 
the  bribe  and  before  the  consideration  is  turned  over,  the 
receiver  should  be  questioned  fully  as  to  what  is  to  be  ex- 
pected from  him  in  return,  that  there  may  be  no  doubt  as 
to  the  object  of  the  bribe.  If  he  puts  the  bribe  on  his 
person,  note  where  he  puts  it  and  as  soon  as  he  is  arrested 
have  hini  searched,  in  the  presence  of  the  witness  who 
heard  the  conversation.    Do  not  permit  the  accused  to  get 


AND     PROCEDURE  121 


out  of  your  sight  from  the  time  the  bribe  is  lianded  to 
him  until  he  is  arrested  and  searched.  When  the  money 
or  other  consideration  is  recovered,  set  it  aside  carefully  as 
evidence. 


DISORDERLY    CONDUCT. 

Any  person  who  shall,  by  any  offensive  or  disorderly  act 
or  language,  annoy  or  interfere  with  any  person  in  any 
place  or  with  the  passengers  of  any  public  stage,  railroad 
car,  ferry,  or  other  public  conveyance,  or  who  shall  disturb 
or  offend  the  occupants  of  such  stage,  car,  ferry  or  con- 
veyance by  any  disorderly  act,  language  or  display,  al- 
though such  act,  conduct  or  display  may  not  amount  to 
assault  or  battery,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

Section  1458  of  the  Consolidation  Act,  in  effect : 

"Every  person  in  said  city  and  county  shall  be  deemed 
guilty  of  disorderly  conduct  that  tends  to  a  breach  of  the 
peace,  who  shall  in  any  thoroughfare  or  public  place  in 
said  city  and  county  commit  any  of  the  following  offenses, 
that  is  to  say: 

1.  Every  person  who  shall  suffer  to  be  at  large  any  un- 
muzzled  ferocious  or  vicious  dog. 

2.  Every  common  prostitute  or  nightwalker  loitering 
or  being  in  any  thoroughfare  or  public  place  for  the  pur- 
pose of  prostitution  or  solicitation,  to  the  annoyance  of  the 

*inhabitants  or  passers-by. 

3.  Every  person  who  shall  use  any  threatening,  abusive 
or  insulting  behavior  with  intent  to  provoke  a  breach  of 
the  peace  or  whereby  a  breach  of  the  peace  may  be  occa- 
sioned." 

To  constitute  disorderly  conduct,  some  physical  act  must 
be  committed,  such  as  to  unnecessarily  yell,  shove,  push 
or  jostle,  or  to  block  or  impede  pedestrian  or  vehicular 
traffic  on  the  streets. 


122  POLICE      PRACTICE 


Do  not  confuse  ^^disorderly  conduct"  with  "disorderly 
person."  A  disorderly  person  can  be  arrested  only  on  a  * 
warrant.  The  difference  is  that  in  disorderly  conduct  an 
overt  act  must  be  committed,  while  in  the  case  of  a  dis- 
orderly person,  such  as  a  man  who  fails  to  provide  for  his 
family,  a  fortune-teller,  an  habitual  criminal,  etc. ,  no  overt 
act  or  breach  of  the  peace  is  committed  or  threatened. 

To  threaten  a  breach  of  the  peace,  as  specified 
by  the  provisions  of  the  Penal  Law,  means  to  commit 
any  act  which  is  likely  to  cause  a  breach  of  the  peace,  such 
as  one  person  inviting  another  to  fight  or  verbally  threat- 
ening to  injure  him  or  his  property. 

You  will  find  th6  chief  offenders  young  men  who  may 
be  employed  at  some  legitimate  trade  but  who  congregate 
in  the  evening  on  the  streets  and  corners  and  take  delight 
in  insulting  and  annoying  aged  persons  and  young  women, 
and  youths  "shooting  craps"  on  the  street,  blocking  the 
sidewalk  and  annoying  and  interfering  with  passing  pe- 
destrians. While  a  woman  who  is  insulted  by  these  rowdies 
will  complain  to  the  patrolman  on  post,  she  usually  re- 
frains from  appearing  in  court. 

When  you  find  young  men  congregating  and  showing 
tendencies  toward  becoming  disorderly,  warn  them.  If 
that  does  not  suffice  and  they  actually  become  disorderly, 
arrest  them  and  try  to  get  witnesses  or  complainants  to 
appear  in  court  to  corroborate  you. 

•  "Car  rowdies"  are  a  source  of  considerable  trouble  in  the 
summer  time.  Very  often  a  number  of  men  after  having 
attended  some  function  or  visited  a  pleasure  resort  return* 
home  in  high  spirits  and  take  possession  of  a  car.  The 
guard  or  a  civilian  may  command  them  to  stop  their  an- 
tics and  in  this  way  start  a  fight.  If  your  attention  is 
called  to  a  condition  of  this  sort  and  you  cannot  cope  with 
the  crowd  single-handed,  request  someone  to  have  the  op- 
erator signal  for  assistance,  and  if  on  a  subway  or  elevated 
train  signal  and  hold  the  train  at  the  next  station.  While 
waiting  for  assistance,  get  some  person  in  the  car  to  guard 
the  door  to  prevent  the  escape  of  any  of  the  participants, 


AND     PROCEDURE  123 


then  single  out  the  leader  of  the  mob  and  place  him  under 
restraint.  As  a  rule  his  friends  will  soon  become  submissive. 
Upon  the  arrival  of  assistance  point  out  each  person  whom 
you  saw  or  heard  commit  any  act  of  disorder  and  cause  his 
arrest.  Make  a  note  of  the  names,  addresses  «nd  badge 
numbers  of  the  railroad  employees  and  the  names  and  ad- 
dresses of  the  persons  who  were  annoyed  or  who  witnessed 
the  affair,  and  request  them  to  appear  in  the  proper  court 
at  the  time  of  arraignment. 

To  convict  under  disorderly  conduct,  it  is  necessary 
to  prove  that  the  individual  arrested  committed  some  overt 
act ;  therefore,  when  your  attention  is  called  to  a  disorderly^ 
crowd,  try  to  remember  the  particular  act  committed  by 
each  person,  that  you  may  present  the  complaint  intelli- 
gently In  court. 

When  pickpockets  are  found  in  a  conveyance  or  in  a 
crowd  in  the  street,  shoving,  jostling  or  annoying  persons, 
they  should  be  arrested  and  charged  with  disorderly  con- 
duct. At  the  time  the  arrest  is  made,  persons  in  the  con- 
veyance or  crowd  should  be  requested  to  examine  their 
clothing  to  see  if  anything  has  been  stolen  from  them.  In 
this  way  you  may  get  a  complainant  to  charge  them  with 
larceny. 


HOMICIDE   AND   SUICIDE. 

"Homicide  is  the  killing  of  one  human  being  by  the 
act,  procurement  or  omission  of  another." 

To  kill  **by  the  «c^"  means  to  assault — to  shoot  or  to 
stab. 

To  kill  *'  by  procurement^^  means  to  cause  one  person 
to  kill  another. 

To  kill  *'  by  omission  ^^  means  to  fail  to  provide  ordin- 
ary measures  for  the  safety  of  others,  e.  g.  when  a  con- 
tractor (fails  to  provide  planking  on  each  floor  of  a  build- 
ing in  course  of  construction,  and  as  a  result,  a  workman 
falls  between  the  beams  and  is  killed. 


124  POLICE      PRACTICE 


Homicide  is  divided  into  four  classes:  Murder,  man- 
slaughter, justifiable  homicide,  and  excusable  homicide. 
Each  class  is  a  felony ;  that  is  sufficient  for  all  police  pur- 
poses— do  not  attempt  to  determine  the  class  or  degree 
of  a  homicide;  that  is  the  function  of  the  judiciary. 

Make  summary  arrest  in  all  homicide  cases  except  when 
the  victim  is  killed  by  a  railroad  engine,  car,  truck,  or 
the  like,  and  you  find,  on  investigation,  that  death  was 
caused  purely  through  accident.  If  in  doubt,  present  the 
facts  to  a  magistrate  and  apply  for  a  warrant. 

In  homicide  cases  it  is  absolutely  essential  that  a  proper 
identification  of  the  body  be  made  to  the  Coroner's  Phy- 
sician before  the  autopsy  is  performed.  To  this  end,  the 
following  steps  must  be  taken  in  order  to  establish  the 
Corpus  Delicti. 

The  first  member  of  the  force  to  arrive  at  the  scene  of 
a  homicide  must  identify  the  body  of  the  deceased  to  the 
Coroner's  Physician  at  the  inquest  as  being  the  body  of 
the  person  he  found  at  the  scene  of  the  homicide. 

The  same  officer  must  •  procure  the  attendance  at  the 
inquest  of  one  or  more  persons,  relatives  of  the  deceased  if 
possible,  to  identify  the  body  in  the  presence  of  the  Coro- 
ner's Physician  as  the  body  of  the  person  whom  they 
knew  during  life.  The  officer  should  make  a  memorandum 
of  this  identification  for  future  use. 

In  a  homicide  case,  as  a  means  for  future  identification, 
attach  a  tag  bearing  the  date  and  the  names  of  the  de- 
ceased and  defendant,  to  each  article  of  clothing  worn  by 
the  deceased  at  the  time  of  the  attack,  and  mark  it  for 
identification  in  the  presence  of  witnesses.  The  clothes, 
if  powder  scorched,  may  prove  that  the  assailant  stood 
close  to  the  victim,  or  they  may  prove  that  the  bullet  came 
from  a  certain  direction.  The  clothing,  in  addition,  may 
enable  persons  who  had  not  seen  the  face  of  the  victim  in 
life,  but  who  had  noted  the  color  or  design  of  the  clothes, 
at  the  time  of  assault  or  immediately  after  to  identify 
him.     In  addition  any  weapon  that  may  be  found  and 


A  X  D     P  R  O  C  E  D  U  R  E  125 


every  object  that  may  be  used  later  in  connection  with  the 
case  should  be  similarly  marked.  Where  the  victim  of  an 
attack  is  dying  or  is  seriously  injured,  the  same  pre- 
cautions should  be  taken. 

When  a  pistol  which  has  been  used  in  the  commission 
of  a  crime  comes  into  your  possession,  unload  it,  carefully 
mark  the  v^eapon  and  the  loaded  and  discharged  car- 
tridges for  identification  with  a  scratch,  and  have  a  wit- 
ness to  such  marking.  Note  the  manufacturer's  name 
and  the  calibre  and  serial  number  of  the  pistol,  and  num- 
bers and  letters  on  cartridges. 

Keep  weapons  in  the  same  condition  as  they  are  found ; 
blood  should  not  be  removed  from  a  knife,  nor  rust  from 
a  revolver. 

Look  for  anything  that  may  be  considered  as  evi- 
dence, such  as  burns  on  the  hands,  powder  marks,  empty 
shells,  etc.  If  an  automatic  pistol  has  been  used,  the 
empty  shells  will  be  found  about  ten  or  fifteen  feet  to  the 
right  and  a  little  to  the  rear  of  the  place  from  which  the 
shot  was  fired,  for  the  reason  that  the  shells,  as  they  are 
automatically  ejected,  are  thrown  in  that  direction.  The 
smell  of  burned  powder  often  clings  to  a  person's  pistol 
hand  for  quite  some  time  after  a  shot  has  been  fired,  even 
though  the  pistol  was  thrown  away  immediately  after. 

Do  not  let  evidence  get  out  of  your  sight  or  control  until 
you  have  marked  it.  Deliver  the  evidence  in  person  to 
the  Property  Clerk. 

When  investigating  a  case  which  may  become  one  of 
homicide,  make  every  effort  to  obtain  from  the  injured  or 
dying  person  his  ante-mortem  statement.  Such  statements 
are  of  the  greatest  importance  to  the  public  prosecutor, 
and  without  them  convictions  could  not  have  been  obtained 
in  many  cases. 

The  principal  element  to  be  considered  in  taking  a 
dying  declaration  is  the  mental  attitude  of  the  person 
making  the  declaration.     In  order  that  his  statements  may 


120  POLICE      PRACTICE 


be  admissible  in  evidence,  he  must  have  no  hope  for  recov- 
ery at  the  time.  It  is  to  this  fact  that  special  attention  is 
called.  The  patient  should  be  fully  interrogated  on  that 
point  before  a  statement  is  taken.  Ask  the  attending  phy- 
sician the  condition  of  the  victim.  If  he  states  that  the 
injured  person  is  likely  to  die  as  a  result  of  the  injuries 
request  him  to  inform  the  patient  of  his  profession  and 
of  that  fact. 

In  all  cases  the  dying  person  should  be  questioned  as 
follows : 

Question:     What  is  your  name? 

Answer: 

Question:     Where  do  you  live? 

Answer: 

Question:  Do  you  believe  that  you  are  about  to  die 
from  the  effects  of  the  injury  you  have  re- 
ceived ? 

Answer: 

Question:  Are  you  willing  to  make  a  true  statement 
of  how  and  in  what  manner  you  received 
the  injury  from  which  you  are  now  suf- 
fering ? 

Answer: 

Statement: 

There  should  be  at  least  two  witnesses  to  a  dying  declara- 
tion, one  of  whom  should  be  the  attending  physician. 

If  possible,  reduce  the  questions  and  answers  and  the 
statement  to  writing  and  have  the  victim  sign  it  after  he 
has  heard  it  read.  Also  obtain  the  signatures  of  the  wit- 
nesses to  the  declaration. 

On  arriving  at  the  scene  of  a  homicide  or  an  attempted 
homicide,  summon  medical  aid  at  once.  If  you  are  within 
a  building,  this  can  be  done  without  leaving  the  room,  by 
blowing  your  whistle  or  calling  from  a  window  and  re- 
questing any  person  to  notify  police  headquarters  to  send 
an  ambulance  and  detectives  to  the  premises. 


AND     PROCEDURE  l^l 


If  the  ambulance  surgeon  pronounces  the  victim  dead, 
under  no  circumstances  permit  removal  of  the  body  with- 
out the  authorization  of  the  Coroner  or  the  commanding 
officer  of  the  precinct.  If  the  body  is  in  a  street  or  other 
public  place,  cover  it  with  a  sheet  or  something  similar, 
which  may  be  obtained  from  a  nearby  storekeeper  or  resi- 
dent. If  the  body  is  in  the  center  of  the  street  or  sidewalk 
and  interferes  with  traffic,  remove  it  to  the  curb  or  into 
the  house  line. 

In  cases  of  suicide  or  attempted  suicide,  secure  the 
weapon  or  poison  used.  Place  under  arrest  all  persons 
who  attempt  suicide  and  remain  with  them  until  you  are 
properly  relieved.  Do  not  be  too  quick  to  conclude  that 
the  case  is  one  of  suicide;  a  clever  murderer  may  have 
arranged  a  suicide  scene. 

Keep  cool.  Eemember  that  you  are  there  for  three 
specific  purposes :  First,  to  arrest  the  perpetrator ;  second, 
to  get  evidence;  third,  to  get  witnesses.  If  you  do  these 
three  things  as  well  as  you  can  the  case  will  usually  be 
cleared  up.  If  you  do  not,  it  will  be  incomplete  and  other 
members  of  the  Department  will  have  to  go  over  the 
ground  again. 

Policemen  are  often  justly  criticized  for  the  incomplete 
manner  in  which  they  present  homicide  cases  in  court. 
This  failure  is  due  mainly  to  their  having  been  excited 
at  the  scene  of  the  crime  and  having  failed  to  observe  con- 
ditions. Neither  the  court,  jury,  nor  district  attorney 
has  witnessed  the  scene,  but  you  have ;  and  it  is  reasonable 
for  them  to  expect  you  to  paint  a  verbal  picture  of  the 
surroundings  with  especial  regard  to  distance  and  relative 
position  of  nearby  things  to  the  body,  such  as  doors  and 
windows,  furniture,  the  curb,  doorways,  street-lamps,  letter- 
boxes, and  the  weapon,  so  that  from  your  testimony  they 
may  almost  imagine  that  they  are  viewing  the  situation 
as  you  found  it.  You  are  called  upon  to  use  your  power 
of  observation  in  a  homicide  case  more  than  when  investi- 
gating any  other  class  of  crime,  because  the  victim,  who 


128  POLICE      PRACTICE 


would  ordinarily  be  the  complaining  witness,  is  dead,  and 
unless  there  is  an  eye-witness  to  the  crime,  you  will  have 
to  infer  from  the  circumstances  what  actually  happened. 
Use  your  brain  and  imagination.  Ask  yourself:  ''How 
was  this  crime  committed?"  "Why  was  it  committed?" 
"What  was  the  motive,  revenge  or*  jealousy  ?"  "Was  it 
done  in  the  sudden  heat  of  passion?"  or  "Was  it  done 
with  intent  to  commit  some  other  crime  ?" 

If  the  homicide  has  been  committed  in  a  room,  permit 
no  unauthorized  person  to  leave  or  to  enter  until  the 
arrival  of  members  of  the  Detective  Bureau,  the  District 
Attorney's  Office,  or  the  Coroner.  Establish  the  identity 
of  each  person  before  he  is  permitted  to  leave,  and  make 
each  one  show  you  proof  that  he  is  the  person  he  claims 
to  be. 

Permit  no  one  to  touch  or  handle  any  weapon  or  furni- 
ture which  might  contain  finger  impressions  of  the  assail- 
ant. If  there  is  evidence  of  a  struggle,  such  as  furniture 
or  bedding  disturbed  or  blood-stained,  do  not  disturb  it. 

Do  not  talk  unnecessarily.  Pay  careful  attention  to 
what  persons  within  the  room  or  bystanders  have  to  say; 
in  this  way  you  may  get  some  important  witnesses.  If 
you  are  suspicious  of  any  person,  or  if  you  have  reason  to 
suspect  why  or  by  whom  the  crime  was  committed,  tell 
your  -suspicions  to  members  of  the  Detective  Bureau,  to 
the  District  Attorney,  and  to  the  Coroner.  Tell  nothing 
to  bystanders  or  to  your  friends. 

If  you  are  suspicious  of  any  person,  but  are  not  justi- 
fied in  making  an  arrest,  do  not  let  that  person  know  of 
your  suspicions  by  your  actions.  If  you/  make  an  arrest, 
do  not  let  your  prisoner  or  his  friends  know  what  you 
know  about  the  case.  Try  to  find  out  what  they  know. 
Question  your  prisoner  immediately  after  placing  him 
under  arrest  and  note  the  questions  and  answers  in  your 
memorandum  book.  A  statement  made  by  a  prisoner  im- 
mediately after  his  arrest  is  admissible  in  court. 


AND     PROCEDURE  129 


Assist  the  members  of  the  Detective  Bureau,  the  Dis- 
trict Attorney,  and  the  Coroner  in  every  way.  Answer 
their  questions  and  volunteer  all  the  information  you  may 
have  about  the  case. 

If  you  are  assigned  to  work  on  a  homicide  case,  do 
not  get  disheartened  if  you  follow  a  clue  and  it  does  not 
prove  right.  Take  up  another,  and  keep  at  it.  Remember 
that  there  is  a  right  clue  to  every  homicide,  and  that  if  you 
find  and  follow  the  right  one  it  will  lead  to  successful 
results.  Every  unsolved  murder  has  remained  so  because 
the  members  of  the  Department  failed  to  find  the  right 
clue. 


INTOXICATION   IN   A    PUBLIC    PLACE. 

Public  intoxication  is  a  misdemeanor. 

In  order  to  justify  arrest,  however,  the  person  must  be 
helpless  or  without  the  use  of  his  faculties  in  a  public  place, 
and  a  menace  to  himself  or  offensive  to  public  decency. 

If  a  person  is  partly  intoxicated  but  is  able  to  walk 
without  annoying  or  interfering  with  others  in  their  right 
to  the  use  of  the  street,  there  is  no  violation;  but  if,  as 
a  result  of  his  being  partly  intoxicated,  he  jostles  or  inter- 
feres with  others,  arrest  him  on  a  charge  of  intoxication. 

You  may  not  arrest  a  man  for  intoxication  in  his  resi- 
dence: it  is  not  a  public  place. 

Persons  partly  intoxicated,  singing  or  shouting  as  they 
pass  through  a  residential  section  at  night  and  interfering 
with  the  repose  of  the  neighborhood,  should  be  promptly 
warned  to  stop  it.  If  they  persist  they  should  be  arrested 
and  charged  with  disorderly  conduct. 

MALICIOUS   MISCHIEF. 

A  person  who  unlawfully  and  wilfully  injures  any  real 
or  personal  property  of  another  without  his  consent  is 
guilty  of  malicious  mischief  and  is  punishable  according 


130  POLICE      PRACTICE 


to  the  value  of  the  property  destroyed.  If  the  value  of 
the  property  destroyed  or  the  dimunition  in  the  value  of 
the  property  caused  by  the  injury  is  less  than  $50,  it  is  a 
misdemeanor;  if  over  $50,  it  is  a  felony.  It  is  a  felony  to 
interfere  with  the  operation  of  a  railroad  train  by  placing 
any  obstruction  on  the  track  or  by  tampering  with  any 
signal,  brake  or  coupling.  It  is  also  a  felony  to  unlaw- 
fully break  or  deface  any  part  of  a  house  of  worship  or  any 
of  the  property  therein. 

The  principal  crimes  under  malicious  mischief  with 
which  the  police  have  to  do  are  the  breaking  of  windows, 
the  defacing  of  fences,  trees  and  shrubbery,  and  the  send- 
ing of  false  alarms  of  fire. 

When  making  arrests  for  malicious  mischief,  have  the 
complainant  appear  in  court  to  prove  that  the  property 
was  destroyed  without  his  consent. 


LARCENY. 

Any  person  who,  with  intent  to  deprive  or  defraud  the 
true  owner  of  his  property  or  the  use  and  benefit  thereof, 
steals  such  property  or  appropriates  the  same  for  his  own 
use  or  that  of  any  other  person,  by  fraud,  cheat,  misrep- 
resentation, trick  or  device,  is  guilty  of  larceny. 

Larceny  is  divided  into  two  classes,  grand  and  petit. 
Briefly  defined,,  grand  larceny  is  a  felony  and  is  the  theft 
of  any  property  from  the  person,  or  of  property  exceeding 
Fifty  Dollars  in  value;  petit  larceny  is  a  misdemeanor 
and  is  the  theft  of  property  not  exceeding  Fifty  Dollars 
in  value  and  not  from  the  person. 

A  person  who  takes  or  uses  an  automobile  or  motor- 
vehicle  without  the  consent  of  the  owner  is  guilty  of  grand 
larceny. 

One  who  finds  lost  property  under  circumstances  which 
give  him  knowledge  or  means  of  inquiry  as  to  who  is  law- 
fully entitled  to  it  and  who  fails  to  make  every  reasonable 
effort  to  find  the  owner  and  restore  the  property  to  him, 
is  guilty  of  larceny. 


A  N  D     P  R  O  C  E  D  U  R  E  131 


Any  person  who  brings  into  this  state  any  stolen  prop- 
erty is  guilty  of  larceny. 


BURGLARY. 

Burglary  is  the  unlawful  entry  of  a  building  with  intent 
to  commit  a  crime;  by  breaking  into  it,  through  collu- 
sion with  some  person  already  in,  or  by  deceiving  an  oc- 
cupant or  other  person  as  to  the  motive  for  entering. 

To  convict  in  a  case  of  burglary  it  is  necessary  to  prove 
three  elements: 

First:  Intent  to  commit  a  crime.    This  is  usually  infer-" 
red  from  whatever  the  prisoner  has  done  in  the  building; 
or,  if  he  has  not  succeeded  in  stealing  anything,  from  the 
suspicious  circumstances  of  his  being  in  or  about  that  par- 
ticular place  without  a  legitimate  reason. 

Second :  Entry.  This  means  the  entry  of  any  part  of 
the  burglar's  body  into  a  building,  or  of  any  tool,  weapon 
or  instrument  in  his  hand.  If  he  puts  his  finger  tips  or 
his  head  into  a  building,  the  entry  is  just  as  complete  as 
though  he  went  inside  and  remained  there  for  hours. 

Third :  Manner  of  entry:  by  hreahing  in,  through  col-  ■ 
lusio7i  with  someone  within,  or  by  means  of  subterfuge. 
To  hreah  in  means  to  force  open  any  aperture,  such  as  a 
door  or  window.  If  a  door  is  unlocked  or  partly  open  and 
it  is  necessary  for  a  person  to  force  it  in  order  to  permit 
his  body  to  enter,  the  break  is  just  as  complete  as  though 
he  used  a  crowbar  and  tore  out  the  side  of  the  building. 
Through  collusion  means,  for  instance,  the  admission  of 
a  thief  by  a  servant  or  other  employee  who  is  aware  of  his 
intention  to  burglarize  the  house.  The  person  so  aiding 
is  a  principal  and  is  also  guilty  of  burglary.  By  subter- 
fuge means  entry  gained  under  some  pretext,  such  as  a 
thief  representing  himself  to  a  servant  as  a  gas  inspector 
or  mechanic. 


132 


POLICE      PRACTICE 


Note  the  Diffeken-ce  a 


AND     PROCEDURE 


13.-] 


Chaxge  of  Clothes  Will  Make. 


134  POLICE      PRACTICE 


The  term  ^njullding/'  used  in  this  sense,  means  any 
store,  house,  boat,  railway  car,  shanty — in  fact,  anything 
with  a  roof  and  four  sides. 

Assuming  that  a  man  breaks  and  enters  a  building  with 
intent  to  commit  a  crime,  the  moment  he  enters  he  has 
committed  burglary.  He  is  punishable  separately  for 
each  crime  he  commits  in  the  premises ;  for  instance,  if  he 
steals  an  article  of  value  he  may  be  charged  with  larceny, 
if  he  strikes  a  person  he  may  be  charged  with  assault,  or 
if  he  destroys  property  he  may  be  charged  with  malicious 
mischief. 

Practically  every  burglary  is  prearranged  and  the  details 
planned.  Burglars  naturally  guard  against  the  ordinary 
precautions  which  they  think  a  live  policeman  will  take  to 
prevent  the  crime  or  to  capture  them,  so  in  order  to  be 
successful  in  preventing  burglaries  on  your  post,  you  will 
have  to  put  more  than  ordinary  effort  into  your  work.  Do 
not  imagine  that  every  burglar  or  thief  wears  a  peak  cap, 
box  coat,  sweater,  striped  pants  or  bull-nosed  shoes,  so 
typical  of  stage  burglars.  They  realize  that  to  dress  in 
such  a  manner  would  arouse  immediate  suspicion  and,  ac- 
cordingly, dress  and  carry  themselves  in  a  manner  least 
likely  to  attract  attention.  They  do  not,  as  most  persons 
believe,  carry  burglars'  tools  on  their  person  at  all  times. 
They  know  that  it  is  not  only  a  violation  of  the  law  but 
that  it  is  circumstantial  evidence  as  well,  and  consequently 
carry  tools  no  longer  than  is  absolutely  necessary.  Some- 
times, they  hide  the  tools  near  the  scene  of  the  intended 
burglary.  If  they  have  tools  in  their  possession  and  think 
they  are  going  to  be  searched,  they  will  try  to  hide  them 
or  throw  them  away.  Tools  are  carried  frequently  in 
musical  instrument  cases.  (See  illustrations  on  pages 
132  and  133.) 

In  making  arrests  in  connection  with  burglary  be  careful 
to  observe  and  note  all  the  conditions  under  which  the  crime 
was  committed,  such  as  the  manner  of  entry,  the  particular 
part  of  the  building  forced,  whether  in  the  day  or  night 
time,  whether  or  not  the  premises  were  inhabited,  whether 


AND     PROCEDURE  135 


any  person  was  assaulted,  and  whether  or  not  confederates 
assisted.  It  is  necessary  for  the  District  Attorney  to  know 
each  element  so  that  he  may  intelligently  present  the  case 
to  the  Grand  Jury,  and  that  they  may  know  the  particular 
degree  of  crime  that  has  been  committed. 

When  you  have  anything  to  do  with  burglars,  take  no 
chances  with  them.  Remember  that  some  of  them  would 
kill  you  if,  by  so  doing,  they  thought  they  could  escape. 


Dutch  House  Men^. 

There  are  many  different  types  of  burglars,  who  resort  "^ 
to  various  means  in  plying  their  calling.  The  burglars 
most  dangerous  to  society  are  those  known  as  "Dutch 
housemen.^'  They  are  the  most  desperate.  They  always 
work  heavily  armed  and  to  accomplish  their  purpose  or  to 
avoid  capture  will  take  life  under  the  slightest  provoca- 
tion. They  usually  operate  in  an  inhabited  dwelling,  and 
to  gain  entrance,  secrete  themselves  in  some  part  of  the 
building  or  grounds  until  they  think  the  occupants  have 
retired;  then,  if  necessary,  they  make  their  way  to  a  roof, 
fire-escape  or  porch,  and  get  in  by  prying  open  a  skylight 
or  jimmying  a  window  sash. 

As  a  rule,  householders  fasten  windows  leading  to  fire- 
escapes  or  porches  but  are  careless  about  the  other  win- 
dows. "Dutch  house  men'^  know  this  failing  and  often  take 
advantage  of  it.  They  fasten  one  end  of  a  rope  (which 
one  of  them  may  have  carried  wound  around  his  body) 
to  a  chimney  on  the  roof  and  drop  the  other  end  over  the 
ledge.  One  of  them  will  lower  himself  to  the  desired  win- 
dow, open  it  and  enter.  They  generally  seek  the  place 
where  it  is  most  likely  that  valuables  have  been  left  before 
the  owner  retired,  such  as  the  tops  of  dressers  or  the  pockets  , 
of  clothing.  In  going  from  room  to  room,  they  usually 
place  some  obstruction,  a  table  or  a  chair,  in  such  a  posi- 
tion that  if  the  occupant  should  awaken  and  attempt  to 
leave  the  room  he  would  trip  over  the  object  and  make 


136 


POLICE      PRACTICE 


9Hk 

\                      ' 

^  '^  -'>■-.- -.      <  i 

Burglar  Workikg  with  Kope. 


AND     PROCEDURE  137 


enough  noise  to  warn  the  burglar  that  his  presence  had 
become  known.  Unless  they  are  sure  that  no  alarm  has 
been  given,  they  will  seldom  leave  by  way  of  the  street; 
usually  they  secrete  themselves  on  the  roof  or  in  the  back 
yard  and  remain  until  there*  is  an  opportunity  to  escape. 
(See  illustration  on  page  136.) 

When  your  attention  is  called  to  burglars  of  this  kind, 
try  to  get  assistance.  It  is  not  well  to  rap  your  baton  or 
to  make  a  noise  in  getting  assistance  in  these  cases;  try 
to  send  a  messenger.  If  there  is  a  burglar  in  the  premises 
in  question,  being  of  a  cautious  nature,  he  will  be  listening 
for  any  sound  and  can  judge  from  any  noise  you  make 
your  exact  location,  whereas  you  do  not  know  where  he  is. 
Have  your  pistol  drawn,  ready  for  instant  use.  Surround 
the  building,  if  possible,  before  entering  and  guard  the 
room.  When  the  place  is  securely  guarded  make  a  sys- 
tematic search  of  every  part  of  the  building  and  the  sur- 
rounding grounds;  examine  chimney  flues,  dumbwaiters, 
shafts,  barrels,  areaways,  and  the  inside  and  top  of  water 
tanks  on  the  roof.  Burglars  have  been  known  to  hide  in 
these  places  until  the  police  have  given  up  the  search,  and 
then  escape. 


Flat  Thieves. 

Flat  thieves  are  not  as  desperate,  but  manage  to  steal 
considerable  property.  As  a  rule,  they  will  not  enter  an 
apartment  while  anyone  is  at  home.  They  profit  by  the 
knowledge  that  housekeepers  generally  hide  their  money 
and  valuables  in  a  nook  where  they  think  a  thief  will  be 
least  likely  to  look,  under  rugs,  legs  of  tables,  between 
mattresses  and  beds,  in  sewing-machine  drawers,  etc. 

A  fiat  thief  requires  only  about  five  minutes  in  an  ordi- 
nary flat,  and  when  he  is  through  it  looks  as  though  an 
earthquake  had  shaken  the  building.  He  starts  by  push- 
ing the  furniture  to  one  end  of  the  room;  he  turns  the 
rugs  over,  empties  the  contents  of  bureau  drawers  into  the 
middle  of  the  floor,  where  thev  are  examined,  throws  mat- 


138  POLICE      PRACTICE 


tresses  to  the  floor,  cuts  them  open  if  he  has  not  already 
discovered  the  hiding  place,  turns  vases  and  bric-a-brac  up- 
side down,  and,  in  this  way,  has  every  part  of  the  flat 
searched  in  a  very  short  time. 

Flat  thieves  are  usually  young  men  between  the  ages  of 
sixteen  and  thirty  years.  They  gain  entrance  by  ringing 
the  vestibule  bells  and,  if  no  response  is  made,  they  as- 
sume that  no  one  is  at  home,  and  enter  the  hallway  and 
proceed  to  the  apartment  selected.  If  the  door  is  locked, 
they  either  use  a  false  key  or  jimmy  it  open.  Or,  they 
may  watch  persons  leaving  their  apartment,  and  enter  dur- 
ing their  short  absence.  If  questioned,  they  try  to  repre- 
sent themselves  as  peddlers,  agents,  inspectors  of  telephone, 
gas,  water  or  electricity,  or  mechanics.  They  usually  bun- 
dle together  the  proceeds  of  a  theft  and  carry  it  to  the 
street,  passing  through  the  halls  with  an  air  of  bravado,  so 
as  not  to  excite  suspicion.  They  generally  work  in  pairs ; 
one  standing  in  the  hallway  to  warn  his  partner  of  the 
return  of  the  tenant,  and,  in  case  the  thief  is  pursued,  to 
trip  the  person  In  pursuit  or  to  divert  him  in  some  other 
way.  They  seldom  leave  a  house  together,  but  usually 
meet  at  a  distance  from  the  scene  to  dispose  of  the  prop- 
erty and  divide  the  proceeds. 

Patrolmen  should  particularly  observe  men  coming  from 
flat-houses  or  private  residences  in  the  afternoon  as  well 
as  at  night,  with  bundles,  or  men  who  look  suspicious.  If 
you  notice  someone  with  a  bundle  and  are  suspicious,  stand 
in  a  position  as  though  you  were  about  to  stop  him.  A 
thief  will  usually  become  scared  and  show  evidence  of  fear. 
If  he  does,  grab  him.  Have  him  explain  his  movements 
and  expose  the  contents  of  the  bundle.  Look  for  some  dis- 
tinctive mark,  such  as  the  monogram  or  maker's  name  on 
jewelry,  or  the  tailor's  name  or  color  of  lining  in  clothing, 
and  question  him  along  that  line.  If  he  has  stolen  the 
stuff,  he  will  probably  not  be  able  to  answer  you  correctly ; 
this  class  of  thieves  must  work  so  quickly  that  they  have 
not  the  opportunity  to  familiarize  themselves  with  such 
data. 


AND     PROCEDURE  139 


When  you  question  suspects  concerning  their  occupation, 
check  up  their  answers  by  their  physical  appearance  or 
manner  of  dress.  If  a  man  is  engaged  at  some  laborious  vo- 
cation his  hands  or  clothing  will  show  evidence  of  it;  if 
he  is  engaged  in  a  clerical  capacity  you  should  see  proof 
of  it.  Smart  thieves  anticipate  being  asked  such  questions 
if  they  are  stopped  and  dress  so  as  to  conform  to  the  ap- 
pearance of  persons  following  the  vocation  they  intend 
to  name. 

Many  flat  thieves  work  by  hiring  a  room  or  flat  in  a 
residential  section  of  the  city  and  as  near  the  roof  as 
possible,  particularly  where  the  roofs  in  the  vicinity  are 
of  about  the  same  height.  They  use  scuttles  and  fire 
escapes  as  a  means  of  getting  into  buildings,  and  convey 
their  plunder  over  the  roofs  to  their  rooms.  In  this  way 
they  avoid  the  danger  of  being  detected  on  the  street. 

To  get  their  plunder  to  a  receiver,  however,  they  must 
take  it  to  the  street.  Be  suspicious  of  persons  whom  you 
see  frequently  taking  a  bundle  or  suit-case  to  or  from  a 
residence.  Even  though  you  find  they  reside  there,  make 
discreet  inquiry  as  to  their  employment. 


Loft  Burglars. 

Loft  burglars  are  the  most  feared  by  merchants,  for 
when  they  make  a  haul,  it  is  usually  a  big  one,  amounting 
to  thousands  of  dollars.  They  are  necessarily  the  brain- 
iest of  burglars  for  the  reason  that  their  work  requires 
more  and  better  planning.  Usually,  they  travel  in  gangs 
of  from  three  to  six,  and  always  go  prepared  with  tools  to 
chop  through  any  part  of  a  building.  Plans  are  often  made^ 
weeks  in  advance.  A  loft  is  selected  after  a  study  of  its 
location  and  the*  quantity  and  quality  of  the  stock  carried 
in  it.  Weeks  are  then  spent  in  becoming  familiar  with  the 
habits  of  persons  who  might  be  in  a  position  to  thwart  or 
discover  them,  particularly  the  watchmen  and  patrolmen 
on  post,  and  the  customary  time  of  opening  and  closing 


/\ 


140  POLICE      PRACTICE 


the  building,  noting  the  person  to  whom  this  duty  is  en- 
trusted. 

A  Saturday  afternoon  or  night  is  generally  selected  for 
the  entry.  Sometimes  it  is  necessary  to  gain  entrance 
through  a  building  three  or  four  doors  away  and  clamber 
back  over  the  roofs.  When  the  loft  selected  is  reached  they 
do  not  hesitate  to  cut  through  a  wall  to  get  one  of  their 
number  into  it;  if  necessary,  they  will  drill  through  the 
floor  from  the  loft  below  or  through  the  ceiling  from  the 
one  above,  lowering  the  first  man  down  with  a  rope.  The 
door  of  the  loft  is  then  opened  from  the  inside  if  the  cir- 
cumstances warrant  it. 

The  loot  is  carefully  selected  from  the .  most  valuable 
stock.  Packing  cases  are  constructed  from  material  lying 
about,   filled,   and   nailed   shut. 

They  are  now  confronted  with  the  most  difficult  task, 
that  of  getting  the  packing  cases  from  the  building.  The 
property  is  seldom  moved  at  night.  They  fear  that^  the 
appearance  of  a  vehicle  at  an  unusual  hour  in  a  section  of 
the  city  where  lofts  are  located  would  arouse  suspicion. 
Instead,  if,  as  a  result  of  their  previous  study,  they  know 
that  the  loft  will  be  opened  at  7:30  a.  m.,  a  vehicle  will  be 
brought  to  the  front  of  the  building  at  about  7 :20  a.  m., 
the  door  opened  from  the  inside  by  one  of  the  gang  dressed 
as  a  porter,  and  in  the  most  bold  and  daring  manner  the 
cases  will  be  loaded  on  the  wagon.  One  of  the  gang  may 
even  engage  the  patrolman  on  post  in  conversation,  pos- 
sibly within  sight  of  their  activities.  The  bogus  porters,  if 
the  circumstances  necessitate  it,  will  go  back  into  the  build- 
ing and  escape  by  way  of  the  roof  or  through  an  adjoining 
building. 

The  man  on  post  can  reduce  such  thefts  to  a  minimum 
by  exercising  ordinary  precaution.  Loft  burglars  must 
usually  do  considerable  wrecking  in  *  order  to  gain 
entrance  and  must  necessarily  make  some  noise,  and  as 
they  work  while  other  business  activities  are  at  a  stand- 
still, the  noise  they  make  may  be  heard.  A  sound  coming 
from  the  interior  of  a  building  while  the  rest  of  the  lofts 


AND     PROCEDURE  141 


are  quiet  should  be  promptly  investigated.  It  should  not 
be  taken  for  granted  that  the  stock  is  shifting  or  that  a 
cat  has  toppled  something  over. 

A  trick  often  used  by  loft  burglars  to  gain  entrance  to 
a  building,  is  to  cut  the  padlock  away  with  heavy  clippers, 
substitute  a  lock  of  the  same  style  as  the  old  one  but  to 
which  they  have  the  keys,  and  boldly  enter  at  their  leisure. 
Try  to  familiarize  yourself  with  the  patterns  of  the  locks 
used,  as  far  as  possible,  and  turn  them  when  you  first  try 
them  in  such  a  way  that  you  will  be  able  to  tell  on  your 
succeeding  rounds  if  they  have  been  tampered  with  during 
your  absence. 

Be  suspicious  of  persons  engaging  you  in  conversation 
and  of  men  removing  merchandise  from  a  building  during 
hours  when  business  houses  are  generally  closed  or  imme- 
diately upon  opening  up  in  the  morning. 

Safe  Burglars. 

Safe  burglars,  as  a  rule,  know  the  particular  make  of 
each  safe  on  which  they  intend  to  operate.  Like  loft  bur- 
glars, they  plan  far  in  advance  and  come  prepared  to  break 
through  any  part  of  a  building  in  order  to  get  to  the  s^jjj 

They  have  been  known,  when  working  in  an  %t  side- 
position,  to  make  a  pasteboard  safe,  paint  it  to  ir  stoop  or 
original,  shove  the  genuine  safe  into  an  inAfsound.  Or, 
leave  the  substitute  in  its  place.  Others  d^section  of  the 
this  subterfuge  but  simply  .bodily  shoveart  into  a  nearby 
position  where  they  cannot  be  observed  fjf  the  glass  has  at- 
begin  operations.  They  try  not  to  u  not,  operations  are 
easiest  way,  the  combination,  is  tried  window  extracted  by 
the  weakest  part,  the  bottom  or  ^h.  has  been  bent  into 
ordinary  safe  is  turned  upside  down  ? 
is  cut  out  with  a  tool  they  call  a       -,  ,      , ,  i      * 

bottom  or  back  resists,  they  drill^«'"«d  by  the  crooks  for 
bination  and  try  to  disturb  the  tj'"^  P^«""«*  \  P°^t; 
the  lock.  As  a  last  resort,  a  hole^^'^"°«  f  passers-by  and 
with  explosive.    To  deaden  the  rep?''  ^"rf^'^e  <=ar  or  some 


t^ 


142  POLICE      PRACTICE 


with  material  found  on  the  premises  or  blankets  which 
they  have  brought  with  them.  Like  burglars  who 
break  windows  or  side  lights,  they  wait  until  the  rumble 
of  a  passing  car  or  vehicle  will  drown  the  sound  of  the 
explosion. 

A  look-out  is  generally  stationed  on  the  outside  to  signal 
a  warning,  if  there  is  any  danger  of  being  detected.  The 
burglars  are  usually  sharp  enough  to  plan  a  means  of  es- 
cape or  "get-away"  other  than  the  point  at  which  they 
entered,  and  are  prepared  for  an  attack  from  any  direction. 

As  in  the  case  of  house  burglars,  if  you  find  safe  bur- 
glars at  work,  try  to  have  the  building  surrounded  in  order 
to  cut  off  their  escape,  for,  if  you  run  in  through  the  front 
door,  they  will  escape  through  the  rear,  or  vice-versa. 
When  a  building  is  surrounded  in  a  case  of  this  kind,  stop 
any  person  who  attempts  to  leave  an  adjoining  building; 
he  may  be  one  of  the  men  you  are  after. 

In  examining  a  safe  which  has  been  handled  by  thieves, 
do  not  destroy  possible  finger  prints  or  impressions  that 
may  be  on  it. 

Store  Burglars. 

burglars  generally  gain  entrance  thi'ough  a  rear  or 
oxvLv.  ,.„— .^w,  hall  door,  or  trap  door  from  the  cellar.  They 
travel  in  ga^ngs  of  two  or  three,  one  always  on  guard,  and, 
steal  from  thex  ^^jn,  cash  register  or  small  safes.  They,  too, 
have  their  work  ,  ^i^nned  in  advance,  and  know  just  what 
to  do  when  they  e\  ^ter. 

The  loot  is  seldo.  ,^  removed  through  the  front  of  the 
building;  it  is  carrle^  ^  ^^rough  the  rear  yards  or  over  the 
roofs  to  an  adjoining  .  ^^-^^^^^  ^^^  ^^^^^^  ^^  ^^^  ^^^^^^^ 
If  the  booty  is  too  b.  .^^^^  ^^  transport  on  their  persons,  a 
push  cart  is  hired  or  si  ^^^^  ^^^  ^^^  purpose,  or  a  milk  or 
bakers'  wagon  is  pressea  .^^^  ^^^^.^^^  sometimes  with  the 
consent  of  the  ™^e^'  ^J  d  the  goods  moved  early  in  the 
morning,  during  tnenou  ^.^  ^^^^  milkmen  and  bakers  are 
making  their  deliveries,  ^^  ^^  ^^^  ^^  ^^^.^^  suspicion. 


AND     PROCEDURE  143 


Keep  a  close  watch  on  stores  at  night,  as  well  as  the 
hallways  of  buildings  adjoining  and  in  the  rear.  It  is  a 
simple  matter,  for  instance,  for  a  thief  to  enter  a  hallway 
of  a  tenement  on  First  Street,  scale  the  rear  fence  into  the 
yard  of  a  store  facing  on  Second  Street  and  after  prying 
open  a  rear  door  or  window  return  with  his  haul  the  way 
he  came,  without  appearing  on  the  street  in  front  of  the 
store. 

Try  to  know  by  sight  the  drivers  of  vehicles  making 
early  morning  deliveries,  and,  if  you  see  a  strange  or  sus- 
picious wagon  passing  over  your  post,  make  immediate 
investigation. 


Store  Wii^dow  Burglars. 

Burglars  who  break  store  windows  and  side  lights  work 
in  pairs  and  are  very  tricky.  Their  outfit  in  most  instances 
consists  of  a  long  piece  of  heavy  wire  and  a  heavy  piece  of 
cloth,  such  as  part  of  a  bed  comforter,  which  they  carry 
wrapped  about  their  bodies. 

A  store  is  selected  which  displays  articles  of  some  value 
in  its  windows.  The  habits  of  the  man  on  post  are  learned, 
and  at  an  opportune  moment  during  his  absence  they  will 
throw  a  padded  brick  or  iron  through  the  window  or  side- 
light, having  first  placed  the  comforter  on  the  stoop  or 
walk  to  catch  the  broken  glass  and  deaden  the  sound.  Or, 
they  may  use  a  glass  cutter  to  remove  a  section  of  the 
window.  This  step  accomplished,  they  dart  into  a  nearby 
hallway  and  wait  to  see  if  the  breaking  of  the  glass  has  at- 
tracted attention.  If  they  find  it  has  not,  operations  are 
resumed  and  the  contents  of  the  show  window  extracted  by 
means  of  a  stiff  wire,  the  tip  of  which  has  been  bent  into 
a  hook. 

The  store  selected  is  often  covered  by  the  crooks  for 
hours,  sometimes  from  an  adjoining  precinct  or  post, 
awaiting  a  suitable  opportunity,  absence  of  passers-by  and 
the  passing  of  an  elevated  train  or  surface  car  or  some 


/ 


144  POLICE      PRACTICE 


heavy  vehicle  which  will  make  enough  noise  to  deaden  the 
crash. 

Burglars  of  this  class  usually  loiter  near  the  store  they 
have  chosen,  which  is,  of  course,  one  displaying  stock  in 
its  windows.  If  you  observe  someone  on  your  post  or  on 
the  adjoining  post  or  precinct  whose  actions  appear  sus- 
picious, notify  the  station-house  so  that  a  detective  may 
be  assigned  or  the  men  on  post  in  the  vicinity  notified. 
If  possible,  look  the  suspect  over;  you  may  finjd  burglars' 
tools  in  his  possession. 

If  you  hear  the  crash  of  glass  on  your  post  or  discover 
a  broken  window,  make  an  immediate  search  of  the  hall- 
ways in  the  vicinity. 

Vacant  House  Burglars. 

Such  thieves  use  the  most  convenient  means  of  gaining 
entry;  through  the  cellar,  through  the  roof  scuttle,  or  by 
mounting  the  fire-escape  until  an  unfastened  window  is 
reached.  Their  main  object  is  to  steal  the  plumbing  fix- 
tures and  lead  pipe,  although  they  will  take  anything 
readily  portable  and  easily  disposed  of  to  second-hand 
or  junk  dealers.  They  may  hide  the  loot  near  the 
building,  in  the  yard  or  on  the  roof,  and  remove  it  at 
night;  or  if  they  take  it  away  during  the  day  time  may 
carry  it  in  a  bag  or  openly  under  pretense  of  being  me- 
chanics. 

If  you  discover  property  being  removed  under  these  cir- 
cumstances, and  can  safely  do  so,  see  what  disposition  is 
made  of  the  goods,  and  in  this  way  get  evidence  against 
the  receiver. 

*'  Wood  Merchants." 

'  Many  of  the  unemployed  gather  empty  barrels  and  boxes 
from  the  business  sections  of  the  city,  which  they  break  up 
and  peddle  in  the  tenements  as  kindling.  With  the  big 
bundle  of  wood  on  their  shoulders  and  their  shabby  cloth- 


AND     PROCEDURE  145 


ing,  they  excite  sympathy  rather  than  suspicion.  They 
will  bear  watching,  however,  for  the  majority  of  them  are 
petty  thieves  and  steal  when  the  opportunity  presents  it- 
self, both  in  the  tenements  and  in  the  business  houses. 


*'  Line-up"  Men. 

Many  of  the  '^line-up"  men,  who  go  from  yard  to  yard 
in  the  tenement  districts,  soliciting  orders  for  putting  up 
clothes  lines  on  poles,  are  thieves,  and  will  steal  anything 
of  value  within  reach.  In  this  guise,  they  climb  the  fire- 
escapes,  soliciting  orders  on  each  floor  and  knocking  at  the 
windows  to  attract  the  attention  of  those  within.  If  they  are 
offered  an  order,  they  make  their  price  so  high  that  their 
bid  is  refused,  and  continue  up  or  down  the  fire-escape 
until  they  reach  a  window  where  no  response  is  made  to 
their  knocking.  Assuming  that  no  one  is  at  home,  they 
enter,  and  work  in  a  manner  similar  to  that  of  the  regular 
flat  thief. 

If  your  attention  is  called  to  one  of  these  men,  watch 
his  actions,  investigate  and  look  him  over  carefully  for  the 
proceeds  of  a  possible  larceny. 

Use  of  Street  Oars  as  an  Aid. 

The  sharpest  and  most  successful  burglars  of  late  have 
been  foreigners,  some  of  whom  cannot  speak  English. 
Their  favorite  method  is  to  select  a  residence  along  some 
street  car  route,  enter  it  during  the  daytime,  if  possible, 
and  remain  secreted  in  areaways,  back  yards  or  on  roofs 
until  night,  then  force  an  entrance  through  a  window,  door 
or  roof  scuttle  when  the  occupants  have  retired.  After 
securing  the  plunder  they  open  the  front  door  and  wait 
inside  until  a  street  car  passes,  then  they  run  out  and  board 
the  moving  car,  watching,  meanwhile,  to  see  if  they  are 
being  pursued.  Sometimes  they  ride  almost  to  the  city  line 
before  getting  off  the  car.  They  are  afraid  that  if  they 
pass  a  brightly  lighted  street  corner  they  will  be  observed 


146  POLICE      PRACTICE 


by  the  patrolman  on  patrol  or  on  fixed  post,  and  for  this 
reason  use  the  street  cars.  Once  on  the  car,  they  feel  they 
are  safe  unless  an  observant  policeman  is  aboard. 

If  you  observe  someone  hurriedly  board  a  street  car  at 
night  under  these  suspicious  circumstances,  make  a  Drompt 
investigation. 

BuEGLARs'  Tools. 

A  person  who  makes  or  mends,  or  causes  to  be  made  or 
mended,  or  has  in  his  possession  in  the  day  or  night-time, 
any  engine,  machine,  tool,  false  key,  picklock,  bit,  nippers, 
or  implements  adapted,  designed  or  commonly  used  for 
the  commission  of  burglary,  larceny  or  other  crime, 
under  circumstances  evincing  an  intent  to  use  or  employ, 
or  allow  the  same  to  be  used  or  employed  in  the  commis- 
sion of  a  crime,  or  knowing  that  the  same  are  intended  to 
be  so  used,  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  and,  if  he  has  been 
previously  convicted  of  any  crime,  he  is  guilty  of  a  felony. 

In  making  arrests  for  this  offense  bear  in  mind  that  the 
carrying  of  tools,  in  order  to  constitute  a  crime,  must 
be  under  circumstances  evincing  an  intent  to  commit  a 
crime.  For  instance,  if  a  stone  mason,  carpenter,  electrician 
or  other  person  is  found  with  tools  of  his  trade  in  his  pos- 
session, it  would  be  difficult  to  prove  that  he  intended  to 
commit  a  crime  with  them ;  but  if  a  barber,  clerk,  or  other 
like  person,  or  someone  previously  convicted  of  a  crime, 
were  found  in  a  section  of  the  city  in  which  he  did  not 
reside  and  apparently  had  no  legitimate  business  with 
a  brace  and  bit,  jimmy,  false  key  or  picklock,  in  his 
possession,  it  would  be  reasonable  to  suppose  that  he  in- 
tended to  make  use  of  such  tools  for  the  purpose  of  com- 
mitting a  crime,  and  he  should  be  arrested. 

Some  burglars,  particularly  safe  and  loft  men,  have 
adopted  the  ruse  of  carrying  their  tools  in  a  musical  in- 
strument case,  usually  a  violin  or  'cello  case,  believing  that 
by  posing  as  musicians  they  will  pass  the  average  police- 
man late  at  night  without  arousing  suspicion. 


AND  PROCEDURE 


Burglar's  Tools 


1  Burglar's  Bull's-eye  Lantern 

2  Cutter,  Part  of  Sectional  Jimmy 

3  Padded  Chisel 

4  Electric  Motor  and  Bit,  used  for  bor- 

ing Safes 

5  Burglar's  Jimmy,  Small. 

6  "       "  "       Medium 

7  "       "  "       Large,     Sectional, 

with  Ripper  and  Hook 


ne  case 
.lid  sneak, 
lie  presence 
igh  fear. 

p  his  hands  or 

operty  from  his 

i  in  his  presence, 

gh  the  robber  has 

8  Burglar's  jd  anyone. 

9  Burglar's  , 

10  Window  cas  been  held  up  and 

illuck^of^e  description  of  the 

\\  yHS^kY  to  make  an  arrest. 

en  by  the  thief  and 


sessiv 
commii 
like  pers^ 
were  founa 
reside  and  i 
a  brace  and 
possession,  it  \ 
tended  to  make 
mitting  a  crime, 
Some   burglars, 
adopted  the  ruse  o 
strument  case,  usua 
by  posing  as  musicii 
man  late  at  night  wi 


•% 


POLICE     PRACTICE  147 


If  the  search  of  a  person  found  under  suspicious  cir- 
cumstances does  not  reveal  burglars'  tools  concealed  on  his 
person,  examine  nearby  doorways,  areaways  or  places  into 
which  he  could  have  thrown  them.  When  tools  of  any 
description  are  found  near  the  scene  of  a  burglary,  call  a 
witness  and  fit  the  tools  into  the  imprints  they  have  left 
on  the  building,  so  that  you  can  testify  to  this  fact.  Be 
careful,  however,  not  to  destroy  any  possible  finger  prints 
or  marks  on  the  tool  or  instrument. 


ROBBERY. 

Robbery  is  the  unlawful  taking  of  personal  property 
from  the  person  or  in  the  presence  of  another,  against 
his  will,  by  the  use  of  force,  violence  or  threat  of  im- 
mediate or  future  injury  to  his  person  or  property,  to  the 
person  or  property  of  a  relative  or  of  anyone  in  his 
company  at  the  time.  To  constitute  robbery,  the  force 
or  threat  must  be  employed  either  to  obtain  or  retain 
possession  of  the  property  or  to  prevent  or  overcome 
resistance  to  the  theft.  If  it  is  employed  merely  as  a 
means  of  effecting  an  escape,  it  does  not  constitute 
robbery. 

Robbery  differs  from  larceny  in  that  while  in  the  case 
of  larceny  it  is  more  or  less  a  matter  of  snatch  and  sneak, 
in  robbery  the  theft  is  boldly  committed  in  the  presence 
of  someone  whose  protests  are  silenced  through  fear. 

If  a  thief  commands  someone  to  throw  up  his  hands  or 
to  become  quiet  and  then  removes  any  property  from  his 
person  or  from  the  person  of  anyone  else  in  his  presence, 
robbery  has  been  committed,  even  though  the  robber  has 
neither  displayed  a  weapon  nor  touched  anyone. 

If  a  person  reports  to  you  that  he  has  been  held  up  and 
robbed,  obtain  an  accurate  distinctive  description  of  the 
robber  from  the  complainant  and  try  to  make  an  arrest. 
If  possible,  ascertain  the  route   taken  by  the   thief  and 


148 


POLICE      PRACTICE 


The  following  description,  such  as  would  be  furnished 
by  a  careless  or  non-observant  patrolman,  is  not  distinctive 
and  would  be  of  little  use  to  the  Department. 


'*  About  30  years  of  age;  5  feet  8  inches  in  height; 
145  pounds  in  weight;  smooth  face;  dressed  in  light 
striped  suit,  white  turned-down  collar,  black  and  white 
striped  tie,  black  laced  shoes." 


AND     PROCEDURE 


149 


The  following  description,  furnished  by  a  careful  and 
observant  patrolman,  without  being  technical,  singles  the 
subject  out  and  would  be  of  value  to  the  Department. 
Study  carefully  tlie  instructions  under  "  Identification," 
page  71. 

*'  About  30  years  of  age;  5  feet  8  inches  in  height;  145 
pounds  in  weight ;  sallow  complexion ;  smooth  face ;  high 
receding  forehead ; 
black  hair  thin  on 
top  and  sides ;  long 
straight  nose, 
slightly  elevated  at 
the  base ;  arched 
eyebrows;  hem  of 
ear  very  thin  and 
slightly  notched 
near  top ;  lobe 
round  and  sepa- 
rated from  cheek; 
receding  chin; 
high  cheek  bones, 
dark  mole  under 
right  cheek  bone; 
horizontal  scar  on 
right  jaw  bone; 
walks  with  a  swag- 
ger. Dressed  in  a 
light  colored  suit, 
black  box  stripes; 
white  turned-down 
stiff  collar ;  black  and  white  striped  tie ;  black  bull  nose 
laced  shoes;  wears  a  signet  ring  on  little  finger  of  right 
hand." 


150  POLICE      PRACTICE 


notify  the  station-house  by  telephone.  Request  the  com- 
plainant to  go  to  the  station-house  to  make  a  more  com- 
plete report  of  the  crime.  (See  illustrations  on  pages 
148  and  149.) 

Pay  particular  attention  to  the  secluded  portions  of  your 
post  and  to  dark  doorways,  etc.,  where  a  hold-up  would  be 
most  likely  to  occur.  It  is  well  to  watch  such  persons  as 
paymasters,  bank  messengers,  cashiers,  and  persons  enter- 
ing and  leaving  banking  institutions  on  your  post.  Be 
wary  of  men  loitering  in  the  vicinity  of  banks,  trust  com- 
panies, etc.,  who  apparently  have  no  legitimate  business 
in  the  vicinity.  They  may  be  awaiting  an  opportunity 
to  follow  someone  with  considerable  money  in  his  posses- 
sion and  commit  a  robbery. 


RECEIVERS    OF    STOLEN    GOODS. 

A  person  who  knowingly  receives  any  stolen  property,  or 
who  being  a  junk  or  second-hand  dealer  receives  any  wire, 
cable,  copper,  lead,  solder,  iron  or  brass  used  by  or  belong- 
ing to  a  railroad,  telephone,  telegraph,  gas  or  electric 
light  company,  without  ascertaining  by  diligent  inquiry 
that  the  person  selling  or  delivering  the  same  has  a  legal 
right  to  do  so,  is  guilty  of  a  felony. 

Except  in  unusual  cases,  the  receiver  knows  whether  or 
not  the  property  delivered  to  him  has  been  stolen. 

If  there  were  no  receivers  of  stolen  goods. there  would 
be  but  little  stealing;  for  a  thief  will  not  steal  unless  he 
knows  that  he  can  make  some  profitable  disposition  of  his 
haul. 

It  is  comparatively  easy  to  dispose  of  jewelry,  but  a 
thief  must  know  positively  where  he  can  immediately  dis- 
pose of  bulky  property  that  he  cannot  readily  conceal. 
Usually  such  stuff  is  immediately  sold  to  unscrupulous 
dealers  who  carry  goods  of  the  sanie  kind  in  stock;  for 


A  N  D     P  R  O  C  E  D  U  R  E  151 


instance,  a  quantity  of  stolen  cloth  may  be  sold  to  a  dis- 
lionest  dry  goods  merchant.  In  some  cases,  however,  a 
store  or  flat  is  rented  in  advance  of  a  burglary  or  theft  and 
the  loot  stored  in  it.  The  receivers  are  then  visited  in  turn 
by  the  thieves,  shown  samples,  and  bids  are  requested.  In 
this  way  they  dispose  of  the  goods  more  profitably. 

A  careful  thief  destroys,  as  soon  as  possible,  all  marks 
of  identification;  but  if  he  has  not  done  so,  the  receiver 
takes  that  precaution  as  soon  as  the  stolen  property  comes 
into  his  possession. 

Merchandise  handled  under  unusual  conditions  should 
immediately  suggest  receivers  to  you.  For  instance,  if  you 
saw  a  large  quantity  of  silk  being  taken  into  a  small  retail 
store,  or  saw"  the  delivery  being  made  from  a  hand-truck 
or  from  a  wagon  not  ordinarily  used  for  such  deliveries, 
or  by  persons  who,  from  their  appearance  and  manner  of 
handling  the  merchandise,  did  not  seem  to  be  engaged  in 
the  business ;  or  if  you  observed  boxes  of  shoes  being  taken 
into  a  barber  shop,  or  a  great  quantity  of  food  being  de- 
livered to  a  dwelling,  it  should  arouse  your  suspicion.  If 
you  find  merchandise  of  a  peculiar  kind  on  sale  in  a  place 
or  by  a  person  not  ordinarily  dealing  in  articles  of  that 
kind,  such  as  a  bartender  offering  for  sale  a  quantity  of 
razors,  or  a  barber  trying  to  dispose  of  a  stock  of  under- 
wear, investigate. 

Eemember  that  persons  engaged  in  a  legitimate  business 
are  constantly  devising  ways  and  means  of  advertising 
themselves.  They  want  everyone  to  know  that  they  are 
engaged  In  a  certain  business,  and  located  at  a  certain 
place,  and  invite  inspection  of  their  stock.  They  do  not 
paint  their  windows  to  hide  the  contents  of  their  store, 
or  arrange  the  interior  so  that  the  stock  will  not  be  in 
plain  sight,  or  deny  prospective  purchasers  the  privilege 
of  examining  their  stock. 

In  addition  to  receivers  of  this  type,  stolen  property  is 
purchased  as  a  side  line^bv  many  second-hand  dealers,  junk 
shops,  pawn  shops,  auctioneers,  and  stores  where  jewelry 


152  POLICE      PRACTICE 


is  sold  or  repaired.  Dealers  of  this  type  who  are  licensed 
to  purchase  or  loan  money  on  second-hand  articles  are  re- 
quired, under  the  law,  to  make,  at  the  time  of  receipt  and 
disposal  of  such  property,  a  record  of  the  transaction, 
which  record  is  open  to  the  inspection  of  any  peace  officer. 

Be  suspicious  of  persons  entering  and  leaving  such 
places.  If  you  find  anything  to  confirm  your  suspicions 
and  you  are  unable  to  cope  with  the  circumstances,  notify 
the  station-house  so  that  a  detective  may  be  assigned  to 
investigate. 


AND     PROCEDURE  153 


CHAPTER  IX, 


MANNER  IN  WHICH  THIEVES  OPERATE. 


REPORT    OF    THEFTS    AND    ARREST   OF 
SUSPECTED   THIEVES. 

In  general,  you  are  required  to  report  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible any  theft  on  your  post.  In  seeking  information,  al- 
ways question  the  individual  who  is  in  a  position  to  give 
the  most  complete  data;  in  a  store,  the  proprietor;  in  a 
private  dwelling  or  apartment,  the  housewife;  in  a  tene- 
ment (if  a  particular  apartment  is  not  concerned)  the  jani- 
tor. You  will  generally  find  that  the  persons  suffering  the 
loss  are  very  much  excited,  and  that  they  do  not  answer  co- 
herently the  questions  you  ask.  Keep  composed.  Eemem- 
ber  your  object,  and  try  to  find  out  all  you  can  of  the 
circumstances  surrounding  the  theft,  so  that  the  members 
of  the  Department  who  take  up  the  case  from  your  report 
will  be  able  to  proceed  intelligently.  If  you  do  not  make  a 
memorandum  of  all  the  material  facts,  it  will  be  necessary 
to  send  another  officer  to  find  them  out  before  the  Depart- 
ment can  proceed  efficiently. 

A  great  deal  of  judgment  must  be  used  at  the  scene  of 
the  crime.  It  may  be  found  that  if  you  arrest  the  thief 
on  suspicion  immediately,  and  before  sufficient  evidence 
has  been  obtained  to  justify  it,  he  will  escape  conviction; 
for,  when  a  crook  knows  he  is  suspected,  he  will  not  do 
anything  to  corroborate  those  suspicions.  In  such  a  cir- 
cumstance, you  must  immediately  telephone  the  facts  to 
the  station-house  so  that  a  detective  can  be  assigned  to  the 
case.  Being  in  plain  clothes,  and  his  identity  not  known, 
he  can  secure  evidence  which  you,  with  your  office  known, 
might  not  be  able  to  obtain. 


154  POLICE      PRACTICE 


If  you  are  suspicious  of  anyone,  do  not  show  it.  Per- 
sons who  are  justly  the  object  of  suspicion  generally  make 
the  mistake  of  trying  to  explain  to  you  the  reason  they 
should  not  be  suspected.  Agree  with  persons  of  this  kind ; 
set  them  at  ease  by  assuring  them  of  your  belief  in  their 
innocence. 

Pickpockets. 

Pickpockets,  as  a  rule,  try  to  find  out  the  value  of  the 
property  they  contemplate  stealing,  as  well  as  the  particu- 
lar part  of  the  clothing  in  which  it  is  located.  When  they 
act  they  must  do  so  quickly,  and  they  do  not  want  to  put 
their  hands  into  empty  pockets  or  steal  property  which 
is  not  worth  the  risk.  They  loiter  in  banks,  railroad  offices 
and  stations,  ferries,  and  other  public  places,  knowing  that 
patrons  will  take  out  their  pocketbooks  and  expose  the 
contents.  Having  located  an  individual  with  a  tempting 
"roll"  they  watch  him  closely  until  they  have  seen  the 
money  or  wallet  replaced.  They  may  then  follow  that 
person  for  hours,  waiting  for  an  opportunity  to  jostle  him, 
until  they  get  him  in  a  crowd,  or  entering  or  leaving  a 
car.  They  pay  particular  attention  to  travelers  entering 
and  leaving  the  city,  reasoning  that  such  persons  intend 
to  spend  money  and  are  very  likely  to  have  it  with  them. 
They  work  in  and  around  large  crowds  gathered  to  watch 
a  bulletin  board,  window  display,  street  fight,  or  accident. 
The  attention  of  such  spectators  is  generally  diverted  from 
the  property  on  their  persons,  and  they  do  not  notice  or 
resent  the  shoving  or  jostling  of  the  "stalls." 

Pickpockets  generally  work  in  gangs  of  two,  three,  or 
four,  and  separate  when  walking  in  the  street,  entering 
crowds  and  boarding  street  cars.  They  have  a  code  of  sig- 
nals by  which  they  warn  and  advise  one  another.  They 
are  constantly  on  the  alert  for  detectives,  and  if  one  is  seen 
the  signal  is  immediately  given. 

In  a  crowd  the  thieves  used  as  "stalls"  generally  get 
behind  or  in  front  of  the  victim  and  squeeze  him  so  that 


AND     PROCEDURE  155 


he  will  not  feel  the  hand  of  the  thief  in  his  pocket.  The 
thief  who  extracts  the  property  from  the  pocket  of  the 
victim  quickly  passes  it  to  one  of  his  confederates  so  that 
if  he  is  caught  the  property  will  not  be  found  on  his  per- 
son. If  the  confederate  feels  that  he  too  is  likely  to  be 
searched,  he  in  turn  will  quickly  drop  it. 

If  you  see  persons  whom  you  suspect  of  being  pick- 
pockets in  a  crowd  on  the  street  or  getting  on  or  off  cars, 
walk  up  as  though  you  were  going  to  accuse  or  arrest  them 
and  you  will  find  that  they  will  leave  the  vicinity. 

When  arresting  a  pickpocket,  if  possible  have  the  com- 
plainant identify  the  property  at  the  scene  and  in  the 
presence  of  the  person  accused,  secure  the  complainant's 
name  and  address,  have  him  accompany  you  to  the  Mag- 
istrate's Court  and  have  his  testimony  taken.  Thieves  of 
this  type  take  every  advantage  of  the  law.  They  will  seek 
as  many  adjournments  of  their  case  as  possible  for  the 
purpose  of  tiring  the  complainant ;  they  will  find  out  the 
complainant's  social  or  business  connections  and  then  try 
to  "reach"  him  by  returning  a  greater  sum  than  he  has 
lost.  As  a  result,  in  many  cases  the  complainant  fails  to 
appear  to  press  the  charge  ;  or  if  he  does  appear,  suffers 
from  lapses  of  memory  when  testifying.  In  drawing  com- 
plaints against  criminals  of  this  type,  request  permission 
of  the  court  to  sign  the  complaint,  using  the  victim 
merely  as  a  witness.  If  you  do  this  and  he  does  not  appear, 
the  court  will  issue  a  subpoena  for  his  attendance. 

Most  pickpockets,  when  accused,  immediately  try  to  es- 
tablish an  alibi.  They  show  all  kinds  of  documentary 
proof,  cards,  letters,  etc.,  that  they  are  employed  in  some 
legitimate  business.  Their  companions  come  forward  and 
try  to  convince  you  that  the  suspects  are  men  of  good 
character.  They  bluff  desperately  and  try  to  get  the 
sympathy  of  bystanders.  If  this  does  not  work,  they  be- 
come indignant,  take  your  number,  tell  you  of  their  busi- 
ness and  social  standing,  warn  you  of  the  mistake  and 
danger  of  your  action,  and  threaten  you  with  criminal  and 
civil  prosecution.  Remain  firm,  however,  and  do  not  let 
them  go. 


156  POLICE      PRACTICE 


Thieves  Who  Eob  iMMiGRAiirTS. 

Many  thieves  who  are  familiar  with  foreign  languages 
make  a  practice  of  robbing  immigrants  in  and  around  New 
York  City.  They  keep  posted  on  the  schedule  of  trains, 
steamships  and  boats,  note  the  time  when,  and  places  where 
immigrants  will  land,  and  dress  in  a  manner  intended  to 
deceive  the  alien  and  gain  his  confidence.  Having  selected 
the  victim  they  talk  with  him  of  his  hopes  and  ambitions, 
and  offer  their  advice  and  assistance.  They  accompany 
him  from  place  to  place  until  they  get  an  opportunity  to 
steal  his  property.  Sometimes  these  operators  work  on 
the  Immigrant  what  is  known  as  the  "switch  trick."  They 
show  him  what  appears  to  be  a  large  roll  of  money  and 
suggest  that  he  place  it  with  his  own  and  carry  the  money 
for  all.  They  stick  closely  to  the  victim  and  when  he 
wishes  to  enter  a  store  or  a  lavatory,  warn  him  of  the  dan- 
ger of  taking  their  valuables  into  such  a  place.  Being 
entirely  unsuspicious,  he  turns  the  package  over  to  them 
and,  of  course,  when  he  emerges,  his  newly-made  frienda 
have  disappeared. 

This  game  is  practiced,  not  only  on  immigrants  who 
have  just  landed,  but  on  aliens  who  have  been  in  the 
country  for  a  few  years  and  who  arrive  in  New  York  for 
the  purpose  of  embarking  for  their  native  land.  Such 
visitors  usually  have  a  few  days  to  wait  for  the  sailing  of 
their  steamer,  and  In  the  meantime  live  at  some  immi- 
grants' boarding  house  and  spend  their  time  in  seeing  the 
sights  of  the  city. 

Do  everything  possible  to  assist,  advise  and  protect  im- 
migrants and  strangers  who  are  likely  to  become  the  vic- 
tims of  confidence  men  while  In  the  city.  If  you  find  im- 
migrants in  the  company  of  persons  whom  you  suspect, 
stop  them  and  find  out  how  long  they  have  known  the 
suspects  and  whei;6  they  met.  If  you  cannot  make  your- 
self understood,  take  them  to  an  interpreter. 


A  N  D     P  R  O  C  E  D  U  R  E  157 


Truck  ai^d  Wagois'  Thieves. 

Thieves  of  this  class  sometimes  work  in  collusion  with 
the  drivers,  who  may  supply  such  information  as  the  day 
on  which  they  will  be  carting  a  valuable  load  of  merchan- 
dise of  the  kind  the  crooks  particularly  desire  and  the 
route  they  will  take.  At  some  predetermined  spot,  the 
truck  is  left  unattended  and  the  thieves  given  an  op- 
portunity to  jump  on  the  truck  and  drive  off.  Or,  a  dis- 
honest truckman  may  disclose  the  route  to  be  taken  by 
another  driver  with  a  particularly  desirable  load ;  and  from 
his  knowledge  of  the  driver's  habits  he  is  in  a  position  to 
impart  suggestions  as  to  the  most  opportune  time  and 
place  to  steal  the  truck. 

Truck  thieves  sometimes  have  one  of  their  gang  scout- 
ing around  the  wholesale  sections  of  the  city,  watching  the 
loading  of  trucks.  When  he  finds  a  dray  being  loaded  with 
goods  of  the  kind  they  are  after,  he  copies  the  name  and 
address  of  the  consignee.  With  this  information  in  their 
possession  the  gang  know  the  route  over  which  the  truck 
is  likely  to  be  driven  and  follow  it  until  a  good  opportu- 
nity presents  itself  to  steal  the  outfit. 

Sometimes  the  stolen  truck  is  driven  directly  to  the 
"fence"  or  the  place  where  they  store  the  goods  before  dis- 
posing of  them  to  the  receiver,  but  usually  the  merchandise 
is  transferred  to  a  wagon  of  their  own  in  a  location  where 
such  a  transfer  will  not  be  considered  unusual.  They  real- 
ize that  the  police  are  promptly  notified  and  given  a  de- 
scription of  the  team,  truck  and  property,  so  as  soon  as 
they  possibly  can  they  abandon  the  truck,  usually  driving 
it  blocks  in  a  direction  opposite  to  that  from  which  the 
stolen  goods  have  been  carried. 

Another  scheme  used  by  truck  thieves  is  to  back  a  cov- 
ered wagon,  generally  containing  two  men  in  the  rear,  di- 
rectly behind  a  loaded  vehicle.  When  in  position,  the  men 
in  the  rear  reach  out  and  steal  packages  or  cases  from  the 
loaded  vehicle,  using  knives  to  cut  ropes,  or  heavy  clippers 
to  cut  wire  grating,  if  necessary.  (See  illustration  on 
page  158.) 


158 


POLICE      PRACTICE 


AND     PROCEDURE  159 


Considerable  property  is  stolen  by  thieves  who,  under 
pretense  of  stealing  a  ride,  jump  on  the  tail  of  a  loaded 
truck  and  drop  packages  from  it  to  the  street,  the  packages 
being  picked  up  by  confederates.  Watch  men  and  boys 
who  are  riding  on  the  backs  of  trucks,  even  though  it  is 
apparently  with  the  knowledge  of  the  driver. 

Light  packages  are  sometimes  removed  from  wagons  by 
thieves  standing  in  the  street,  carried  into  adjacent  tene- 
ments and  sold  to  the  tenants. 


Thefts  from  Delivery  Boys. 

The  thief,  as  a  rule,  observes  a  boy  carrying  a  package  in 
the  street  or  in  a  car  and  makes  a  note  of  the  name  and 
address  of  the  person  to  whom  the  delivery  is  to  be  made. 
If  the  address  is  an  apartment  house  or  a  hotel,  he  will 
manage  to  meet  the  boy  as  he  is  about  to  enter  and  repre- 
sent himself  as  the  person  who  ordered  the  goods.  To 
throw  the  boy  off  his  guard,  he  generally  rebukes  him  for 
being  late;  then,  if  the  package  has  not  been  sent  C.  0.  D., 
he  takes  it,  signs  the  receipt,  and  gives  the  boy  a  tip.  Or, 
be  may  request  a  messenger  to  go  on  some  errand  for  him 
and  offer  to  mind  the  package  until  he  returns,  usually 
sending  the  boy  in  a  direction  opposite  to  that  in  which 
he  intends  to  flee.  A  woman  is  often  used  as  a  confed- 
erate. 

Another  scheme  is  to  telephone  an  order  to  a  busy  store 
in  the  name  of  one  of  their  charge  customers,  adding  that 
a  boy  will  be  sent  for  the  goods.  If  the  storekeeper  is  not 
suspicious  and  delivers  the  stuff,  the  thief,  after  making 
sure  that  the  boy  has  not  been  followed  by  a  representative 
of  the  store,  meets  him  and  takes  possession  of  the  spoils. 

You  should,  therefore,  be  suspicious  of  anyone  talking  to 
an  errand  boy  in  the  street  or  in  a  hallway.  If  there  is 
not  sufficient  grounds  for  you  to  take  action,  question  the 
boy  as  soon  as  possible  as  to  the  business  he  had  with  the 
other  person. 


160  POLICE      PRACTICE 


Dishonest  Servants 

There  are  women  who  obtain  employment  as  servants  for 
the  sole  purpose  of  stealing  all  they  can  get  away  with. 
Such  a  woman  obtains  employment^,  preferably  where  she 
will  be  the  only  servant,  either  through  newspaper  adver- 
tisements or  employment  agencies.  For  the  time  being 
she  is  a  "jewel/^  and  so  ingratiates  herself  that  the  house- 
keeper is  assured  that  the  premises  are  safe  in  her  care. 
However,  as  soon  as  she  is  left  alone  in  the  house  for  a 
sufficient  length  of  time,  the  dishonest  servant  ransacks  it, 
carrying  away  in  a  grip  she  has  provided  for  the  purpose, 
the  most  valuable  articles. 

The  man  on  post  should  investigate  if  he  sees  a  recently 
employed  servant  leaving  with  her  baggage  during  the  ab- 
sence of  her  mistress. 


THIEVES  IN  THE  MAKING. 

Most  of  the  thieves  are  recruited  from  young  men  who 
spend  their  time  in  and  around  places  known  as  hang-outs, 
such  as  candy  stores,  cigar  stores,  two-and-a-half-cents- 
a-cue.pool  parlors,  fake  social  clubs,  low  saloons  and  res- 
taurants. In  such  places  they  form  the  acquaintance  of 
professional  thieves  whom  they  see  living  without  any 
apparent  effort,  well  dressed,  and,  after  a  haul,  displaying 
evidence  of  prosperity.  This  excites  the  envy  of  some 
young  man  and  he  tries  to  gain  the  friendship  and  confi- 
dence of  the  thief.  When  he  succeeds,  it  is  not  long  be- 
fore the  thief  points  out  to  him  how  easy  it  is  to  profit 
by  stealth,  and  how  remote  are  the  chances  of  detection — 
that  it  is  only  the  careless  thief  who  is  caught — and  points 
to  himself  as  an  example;  successful  because  of  his  pru- 
dence. Confronted  with  the  names  of  those  who  have 
been  caught  and  convicted,  he  explains  that  each  bungled 
or  was  betrayed  by  a  pal  and  that  anyone  profiting  by  their 
mistakes  can  succeed.  If  he  desires  to  make  use  of  the 
young  man,  he  first  uses  him  as  a  "stall,"  making  him 


AND     PROCEDURE  161 


carry  the  tools,  stand  on  watch  near  the  scene  of  the  crime, 
carry  the  plunder  to  a  fence,  or  jostle  someone  in  a  crowd. 

Young  men,  engaged  in  work  which  does  not  afford 
steady  employment,  become  acquainted  with  men  who  are 
similarly  employed  but  with  whom  stealing  is  a  side  line. 

Lack  of  parental  supervision  is  responsible  in  many 
instances.  Boys  are  permitted  to  remain  in  the  streets  at 
will  and  are  never  questioned  as  to  where  they  have  been 
or  the  company  they  have  kept.  As  a  result  of  this  lack 
of  restraint,  they  soon  form  bad  habits,  starting  by  steal- 
ing from  pushcarts  or  wagons,  stealing  lead  pipe  from  va- 
cant houses,  or  stealing  money  and  jewelry  from  drunken 
men  in  the  streets.  Often  they  feel  encouraged  when  they 
bring  home  stolen  property  and  are  not  questioned  as  to 
where  they  got  it,  and  soon  they  develop  into  general 
thieves. 

Too  much  and  misdirected  supervision  is  also  one  of 
the  causes.  Some  parents  interpret  every  mischievious  act 
of  their  children  as  an  evidence  of  a  criminal  mind  and 
threaten  continually  to  have  them  committed  to  some  in- 
stitution. Their  homes  are,  under  the  circumstances,  far 
from  pleasant,  and  for  some  childish  infraction,  magnified 
in  the  eyes  of  their  parents,  they  are  sometimes  sent  to  a 
reformatory,  there  to  mingle  with  hardened  young  thieves. 
When  they  are  discharged  they  do  not  look  to  their  parents 
for  sympathy  or  advice  but  renew  the  acquaintances  of 
the  boys  they  have  met  in  the  reformatory.  Under  their 
competent  coaching,  honest  employment  is  the  last  thing 
they  will  seek. 

Another  cause  is  the  Moving  Picture  Theatre.  The 
performance  changes  daily,  children  desire  to  attend  each 
performance,  and  resort  to  petit  larceny  for  the  pur- 
pose of  obtaining  the  admission  fee.  They  steal  money 
from  their  parents,  and  if  they  cannot  get  money  they  will 
steal  small  articles  of  furnishing  and  clothing  which  they 
dispose  of  to  second-hand  dealers  and  junk  shops.  To 
prevent  crimes  of  this  character  try  to  observe  junk  or 


102  POLICE      PRACTICE 


second-hand  dealers  buying  property  from  children  and 
make  summary  arrests  of  both  child  and  dealer,  seizing 
the  articles  and  money  as  evidence. 

A  young  man,  lazy  and  depraved,  may  form  the  friend- 
ship of  a  prostitute,  who  feels  that  she  must  have  someone 
as  depraved  as  herself  to  look  to  for  protection  and  sym- 
pathy and  with  whom  to  share  her  earnings.  He  soon  be- 
comes a  full-fledged  pimp  and  acquires  a  taste  for  the  lux- 
uries of  life.  When  the  prostitute  eventually  lands  in  jail 
or  in  a  hospital,  his  source  of  income  is  gone  unless  he  can 
get  another  girl  to  work  for  him.  He  will  not  accept  em- 
ployment except  at  some  position  where  he  can  steal  more 
than  his  wages  and  if  he  cannot  get  a  job  of  this  kind,  he 
will  steal  along  any  line  which  he  thinks  safe. 

The  drug  habit  is  another  of  the  contributing  causes. 
Starting  with  a  sniff  to  test  the  novelty  of  it,  boys  soon 
become  addicted  to  the  cocaine  habit.  Such  drugs,  be- 
sides injuring  health,  destroy  moral  scruples,  and  the 
victims  are  soon  unable  physically  or  mentally  to  compete 
in  the  strife  for  honest  livelihood.  They  must  have  the 
drug  to  satisfy  their  craving,  and  will  commit  any  kind 
of  a  crime  in  order  to  get  money  to  purchase  it.  With  their 
system  charged  with  the  drug,  they  labor  under  false 
confidence,  and  will  undertake  any  crime. 

Gambling  contributes  generously.  After  a  boy  has  lost 
his  wages,  and  necessity  stares  him  in  the  face  or  he  is 
afraid  of  the  questions  he  will  be  asked  when  he  returns 
home,  he  is  not  in  the  mood  to  let  whatever  moral  scruples 
he  has  left  stand  in  the  way  of  his  stealing  something,  if 
the  way  is  open. 

A  girl  is  often  tempted  to  steal  in  order  to  obtain  and 
clothe  herself  in  the  finery  she  sees  her  more  fortunate 
sisters  wearing  and  which  she  finds  displayed,  lavishly  and 
apparently  unguardedly,  in  the  stores  or  the,  place  where 
she  is  employed.  She  may  yield  to  the  temptation,  and  if 
not  detected  at  first,  she  acquires  a  feeling  of  confidence 
so  that  soon,  instead  of  simply  stealing  when  an  oppor- 


A  N  D     P  R  O  C  E  D  U  R  E  16S 


tunity  presents  itself,  she  finds  herself  seeking  the  oppor- 
tunity. 

Whenever  you  see  a  young  man  in  the  company  of  as- 
sociates who  may  tend  to  make  a  criminal  of  him,  seek 
an  opportunity  to  talk  with  the  boy,  in  a  friendly  manner, 
over  the  dangers  of  the  course  he  is  following.  Point  out 
to  him  that  not  only  is  it  wrong  but  that  crime  is  un- 
profitable and  that  he  is  sure  to  be  detected  sooner  or 
later.  Show  him  that  his  imagination  is  at  fault.  Show 
him  some  low  resort,  such  as  a  "dead-house/'  and  point 
out  to  him  the  panhandlers  and  outcasts  who  frequent 
such  places  and  who  were  once  considered  the  leaders  in 
their  particular  line  of  crime.  His  defense  may  be  that 
he  never  had  a  chance,  due  to  his  early  training  and  en- 
vironment. Call  his  attention  to  some  person  who  has, 
possibly,  suffered  from  a  greater  handicap  than  he  and 
who  has  made  a  good  citizen  by  following  the  lines  of 
honesty  and  decency.  Wherever  possible,  without  violat- 
ing the  rules  of  the  Department,  make  yourself  a  proba- 
tion officer  and  keep  a  watch  over  him.  Encourage  him 
when  he  does  right,  sympathize  with  him,  and  advise  him 
when  he  tends  to  do  wrong, 


CONFIDENCE    GAMES. 

Confidence  men,  as  a  type,  are  clever,  dress  well,  ape  the 
manners  and  tone  of  men  of  refinement,  and  pose  as  high- 
class  sports.  Their  success  is  mainly  due  to  the  fact  that 
they  get  the  victim  to  agree  or  consent  to  enter  into  a 
dishonest  transaction,  and  this  frequently  deters  him  from 
appealing  to  the  law.  It  is  not  often  that  the  man  on 
post  comes  into  direct  contact  with  confidence  men,  but  if 
he  hears  of  their  operations,  he  should  immediately  notify 
his  commanding  officer.  If  you  observe  men  of  this  type 
on  your  post  and  they  arouse  your  suspicions,  note  the 
houses  they  enter  and  the  persons  in  their  company,  or 
any  other  information  that  might  lead  to  their  detection. 


164 


POLICE     PRACTICE 


Wire-Tappers. 


The  victims  selected  for  this  swindle  are  men  who  pos- 
sess a  few  thousand  dollars  and  are  willing  to  risk  it  on 
a  "sure  thing."  The  affair  is  staged  with  such  care  that 
the  victim,  even  at  the  end,  can  hardly  realize  that  he 
has  been  swindled.  He  Is  introduced,  generally,  to  a  char- 
acter who  poses  as  the  Superintendent  of  the  Western 
Union  Telegraph  Company.  The  meeting  takes  place  in 
a  fashionable  hotel,  or  he  is  taken  to  one  of  the  upper 
floors  of  the  Western  Union  Building  and,  as  if  by  acci- 
dent, the  "superintendent"  meets  him  and  his  guide  in 
the  hall.  Apologizing  for  having  an 'urgent  appointment, 
the  "superintendent"  suggests  that  they  meet  in  a  few 
minutes  in  a  nearby  cafe.  He  does  not  keep  them  waiting 
long,  and  they  have  lunch  together.  After  the  necessary 
preliminaries,  he  agrees  to  withhold  for  a  few  minutes  the 
result  of  one  horse  race  that  afternoon  and  to  telephone 
them  the  name  of  the  winner  in  time  to  bet  on  it. 

The  victim  is  next  guided  to  what  appears  to  be  a  high- 
class  pool  room,  filled  with  well-dressed  men  who  seem  to 
be  bettting  large  sums  on  the  various  races.  He  is  in- 
formed that  one  man,  industriously  examining  the  ticker 
tape,  is  "Blank,  worth  a  couple  of  million  dollars,"  and 
that  another  individual  is  a  well-known  horse  owner.  The 
entire  outfit,  telephones,  clerks,  patrons,  is  only  an  imita- 
tion of  a  bona-fide  pool  room. 

'"  After  being  introduced  to  the  doorkeeper,  who  promises 
to  recognize  him  and  admit  him  any  time  he  may  return, 
the  victim  accompanies  his  guide  to  the  place  where  the 
telephone  message  is  to  be  received.  At  the  appointed 
time  the  "superintendent"  telephones  the  name  of  the  horse 
that  has  just  won  Its  race,  and  they  hasten  back  to  the 
pool  room,  just  in  time  to  place  the  bet.  The  result  of  the 
race  is  soon  announced,  as  though  it  had  just  been  received 
by  telephone  or  telegraph.  The  victim's  horse  wins,  but 
the  amount  wagered  was  small.  When  they  meet  the 
^^superintendent"  and  he  leams  the  size  of  the  bet,  he  calls 


AND     PROCEDURE  165 


[he  victim  a  piker,  and  finally  prevails  upon  him  to  obtaic 
all  the  money  he  can  and  make  a  big  bet  the  next  time. 

The  scene"  is  again  set.  The  '^superintendent"  tele- 
phones the  victim  the  name  of  the  horse  to  play.  Instead 
of  winning,  however,  it  runs  second.  The  "superintend- 
ent" upbraids  the  victim  for  misunderstanding  his  instruc- 
tions to  play  the  horse  for  second  place,  and  often  suc- 
ceeds in  convincing  him  that  the  money  was  lost  through 
his  own  carelessness.  In  some  instances  victims  have  again 
returned  with  more  money. 

"  The  Sick  Engij^eer." 

The  dupe  is  first  taken  to  a  large  office  building  in  the 
Wall  Street  district  and  introduced  to  a  confederate  posing 
as  a  broker.  The  "broker"  expresses  willingness,  and  even 
eagerness,  to  buy  a  particular  mining  stock  that  has  sud- 
denly become  valuable,  naming  the  price  he  will  pay  for 
as  much  of  the  stock  as  he  can  secure.  The  guide  then 
leads  the  victim  uptown  to  a  furnished-room  house,  where 
he  is  introduced  to  the  "sick  engineer."  The  subject  of 
the  mining  stock  is  brought  up  and  the  engineer,  appar- 
ently not  knowing  of  the  rise  in  value,  offers  to  sell  the  lot 
he  holds  for  a  nominal  sum.  Seeing  an  opportunity  to 
profitably  resell  to  the  broker,  the  dupe  unhesitatingly 
buys  the  stock.  This  transaction  is  generally  timed  to 
take  place  on  a  Friday  or  Saturday  afternoon,  after  the 
broker  has  left  for  the  day.  On  Monday,  when  the  victim 
presents  himself  at  the  broker's  offi.ce,  he  learns  that  the 
man  he  is  looking  for  had  simply  hired  desk  room  for  one 
day  and  that  he  departed  without  leaving  an  address. 
Eeturning  to  the  home  of  the  "sick  engineer,"  he  is  in- 
formed that  that  person,  too,  has  left  for  parts  unknown. 
He  soon  realizes  that  the  eagerly  sought  stock  is  valueless. 

Gambling  Swindles. 

Meeting  an  "easy-mark"  with  a  few  thousand  dollars, 
confidence  men  will,  on  short  notice,  stage  a  fake  prize- 


166  POLICE      PRACTICE 


fight,  a  fake  wrestling-match,  or  a  fake  gambling-house. 
Of  these,  the  gambling  swindle  is  the  most  popular.  The 
victim  is  introduced  to  the  dealer  of  a  gambling-house, 
who  agrees  to  play  into  his  hand  and  "double-cross"  the 
house.  He  is  taught  a  code  of  signals  and  is  instructed  to 
play  his  hand  according  to  the  dealer's  signals.  However, 
during  the  progress  of  the  game,  the  signals  become  mixed 
and  the  dupe  consequently  loses  heavily.  If  it  is  apparent 
that  he  can  raise  more  money,  the  dealer  shows  him  just 
how  he  misinterpreted  the  signals,  and  his  newly-made 
friends  induce  him  to  try  again,  giving  him  two  or  three 
thousand  dollars  of  their  money  to  play  with  his  own,  to 
inspire  his  confidence.  He  fares  no  better  at  the  second 
attempt,  and  usually  loses  about  the  same  amount  of  his 
own  money  as  the  amount  the  others  gave  him  to  play 
for  them. 

*'  Droppin^g  the  Leather." 

Pocketbook  dropping  is  one  of  the  oldest  of  con- 
fidence games.  It  has  not  changed-  in  its  methods,  appar- 
ently, since  Smollet  was  fleeced  by  the  swindle  in  London 
over  two  hundred  years  ago. 

In  New  York  the  game  is  usually  worked  on  immigrants 
and  seldom  constitutes  more  than  petit  larceny.  It  is 
worked  with  two  operators.  Number  1,  striding  past,  drops 
a  pocketbook  in  front  of  the  victim,  who,  however  is  not 
given  an  opportunity  to  pick  it  up,  for  it  is  instantly 
seized  by  Number  2.  At  the  victim's  protest.  Number  2 
agrees  to  divide,  and  leads  him  to  a  nearby  doorway.  When 
the  pocketbook  is  opened  the  contents  are  found  to  con- 
sist of  one  or  two  one-dollar  bills  and  a  Confederate  or 
counterfeit  one  hundred  dollar  bill.  Number  2  points  out 
that  it  would  be  unwise  to  change  such  a  large  bill  in  the 
neighborhood,  and  as  neither  has  change  and  as  he  must 
catch  a  train,  suggests  that  the  victim  retain  the  bill  until 
the  following  day,  when  they  will  meet  and  divide  equally. 
As  security,  the  victim  gives  Number  2  whatever  money 
'he  may  have  with  him,  adding  his  watch  or  other  valuables. 


AND     PROCEDURE  167 


CHAPTER  X, 


PUBLIC    MORALS. 


ILLEGAL    SALE    AND    POSSESSION    OF    DRUGS. 

It  is  a  misdemeanor  for  any  pharmacist,  druggist,  or 
other  person  to  sell,  have  or  offer  for  sale,  or  give  away, 
any  chloral,  opium,  or  any  of  its  salts,  alkaloids  or  deriva- 
tives, or  any  compound  or  preparation  of  any  of  them, 
except  upon  the  written  prescription  of  a  licensed  physi- 
cian, veterinarian  or  dentist.  Such  prescriptions  shall 
not  136  filled  more  than  once  and  shall  not  be  filled  later 
than  ten  days  after  the  date  of  said  prescription.  The 
prescription  shall  be  kept  and  filed,  and  the  name  and 
address  of  the  purchaser  inscribed  upon  it. 

When  any  of  the  foregoing  drugs  are  sold,  the  container 
shall  be  labeled  or  a  certificate  shall  be  given  the  purchaser 
bearing  the  date  of  sale,  name  and  address  of  the  doctor 
prescribing  and  of  the  person  selling  the  same,  as  well  as 
of  the  person  to  whom  such  sale  is  made. 

Any  person  other  than  a  manufacturer  of  such  drugs  or 
a  wholesale  dealer  in  drugs  or  a  licensed  pharmacist,  drug- 
gist, physician,  veterinarian  or  den^^J  who  shall  have 
such  drugs  in  his  possession,  is  guilty  crf^ a  misdemeanor, 
unless  authorized  by  the  certificate  above  described. 

This  law  does  not  apply  to  the  sale  of  domestic  and 
proprietary  medicines  sold  in  good  faith  and  when  not 
containing  a  greater  quantity  of  such  drugs  than  is 
allowed  by  law,  or  to  wholesale  or  retail  pharmacists, 
chemists  or  druggists  in  selling  such  drugs  to  persons  in 
similar  professions  or  to  scientific  or  public  institutions. 

It  is  a  misdemeanor  for  any  person  to  sell  at  retail  or 
to  furnish  to  any  person  other  than  a  licensed  physician. 


1G8  POLICE      PRACTICE 


dentist  or  yeterinarian,  a  hypodermic  syringe  or  needle 
without  the  written  order  of  a  physician  or  veterinarian. 
Record  of  such  sale,  giving  the  name  and  address  of  pur- 
chaser shall  be  entered  in  a  book  kept  for  that  purpose. 

The  illegal  sale  or  giving  away  of  cocaine  or  any  of 
its  derivatives  is  a  felony. 

The  mere  possession  of  this  drug  by  unauthorized  per- 
sons without  a  physician^s  prescription  is  a  misdemeanor. 

Cocaine,  heroin  and  other  cocaine  derivatives  are  sold 
and  distributed  in  this  city  by  men  who  buy  them,  for  the 
most  part,  from  sailors  of  ships  plying  between  New  York 
City  and  South  American  ports.  They  are  sold  to  cocaine 
fiends  in  small  pill  boxes  or  tiny  bottles  and  in  small  paper 
packages  generally  costing  about  25  cents,  called  "decks" 
or  "sniffs."  These  retailers  make  their  headquarters  in 
low  saloons  and  small  retail  stores,  where  their  customers 
call  to  make  purchases.  They  are  very  tricky,  and  to 
prevent  detection  nearly  always  keep  the  drug  hidden  in 
some  secret  hiding  place  in  the  wall  or  floor  or  under  a 
table. 

You  can  readily  discover  any  place  on  your  post  where 
cocaine  is  being  dispensed  by  noting  the  character  of  the 
persons  frequenting  the  premises.  They  will  be  mostly 
nervous  wrecks  and  degenerates.  If  you  are  suspicious 
that  any  place  or  building  is  used  for  this  purpose,  imme- 
diately notify  your  commanding  officer  and  give  him  the 
reasons  for  your  suspicions. 

In  arresting  a  person  for  selling  cocaine,  seize  him  quickly 
and  search  him  thoroughly.  Examine  every  part  of  his 
clothing,  particularly  the  lining;  search  every  part  of  the 
premises,  looking  between  mattresses,  under  rugs,  carpets, 
etc. 

Opium  is  usually  obtained  in  the  same  manner  as 
cocaine.  It  has  the  appearance  of  a  black  paste.  When 
not  contained  in  small  porcelain  jars,  it  is  packed  in  the 
shell  of  the  common  Chinese  lichee  nut,  which  somewhat 
resembles  a  walnut. 


AND     PROCEDURE  169 


For  smoking,  it  is  rolled  into  a  small  pill,  placed  on 
the  end  of  a  long  wire,  and  cooked  over  an  alcohol  lamp 
until  it  assumes  a  brown  color.  It  is  then  stuffed  into  a 
small  hole  in  the  bowl  of  the  pipe,  and  the  pipe  is  held 
oyer  the  lamp  until  the  pill  has  been  consumed.  The 
pipe,  in  shape,  resembles  a  policeman's  night-stick  with  a 
bowl  inserted  about  three  inches  from  the  end. 

Persons  addicted  to  this  habit  usually  frequent  places 
or  rooms  known  as  * 'opium  joints,"  where  a  specified 
amount  is  charged  for  the  privilege  of  smoking  there,  the 
keepers  supplying  the  pipe  and  opium. 

In  making  an  arrest  in  an  "opium  joint,'^  seize  the 
pipes  used  and  any  opium  or  apparatus  found  in  the 
premises  or  on  the  person  of  anyone  therein.  All  persons 
found  in  a  place  used  for  the  purpose  of  smoking  opium 
should  be  arrested  and  charged  with  participating  in 
maintaining  a  public  nuisance. 


GAMBLING. 

(  Common  Gambler.  A  person  who  is  the  owner,  agent, 
or  superintendent  of  a  place,  or  of  any  device,  or  appa- 
ratus, for  gambling;  or  who  hires,  or  allows  to  be  used  a 
room,  table,  establishment  or  apparatus  for  such  a  purpose ; 
or  who  engages  as  dealer,  game-keeper,  or  player  in  any 
gambling  or  banking  game,  where  money  or  property  is 
dependent  upon  the  result;  or  who  sells  or  offers  to  sell 
what  are  commonly  called  lottery  policies,  or  any  writing, 
paper,  or  document  in  the  nature  of  a  bet,  wager,  or  insur- 
ance upon  the  drawing  or  drawn  numbers  of  any  public 
or  private  lottery;  or  who  indorses  or  uses  a  book,  or 
other  document,  for  the  purpose  of  enabling  others  to  sell, 
or  offer  to  sell,  lottery  policies,  or  other  such  writings, 
papers,  or  documents,  is  a  common  gambler,  and  pun- 
ishable by  imprisonment  for  not  more  than  two  years,  or 
by  a  fine  not  exceeding  one  thousand  dollars,  or  both. 


170  POLICE      PRACTICE 


A  gambling  game  is  any  game,  the  result  of  which  is 
decided  wholly  or  in  part  by  chance,  which  depends  for 
its  interest  on  the  pecuniary  stakes  at  issue. 

The  courts  have  held,  however,  that  it  is  not  a  violation 
of  law  for  persons  to  bet  on  card  or  other  games  where  no 
person  is  running  the  game  and  profiting  by  its  operation. 

There  are  several  types  of  gambling  houses — pool  rooms, 
poker,  stuss  and  crap  houses,  and  houses  conducting  rou- 
lette and  faro  games  exclusively. 

Eacing  information  bureaus  are  usually  located  in  office 
buildings,  and  employ  several  telephone  and  telegraph 
operators.  They  are  connected  by  wire  with  the  tracks  at 
which  races  are  running  and  receive  from  each  detailed 
information  relative  to  the  track  conditions,  odds  quoted, 
horses  "scratched,"  jockeys  changed,  etc.,  and  immedi- 
ately after  the  race,  the  winner  and  the  horses  running 
second  and  third.  This  data  is  promptly  transmitted  by 
the  information  bureaus  to  the  pool  rooms  with  which 
they  have  telephonic  connection. 

When  this  information  is  received  at  the  pool  rooms,  it 
is  handed  to  the  blackboard  man,  who  lisis  it  on  a  black- 
board for  the  benefit  of  the  patrons.  The  blackboard  has 
lately  been  almost  universally  discarded  and  paper  sheets 
bearing  the  same  information  substituted.  This  change 
was  made  for  the  reason  that  the  paper  can  be  quickly 
destroyed  if  a  raid  is  made. 

Slips,  containing  the  information  posted  on  the  board, 
are  distributed  to  those  in  the  room.  If  anyone  desires 
to  place  a  bet  on  the  next  race,  he  indicates  the  horse  or 
horses,  amount  and  odds  on  the  slip  and  presents  it,  with 
his  money,  at  the  cashier's  window.  After  each  race,  the 
result  is  posted  on  the  board  and  those  who  have  won  pre- 
sent their  slips  at  the  cashier's  window  and  receive  pay- 
ment. 

The  entrance  to  most  pool  rooms  is  lieavily  guarded  by 
several  ice-box  doors  and  by  men  stationed  at  the  various 
entrances  to  keep  out  strangers.     The  doors  are  usually 


AND     PROCEDURE  171 


opened  from  the  inside.  When  a  man  enters  the  first 
door  he  must  receive  the  0.  K.  of  the  guard  there  before 
the  second  door  will  be  opened  to  him.  The  doorman 
generally  signals  his  verdict  to  the  pool  room  by  pressing; 
a  buzzer. 

If  assigned  to  secure  evidence  against  a  pool  room,  it 
will  first  be  necessary  for  you  to  form  the  acquaintance  of 
some  person  who  frequents  pool  rooms,  and  have  him  intro- 
duce and  vouch  for  you. 

After  being  admitted,  be  particular  to  observe  every 
person  participating  in  the  operation  of  the  pool  room; 
the  doorkeeper,  blackboard  man,  cashier,  clerks,  telephone 
operators,  etc.  Generally,  however,  the  cashiers  and  tele- 
phone operators  work  behind  partitions  to  shield  them- 
selves from  the  gaze  of  those  in  the  pool  room  and  only 
a  small  guarded  opening  is  left  for  the  passing  of  the  bets. 

Make  a  secret  memorandum  of  the  time  you  enter,  the 
conversation  you  had  with  each  person  participating  in 
the  running  of  the  pool  room,  his  description,  the 
amounts  of  money  you  wagered,  names  of  the  horse  on 
which  you  bet,  location  of  the  track,  etc.  See  that  the 
races  on  which  you  bet  are  posted  on  the  blackboard  or 
paper. 

Whenever  possible,  secure  corroboration  by  bringing  a 
second  patrolman  into  the  pool  room  and  having  him  wit- 
ness your  transactions.  You,  in  turn,  should  witness  his 
transactions. 

In  addition  to  betting  on  the  races,  crap  and  stuss  games 
are  generally  conducted  in  pool  rooms.  To  strengthen 
your  case,  try  to  play  every  game  in  operation,  and  secure 
evidence  similar  to  that  just  described. 

Handbook  Mei^-. 

Handbooks  are  usually  run  by  men  who  locate  at  some 
particular  street  corner,  cigar  store  or  barber  shop,  but 
preferably  in  a  saloon  where  there  is  a  stock  ticker  giving 


172  POLICE      PRACTICE 


racing  results.  They  generally  l;ave  one  or  two  men  solicit- 
ing business,  who  are  also  commissioned  to  accept  beta 
for  them. 

All  bets  are  paid  either  according  to  the  ticker  informa- 
tion or  by  what  is  termed  '^''paper  odds,"  that  is,  the  odds 
quoted  in  the  papers  the  following  day. 

In  securing  evidence  against  a  handbook  man,  in  the 
presence  of  a  witness  place  a  distinctive  mark  on  the 
money  to  be  used,  and  have  someone  witness  the  passing 
of  the  money  and  the  conversation  held  between  you  and 
the  gambler.  Engage  him  in  conversation  regarding  the 
race,  the  odds  offered,  and,  if  possible,  obtain  a  receipt 
for  the  money  wagered,  showing  the  amount  paid,  name 
of  the  horse,  name  of  race  track  and  the  odds  offered. 

Make  summary  arrest  in  such  cases  and  immediately 
search  the  prisoner,  in  the  presence  of  your  witness,  for 
the  marked  money  and  other  evidence. 

Stuss  Games. 

Stuss  is  a  game  played  with  a  full  deck  of  fifty-two 
cards.  From  a  separate  deck,  cards  are  spread  face  up, 
or  a  table  having  a  set  of  fifty-two  cards  fastened  face 
up,  arranged  according  to  suits,  is  used.  The  player 
selects  one  or  more  cards  and  places  his  money  or  chips 
on  his  selection.  When  the  bets  have  been  placed,  the 
dealer  permits  the  first  player  to  cut  the  cards  and  from 
that  point  deals  into  two  piles  alternately,  first  to  the 
dealer^s  or  losing  pile,  then  to  the  players^  or  winning  pile, 
until  a  card  of  the  denomination  of  the  one  selected  (re- 
gardless of  suit)  appears,  when  the  pile  into  which  it  is 
dropped  decides  the  bet.  The  percentage  is  in  favor  of 
the  dealer. 

Faro  Games. 

Faro  is  played  much  the  same  as  stuss,  except  that  in 
faro  a  dealing  box  of  wood  or  metal  is  always  used. 


A  N  D     P  R  O  C  E  D  U  R  E  173 


Poker  Games. 


Poker  is  played  with  a  full  deck  of  fifty-two  cards. 
Five  cards  are  dealt  to  each  player,  from  which  each  de- 
cides whether  or  not  he  will  "stay."  If  he  wishes  to  "stay'' 
he  puts  into  the  pot  the  amount  agreed  upon,  the  ante,  and 
discards  as  many  of  the  five  cards  as  he  considers  value- 
less to  his  present  hand.  The  dealer  then  gives  each 
player  as  many  new  cards  as  he  has  discarded.  The  first 
player  bets  according  to  his  hand  and  the  others  must 
cover  his  bet  each  with  an  equal  amount  if  they  wish  to 
try  for  the  pot,  otherwise  the  first  bettor,  without  showing 
his  cards,  takes  the  pot.  The  dealer  or  keeper  takes  a 
percentage  of  each  pot  as  his  share  for  maintaining  the 
game.  This  percentage  is  dropped  into  a  box  or  a  slit  in 
the  table,  known  as  the  "kitty."  Chips,  representing 
value  according  to  their  color,  are  generally  used  instead 
of  money  in  poker. 


Ceap  Games. 

Crap  is  generally  played  on  a  pool  or  similar  table.  It 
is  played  with  two  dice.  At  the  start  of  the  game,  the 
player  bets  and  his  bet  is  covered  by  the  keeper  or  person 
in  charge  of  the  game.  If  the  first  throw  settles  on  a 
total  of  7  or  11,  the  player  wins;  2,  3  and  12  are  known 
as  **  craps"  and  if  made  on  the  first  throw  the  player 
loses.  If  any  other  number  appears,  that  number  must 
be  again  cast  before  the  player  wins,  and  if  a  7  is  thrown 
at  any  time  after  the  first  cast,  the  keeper  wins.  A 
' '  stick  man "  assists  in  the  game  by  pushing  back  the 
dice  with  a  small  bamboo  cane  after  they  are  cast  by  the 
player.  The  keeper  deducts  a  small  amount  from  each 
pot  won  as  the  house's  percentage. 

In  the  majority  of  crap  games,  the  onlookers  bet  be- 
tween themselves  on  the  results  of  the  game. 


174  POLICE      PRACTICE 


Policy. 


In  policy,  the  players  select  one  number  or  a  combina- 
tion of  numbers  running  from  1  to  78.  The  winning 
numbers,  28  of  them,  appear  on  slips  for  distribution  at 
noon  for  the  morning  games  and  at  6  P.  M.  for  the 
afternoon  games.  For  certain  combinations  the  odds  run 
as  high  as  100  to  1. 

The  conducting  of  a  policy  game  is  a  felony. 

Policy  is  played  principally  in  tenement  houses  in  the 
Italian  districts.  The  players  are  mostly  women  and  the 
operators  are  in  collusion  with  the  janitor  of  the  premises. 

In  making  arrests,  have  the  building  surrounded  and 
a  policeman  stationed  at  each  exit.  At  a  signal  from  the 
officer  in  charge,  as  many  policemen  as  are  available  should 
enter  the  building  and  seize  all  paraphernalia  used  in  the 
game,  such  as  manifold  sheets  (fine  tissue  papers  with 
numbers  written  on  them)  and  all  memoranda.  Search 
the  premises  thoroughly.  Look  in  desks,  drawers,  chim- 
ney-holes and  in  any  place  where  such  property  might  be 
secreted.  Search  every  person  found  in  the  premises  for 
evidence.  Every  person  having  a  policy  sheet  in  his  pos- 
session must  be  arrested.  Policy  slips  and  manifold  sheets 
have  been  found  carried  in  watch  cases,  under  coat  lapels, 
and  in  narrow  pockets  extending  from  the.  regular  pockets 
in  clothing. 

Roulette. 

Roulette  is  played  with  a  circular  pivoted  contrivance,, 
called  a  "roulette  wheel,"  containing  at  its  circumference 
34  compartments,  each  just  large  enough  to  receive  the 
small  ivory  ball  used,  alternately  red  and  black,  num- 
bered from  1  to  32  and  containing  two  blanks,  the  house's 
percentage.  A  cloth  containing  the  numbers  and  colors 
marked  on  the  wheel  lies  to  one  side  and'  on  this  the 
player  indicates  his  bet.  After  each  player  has  placed 
his  bet,  the  roulette  wheel  is  spun  and  the  small  ivory  ball 


AND     PROCEDURE  175 


dropped  into  its  center.  The  ball  gradually  works  to  the 
wheeFs  edge,  where  it  lodges  in  one  of  the  compartments, 
deciding  the  bets. 

In  obtaining  evidence,  follow  the  general  instructions 
given  under  the  heading  of  pool  rooms. 


Method  of  Conducting  Gambling  Houses. 

Gambling  houses  employ  men,  commonly  known  as 
^^outside  men/'  whose  duty  it  is  to  stand  on  the  street  in 
the  vicinity  to  warn  those  within  of  the  approach  of  detec- 
tives or  policemen. 

Every  gambling  house  has  a  certain  number  of  regular 
players  who  follow  its  management  about  the  city  wher- 
ever it  moves,  but  it  is  constantly  necessary  to  replace 
those  who  drop  out  with  new  players.  New  players  are 
referred  to  the  house  by  men  in  its  employ  called  "run- 
ners;" hotel  clerks,  bartenders,  etc.,  often  act  in  this 
capacity  and  are  called  "cappers.''  They  sometimes  re- 
ceive a  percentage  of  the  money  won  from  the  players  they 
refer  to  the  house.  Each  prospect,  before  being  taken  or 
sent  to  the  gambling  house,  however,  is  carefully  ques- 
tioned and  investigated. 

If  you  are  observant,  you  should  be  quick  to  discover  a 
gambling  house  on  your  post.  The  windows  are  likely  to 
be  screened  and  the  front  door  always  closed.  The  "out- 
side man,"  generally  flashily  dressed,  will  be  seen  loiter- 
ing in  the  vicinity,  night  after  night;  a  number  of  men 
will  be  seen  to  enter  and  leave,  and,  when  accompanied 
by  a  runner,  the  runner  will  immediately  depart.  Patrons 
of  pool  rooms  will  be  observed  entering  and  leaving  be- 
tween the  hours  of  2  and  6  p.  m. ;  houses  holding  crap, 
roulette,  faro,  stuss  and  poker  games  do  their  principal 
business  between  8  p.  m.  and  4  a.  m.  If  anything  of  this 
sort  arouses  your  suspicion,  make  a  quiet  and  discreet  in- 
vestigation and  report  the  result  as  soon  as  possible  to 
your  commanding  officer. 


176  POLICE      PRACTICE 


INDECENCY. 

A  person  who  wilfully  and  lewdly  exposes  his  person, 
or  the  private  parts  thereof,  in  any  public  place,  or  in 
any  place  where  others  are  present,  or  procures  another 
so  to  expose  himself,  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

Any  person  who  as  owner,  manager,  director  or  agent, 
leases  or  permits  any  building,  room,  place,  or  structure  to 
be  used  for,  or  any  person  who  advertises,  presents  or  aids  or 
abets  in,  any  obscene,  indecent,  immoral  or  impure  drama, 
play,  exhibition  or  entertainment,  which  would  tend  to 
the  corruption  of  the  morals  of  youth  or  others,  is  guilty 
of  a  misdemeanor. 

A  person  who  has  in  his  possession  with  intent  to  sell, 
lend,  give  away,  or  show,  or  who  sells,  or  offers  to  sell, 
lends,  gives  away,  shows  or  advertises  in  any  manner  any 
obscene,  lewd,  filthy,  indecent,  disgusting  book,  news- 
paper, story,  picture,  drawing,  photograph,  figure  or  image, 
or  any  written  or  printed  matter  of  an  indecent  and  im- 
moral character,  or  in  any  manner  manufactures,  pre- 
pares, publishes,  or  prints  any  such  indecent  or  immoral 
articles,  or  advertises  or  gives  information  as  to  where 
or  how  the  foregoing  mentioned  indecent  or  immoral 
articles  can  be  obtained  or  purchased,  or  who  has  in  his  pos- 
session any  slot-machine  or  mechanical  contrivance  with 
intent  to  show  or  does  show  any  pictures  of  a  nude  female, 
which  pictures  are  obscene  or  impure,  or  any  other  ob- 
scene, indecent  or  immoral  picture  of  any  kind,  is  guilty 
of  a  misdemeanor. 

A  person  who  shall  expose,  post  up,  exhibit,  or  paint, 
print  or  mark,  or  cause  the  same  to  be  done  in  or  on  any 
building,  billboard,  wall  or  fence,  or  in  or  upon  any 
public  place,  or  anyone  who  knowingly  permits  to  be  dis- 
played on  any  property  belonging  to  or  controlled  by  him, 
any  placard,  poster,  bills  or  picture  which  shall  tend  to 
demoralize  youth  or  others,  or  which  shall  be  lewd,  inde- 
cent or  immoral,  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 


A  N  D     P  R  O  C  E  D  U  R  E  177 


A  person  who  sells,  or  offers  to  sell,  lends  or  gives  away, 
or  exhibits  or  has  in  his  possession  with  intent  to  sell, 
lend,  give  away  or  exhibit,  any  instrument,  article,  recipe, 
drug  or  medicine  for  the  prevention  of  conception  or  for 
causing  unlawful  abortion,  or  represents  that  any  such 
instrument,  article,  recipe,  drug,  or  medicine  can  be  so 
used  or  applied,  or  advertises  or  gives  notice  or  informa- 
tion of  any  kind  when  and  how  or  by  what  means  such 
an  instrument,  article,  recipe,  drug  or  medicine  can  be 
obtained,  or  who  manufactures  any  such  article,  is  guilty 
of  a  misdemeanor. 

Any  article  or  instrument  used  or  applied  for  the  cure 
or  prevention  of  disease  under  the  direction  or  prescrip- 
tion of  a  physician  will  not  be  considered  an  indecent  or 
immoral  article. 

One  of  the  most  common  complaints  of  indecency 
brought  to  the  attention  of  a  patrolman  concerns  the  acts 
of  degenerates  who  wilfully  and  indecently  expose  their 
persons  at  the  windows  of  their  rooms,  choosing  a  location 
where  they  will  be  seen  by  females.  This  offense  is  gen- 
erally committed  at  the  rear  windows  of  hotels,  apartment 
and  rooming  houses.  Women  will  rarely  go  to  court  as 
complainants  in  cases  of  this  kind. 

If  a*  complaint  of  this  sort  is  made  to  you,  report  the 
matter  in  full  to  your  commanding  officer.  If  you  see 
the  offense  committed,  arrest  the  offender;  but  if  you  do 
not,  and  cannot  induce  the  complainants  to  go  to  court,  call 
the  matter  to  the  attention  of  the  owner,  manager  or 
janitor  of  the  premises.  This  will,  in  most  cases,  put  a 
stop  to  the  practice. 

In  the  case  of  a  person  charged  with  having  in  his  pos- 
session any  obscene  or  immoral  book,  picture  or  article, 
it  is  necessary  to  prove  that  the  defendant  possessed  the 
article  with  intent  to  sell,  lend,  show,  or  give  it  away. 

It  must  be  proven  that  a  person  arrested  for  the  sale  of 
an  indecent  book,  paper,  picture  or  article  knew  of  the 


178  POLICE      PRACTICE 


obscenity.  This  can  best  be  done  by  holding  a  conversa- 
tion with  the  defendant  before  his  arrest  regarding  the 
contents  of  the  book  or  the  nature  of  the  article,  or  by 
calling  his  attention  to  the  obscenity  before  the  sale. 

If,  in  searching  a  prisoner  arrested  on  some  other  charge, 
an  indecent  or  immoral  article  of  any  kind  is  found  in 
his  possession,  call  the  attention  of  the  court  to  that  fact 
and  be  guided  by  the  instructions  of  the  magistrate  as 
to  whether  or  not  you  will  make  an  additional  complaint 
against  the  prisoner  for  having  the  indecent  and  immoral 
article  in  his  possession. 


PROSTITUTION. 

A  prostitute  is  a  female  who  permits  her  body  to  be 
used  for  indiscriminate  sexual  intercourse  for  hire. 

A  pimp  is  a  male  person  who  lives  with  or  shares  in  the 
earnings  of  a  prostitute.  He  is  sometimes  called  a  *^cadet/' 
"watch-boy"  or  "lighthouse." 

There  are  five  principal  types  of  prostitutes:  The 
street-walker,  the  inmate  of  a  disorderly  house,  the 
"creeper,"  the  "badger,"  and  those  who  work  in  connection 
with  what  are  known  as  appointment  houses. 

The  street-walker  may  have  an  apartment  or  a  room  in 
a  tenement  or  rooming  house,  or  she  may  take  men  to 
hotels  where  they  register  as  man  and  wife.  She  generally 
solicits  in  the  vicinity  of  her  room  or  her  favorite  hotel. 
Some  such  hotels  offer  a  rebate  to  the  prostitute  after 
each  visit. 

The  pimp  is  usually  to  be  found  near  his  prostitute; 
in  the  house  or  on  the  street  while  she  is  plying  her  trade. 
He  watches  for  detectives  and  warns  the  prostitute  by  a 
code  of  signals.  In  case  she  is  arrested  he .  furnishes  a 
bondsman,  provides  witnesses,  represents  himself  as  her 
husband  if  necessary,  and  pays  her  fine  if  she  is  convicted. 
If  a  room  is  to  be  rented  in  a  house  where  care  is  exer- 


AND     PROCEDURE  179 


cised  in  the  selection  of  tenants,  he  rents  the  room,  giving 
fake  references  and  representing  the  prostitute  as  his  wife. 
Patrolmen  in  sections  where  prostitutes  solicit,  seeing 
him  constantly  trailing  close  behind  his  woman  on  the 
,  street  or  in  court,  soon  learn  to  recognize  a  pimp  on  sight. 

A  prostitute  may  be  arrested  for  soliciting  on  the  street 
under  three  conditions:  First,  when  she  solicits  you  for 
the  purpose  of  prostitution,  or  when  you  overhear  her 
solicit  a  male  person  for  the  purpose  of  prostitution; 
second,  when  you  know  positively  that  she  has  been  con- 
victed of  being  a  prostitute  and  when  you  see  her  stopping 
two  or  more  male  persons  on  the  street  within  a  reasonable 
length  of  time,  say,  within  ten  or  fifteen  minutes;  third, 
when  you  observe  her  stopping  several  men  on  the  street, 
if  she  appears  to  be  doing  so  for  the  purpose  of  prostitu- 
tion. In  this  last  instance,  ask  her  why  she  stopped  the 
men,  and  ask  some  of  the  men  what  she  said.  If  she 
replies  that  she  has  been  seeking  directions  to  some  destina- 
tion, supply  this  information,  but  if  you  again  notice  her 
stopping  and  speaking  to  men,  place  her  under  arrest. 

Be  very  careful  not  to  make  a  mistake  in  displaying 
your  suspicions  or  in  arresting  a  woman  for  soliciting. 
Give  her  the  benefit  of  any  doubt.  Do  not  attempt  to 
judge  a  woman  by  her  manner  of  dress.  Just  because 
she  has  blond  hair,  has  her  face  powdered,  and  walks 
jauntily,  she  is  not  necessarily  a  prostitute.  Many  inno- 
cent girls  possess  such  an  appearance  without  knowing 
the  suspicion  it  arouses. 

'  Inmates  of  disorderly  houses  receive  employment  in 
such  places  through  their  pimps,  who  make  the  bargain 
and  who,  in  some  instances,  collect  their  earnings.  These 
prostitutes  sit  on  exhibition  in  the  parlors,  waiting  to  be 
selected,  and  receive  at  the  close  of  each  day's  business  a 
percentage  of  the  receipts,  this  percentage  depending  upon 
their  popularity. 

"Creepers"  are  the  trickiest  of  prostitutes.  Their  object 
is  to  steal  from  the  persons  they  solicit.     Usually  they 


180  POLICE      PRACTICE 


work  in  gangs  of  from  two  to  six  and  have  one  pimp  whose 
duties  consist  of  renting  apartments  and  seeing  to  it  that 
any  possible  complainant  is  prevented  from  going  to  court. 
Their  apartments  are  located  in  a  respectable  neighbor- 
hood and  the  victims  are  generally  solicited  about  half 
a  mile  away.  They  try,  as  nearly  as  possible,  to  solicit 
married  men  or  men  who  are  engaged  in  business,  who, 
fearing  exposure,  will  not  appear  in  public  as  complain- 
ants. 

After  a  bargain  has  been  made,  the  man  is  led  to  the 
flat  by  a  roundabout  route  to  confuse  him.  Entering,  he 
finds  a  confederate  posing  as  the  housekeeper.  He  is  in- 
vited to  hang  or  place  his  clothes  in  a  certain  position, 
where  they  can  be  reached  by  the  confederate  when  the 
victim's  attention  is  least  likely  to  be  attracted.  The 
confederate  may  creep  from  beneath  the  bed  and  rifle  his 
pockets,  or  may  slide  aside  a  panel  in  the  wall,  in  front  of 
which  the  clothes  have  been  hung,  and  steal  his  valuables. 
Something  is  always  substituted ;  if  a  watch  is  stolen,  a 
dummy  watch-case  is  put  back ;  if  a  roll  of  bills  is  taken, 
a  roll  of  paper  is  returned  to  the  same  pocket;  or 
if  money  is  taken  from  a  purse,  the  purse  is  stuffed  and 
returned.  This  is  done  so  that  the  victim,  who  is  very 
likely  to  give  himself  a  superflcial  search,  just  patting  his 
pockets,  will  not  discover  that  he  has  been  robbed  until 
he  is  blocks  away  from  the  house,  possibly  not  until  he 
undertakes  to  make  a  purchase. 

After  committing  a  theft  of  this  kind,  the  furniture 
and  pictures  in  the  flat  are  changed  to  different  positions, 
so  that  the  victim,  if  he  does  manage  to  find  his  way  back, 
will  be  unable  to  identify  the  place.  The  prostitutes,  if 
they  have  reason  to  believe  that  the  place  is  under  sus- 
picion, keep  away  and  work  from  one  of  the  other  flats 
they  have  rented  until  the  surveillance  has  ceased. 

The  "badger"  uses  her  pimp  as  a  confederate.  She 
frequents  large  department  stores,  cafes  and  restaurants, 
and  does  not  openly  solicit.  By  dropping  a  handkerchief, 
or  conducting  a  mild  mrtation,  however,  she  causes  the 


ANDPROOEDTRE  181 


victim  to  siart  a  conversation.  She  confides  to  him  that 
she  is  married  to  a  traveling  salesman  and  has  quarrelled 
with  her  husband  over  another  woman.  She  soon  suggests 
that  they  adjourn  to  her  apartment.  Arriving  there,  the 
victim  finds  it  furnished  in  a  manner  intended  to  bear 
the  story  out.  A  photograph  hanging  in  a  conspicuous 
place,  he  is  told,  is  her  husband,  and  she  names  him, 
using  a  middle  name,  such  as  "John  Henry  Jones."  As 
soon  as  the  man  is  in  a  compromising  position,  the  pimp 
rushes  in,  carrying  a  suit  case  initialed  "J.  H.  J." — ^to 
all  appearances  having  just  returned  from  a  long  journey. 
A  glance  tells  the  victim  that  he  is  facing  the  original 
of  the  photograph  and  he  is  fully  convinced  when  the 
woman  cries:  "My  husband.''  The  alleged  husband 
flourishes  a  revolver  and  threatens  to  kill  both  the  woman 
and  the  man,  but  the  woman  pleads  that  his  life  be  spared 
and  the  victim,  in  turn,  tries  to  settle.  In  the  end,  he 
generally  leaves  behind  everything  of  value  he  had  with 
him,  and,  if  he  is  a  married  man  and  has  disclosed  his 
identity,  the  pimp  will  blackmail  him  as  long  as  he  sub- 
mits to  it. 

Prostitutes  who  work  through  appointment  houses  are 
registered  in  such  places.  Their  photographs  are  filed  in 
an  album  and  their  physical  appearance  is  listed  and  in- 
dexed. Some  of  them  are  married  and  living'  with  their 
husbands,  and  others  are  employed  at  some  legitimate 
vocation,  but  all  use  this  means  of  increasing  their  in- 
come. Appointments  are  usually  made  by  telephone,  the 
man  telephoning  a  request  to  have  a  girl  of  a  certain  type 
meet  him  at  a  stated  time,  and  the  keeper  telephoning 
the  girl  filling  the  specifications  that  she  is  wanted.  If 
the  girl  has  not  a  telephone  at'  her  home,  a  nearby  store 
is  requested  to  deliver  a  message  requiring  her  to  call 
up  her  "aunt"  or  some  fictitious  name  known  to  mean  the 
appointment  house.  When  the  girl  arrives  she  is  for- 
mally introduced  by  the  keeper  to  the  patron,  and  when 
she  is  no  longer  required  she  receives  a  percentage  of  her 
earnings  and  departs. 


182  POLICE      PRACTICE 


Prostitutiok  IK  Tenement  Houses. 

Prostitution  in  tenement  houses  is  a  great  menace  to 
society,  for  the  reason  that  young  and  innocent  girls  living 
in  such  houses  are  familiarized  with  the  vice  and  are 
likely  to  be  enticed  by  the  prostitutes. 

The  Tenement  House  Law  is  very  strict  and  simple  in 
regard  to  prostitution.  It  provides  that  any  person  who 
uses  any  part  of  a  tenement  house  for  the  purpose  of 
prostitution,  or  who  knowingly  resides  in  or  enters  any 
part  of  a  tenement  house  for  the  purpose  of  prostitution, 
is  guilty  of  vagrancy. 

Make  summary  arrests  for  violations  of  this  law. 

In  a  case  of  this  kind,  when  the  prisoner  is  first  ar- 
raigned in  court  an  adjournment  will  be  had  to  give  you 
an  opportunity  to  subpoena  three  tenants,  who  will  be 
required  to  testify  that  the  house  in  question  is  a 
tenement  house  within  the  meaning  of  the  law. 

In  making  investigations  you  will  find  that  the  ma- 
jority of  janitors  and  agents  of  buildings  know  the  charac- 
ter of  the  unlawful  business  being  conducted  on  the 
premises.  Many  of  them  receive  a  weekly  salary  for  the 
purpose  of  shielding  these  violators.  They  assume  an  ap- 
pearance of  surprise  when  they  are  informed  of  the  char- 
acter of  the  unlawful  tenant,  but  will  warn  that  tenant 
if  they  believe  that  the  building  is  under  surveillance. 
In  conducting  such  inquiries,  therefore,  it  is  a  good  rule 
to  avoid  disclosing  your  office  to  the  janitor. 

Disorderly  Houses. 

In  addition  to  preventing  soliciting  on  your  post,  you 
should  notify  your  commanding  officer  immediately  on 
discovering  that  a  building  is  being  used  for  the  purpose 
of  prostitution. 

The  man  on  patrol  has  a  number  of  ways  of  identifying 
disorderly  houses  on  his  post.  If  he  sees  a  succession  of 
men  entering  a  private  house  night  after  night  it  should 


AND     PROCEDURE  ISa 


arouse  his  suspicions.  The  keepers  of  disorderly  houses 
very  often  have  the  number  of  the  house  painted  on  the 
steps  or  in  some  other  conspicuous  place  so  that  patrons 
will  not  stray  into  adjoining  houses,  and  so  cause  the  neigh- 
bors to  complain  sooner  than  they  otherwise  would.  Dis- 
orderly houses  keep  a  list  of  their  regular  patrons,  and 
when,  from  time  to  time,  they  are  forced  to  move,  the 
customers  are  notified  by  mail  of  the  new  address.  As 
the  visitors  near  the  new  house  they  invariably  stop  a 
moment  and  refer  to  their  notices  to  make  sure  of  the 
address.  Most  "Massage  Parlors"  are  disorderly  houses. 
The  inmates  may  be  dressed  in  nurses'  costumes  and  the 
entrance  present  a  bona-fide  appearance,  yet  back  of  this 
masquerade  a  disorderly  house  may  be  running  in  full 
f  swing,  r 

The  best  method  of  securing  entrance  to  disorderly 
premises  is  by  learning  the  password  of  signal  used  for 
admittance,  such  as  "Tom  sent  me/'  or  by  giving  the  code 
of  knocks  on  the  door. 

To  obtain  a  conviction  against  a  disorderly  house,  it 
must  be  proven  that  the  house  was  disorderly  and  that  the 
owner,  lessee  or  person  in  charge  knew  of  it.  If  you  enter 
to  get  evidence,  try  to  identify  the  person  in  charge  by 
observing  his  or  her  manner.  If  he  or  she  directs  other 
persons  or  has  a  conversation  with  you  in  regard  to  your 
purpose,  this  is  sufficient  to  prove  that  that  person  is  in 
charge  or  has  control  of  the  premises.  To  establish  that  the 
premises  are  disorderly  it  is  only  necessary  to  prove  that 
women  were  there  for  the  purpose  of  prostitution.  To  do 
this,  bargain  with  a  woman  on  the  price,  and  question  her 
as  to  where  the  act  can  be  committed,  if  you  have  not 
already  made  arrangements  with  the  person  apparently  in 
charge.  Have  this  conversation  in  the  presence  of  the 
proprietor,  if  possible,  and  pay  the  woman  the  amount 
she  finally  settles  on. 

Most  established  disorderly  houses  have  what  is  known 
as  a  "get-away,"  a  secret  hiding  place  into  which  the  in- 
mates flee  on  the  approach  of  the  police  with  warrants. 


184  POLICE      PRACTICE 


If  the  person  for  whom  your  warrant  is  issued  is  not 
readily  found,  make  a  systematic  search  of  the  premises 
by  measuring  the  building  and  comparing  the  dimensions 
of  the  rooms.  Sound  the  walls  to  see  if  they  contain  a 
secret  chamber.  Closets,  ventilators  and  trunks  are  some- 
times used  as  hiding  places. 

Houses  of  Assignation. 

To  obtain  a  conviction  against  a  house  of  assignation 
it  must  be  proven  that  persons  who  are  not  married  to 
each  other  enter  there  for  the  purpose  of  sexual  inter- 
course. It  must  also  be  proven  that  one  female  entered 
the  premises  with  two  or  more  men  at  intervals  during  a 
period  of,  say,  ten  hours,  or  that  one  man  entered  the 
premises  with  two  or  more  women  at  intervals  during  a 
similar  period;  and,  in  addition,  it  must  be  shown  that 
the  clerk  or  person  in  charge  was  in  a  position  to  observe 
each  specific  entry. 

Such  evidence  may  be  established  in  the  following  man- 
ner: The  first  officer,  as  he  enters,  calls  the  attention  of 
the  clerk  to  the  prostitute  accompanying  him,  or  witnesses 
any  conversation  the  prostitute  may  have  with  the  clerk. 
The  officer,  in  this  way,  proves  that  the  clerk  would  have 
reason  to  recognize  the  prostitute  if  she  again  appeared 
before  him.  The  second  officer,  when  he  enters  some  time 
later  with  the  same  woman,  causes  the  clerk's  attention 
to  be  drawn  to  her.  Both  officers  must  keep  the  prostitute 
under  observation  as  she  emerges  from  the  premises  so 
that  they  will  be  able  to  corroborate  each  other  on  the 
fact  that  she  is  the  female  who  entered  on  each  occasion. 

DiSORDEKLY    PLACES. 

Prostitutes  and  pimps  often  resort  to  low  saloons  and 
restaurants,  and  there,  with  the  knowledge  and  consent 
of  the  owner  or  person  in  charge,  commit  disorderly 
acts,  such  as  soliciting  and  using  profane  and  indecent 
language. 


AND     PROCEDURE  185 


In  order  to  establish  that  the  premises  are  disorderly, 
it  must  be  proven  that  the  disorderly  acts  were  committed 
within  the  sight  and  hearing  of  the  person  in  charge  and 
that  he  did  not  take  any  measures  to  check  or  remedy  the 
condition. 

In  obtaining  evidence  against  premises  of  this  char- 
acter, have  corroboration  and  visit  the  premises  several 
times  so  as  to  prove  that  the  conditions  were  continuous. 

Subpoena  persons  living  in  the  vicinity  who  know  of  or 
have  been  annoyed  by  the  disorderly  conditions  and  who 
will  testify  to  the  facts  in  court. 

Pimps. 

A  pimp  cannot  be  convicted  on  the  uncorroborated 
statement  of  a  prostitute.  It  is  necessary,  therefore,  to 
offer  additional  evidence,  such  as  proof  that  the  pimp  ac- 
cepted money  on  his  promise  to  permit  you  to  have  sexual 
intercourse  with  the  female,  or  proof  that  he  was  in  a 
position  to  overhear  the  conversation  regarding  the  pay- 
ment of  money  for  prostitution.  If  such  evidence  as  this 
can  be  obtained  and  the  prostitute  will  state  that  she 
has  shared  her  earnings  with  the  pimp,  he  should  be 
arrested  and  prosecuted. 

Pimps  often  leave  cards,  bearing  the  address  of  the  house 
they  represent,  and  sometimes  a  fake  business  advertise- 
ment in  addition,  at  bootblack,  news  and  cab  stands,  pool 
parlors,  barber  shops,  saloons,  and  with  hotel  clerks,  with 
the  request  that  the  *^cappers"  hand  a  card  to  each  person 
making  inquiry  for  a  house  of  prostitution.  A  commis- 
sion is  usually  offered. 


GENERAL    INSTRUCTIONS, 

Whenever  a  person  complains  that  he  has  frequented  a 
gambling  house,  disorderly  house  or  any  place  where  per- 
sons engage  in  business  of  a  character  forbidden  by  law, 


180  POLICE      PRACTICE 


refer  him  to  the  station-house  or  accompany  him  there  for 
the  purpose  of  having  his  complaint  taken. 

If  a  complainant  refuses  to  go  to  the  station-house,  get 
all  the  facts  from  him,  the  exact  location,  name  or  de- 
scription of  the  persons  participating,  whether  principals 
or  accomplices.  Try,  in  addition,  to  establish  the  identity 
of  the  complainant  by  having  him  show  you  letters,  memo- 
randa, etc.,  so  that  he  may  be  subpoenaed  to  court.  It  is 
well  in  these  cases  to  get  this  information  as  quickly  as 
possible,  for  the  reason  that  the  complainant  is  likely  to 
change  his  mind. 

Whenever  property  of  any '  description  is  seized,  mark 
it  for  identification  while  you  are  in  the  premises  by 
putting  your  name  or  initials  on  it,  and  have  one  of  the 
members  of  the  Department  accompanying  you  do  like- 
wise. Enter  in  your  memorandum  book  the  marks  of 
identification  used  so  that  you  will  be  able  to  make  proper 
identification  in  court.  All  property  seized  must  be  for- 
warded to  the  Property  Clerk. 


ENFORCEMENT  OF  SABBATH  LAWS. 

All  labor  is  prohibited  on  Sundays,  except  works  of 
charit  or  necessity;  that  is,  work  that  is  needful  during 
the  day  for  the  good  order,  health  or  comfort  of  the  com- 
munity, such  as  the  making  of  immediately  necessary 
repairs,  the  driving  of  a  passenger  vehicle,  etc. 

All  manner  of  public  selling  or  offering  for  sale  of  any 
property  on  Sunday  is  prohibited,  except: 

1.  Articles  of  food  may  be  sold,  served,  supplied  and 
delivered  at  any  time  before  ten  o'clock  in  the  morning. 

2.  Meals  may  be  sold  to  be  eaten  on  the  premises 
where  sold  at  any  time  of  the  day. 

3.  Caterers  may  serve  meals  to  their  patrons  at  any 
time  of  the  day. . 


AND     PROCEDURE  187 


4.  Prepared  tobacco,  milk,  eggs,  ice,  soda-water,  fruit, 
flowers,  confectionery,  newspapers,  drugs,  medicines  and 
surgical  instruments,  may  be  sold  in  places  other  than  a 
room  where  spirituous  or  malt  liquors  or  wines  are  kept  or 
offered  for  sale  and  may  be  delivered  at  any  time  of  the 
day. 

5.  Delicatessen  dealers  may  sell,  supply,  serve  and  de- 
liver cooked  and  prepared  foods,  between  the  hours  of 
four  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  and  half  past  seven  o'clock  in 
the  evening,  in  addition  to  the  time  provided  for  in  sub- 
division 1. 

These  exceptions  are  not'  to  be  construed  to  permit  the 
public  sale  or  exposing  for  sale  or  delivery  of  uncooked 
flesh  foods  or  meats,  fresh  or  salt  at  any  hour  or  time  of 
the  day.  Delicatessen  dealers  are  not  to  be  considered  as 
caterers  within  subdivision  3. 

Liquor  stores  must  be  kept  closed;  they  may  not  sell 
or  give  away  any  liquors,  cigars  or  soda  water  on  Sunday. 

Any  other  store  may  have  its  doors  open,  although  it 
may  not  be  permitted  to  expose  or  sell  articles  on  Sunday. 
The  fact  that  goods  are  displayed  in  an  open  store  can- 
not be  construed  as  exposing  them  for  sale. 

Various  organizations,  mainly  labor  unions,  butchers, 
barbers,  etc.,  take  active  part  in  enforcing  the  ^^abbath 
laws.  They  invariably  insist  on  summary  arrest  being 
made.  Direct  such  persons  to  court  to  obtain  a  summons 
for  the  offender.  If,  however,  they  arrest  the  offender  and 
turn  him  over  to  you,  treat  it  as  you  would  any  other  arrest 
and  take  the  prisoner  to  the  station-house. 

If  you  observe  a  violation  of  the  Sabbath  law,  serve  a 
summons  on  the  offender.  The  goods  purchased  must  be 
brought  to  court  as  evidence. 

Do  not  persecute;  you  must  use  intelligence  and  good 
judgment  in  determining  what  constitutes  work  of  neces- 
sity ;  when  in  doubt,  take  no  action. 


188  POLICE      PRACTICE 


CHAPTER  XL 


LIQUOR  TAX  LAW. 

Carefully  observe  every  barroom  on  your  post  during  the 
hours  that  the  sale  of  liquor  is  prohibited.  See  that  it  is 
closed,  that  no  person  is  in  it  except  the  licensee,  his  ser- 
vants, or  members  of  his  family,  that  no  screen,  blind, 
curtain  or  other  article  covers  in  whole  or  in  part  any 
window  or  door  thereof,  that  there  is  not  near  or  back  of 
any  such  window  or  door,  or  anywhere  in  such  barroom, 
any  opaque  or  colored  glass  or  any  article  or  thing  of  any 
kind  that  obstructs,  or  in  any  way  prevents  a  person  on 
the  outside  from  having  a  full  view  of  the  interior  of  such 
barroom  and  of  all  parts  thereof. 

If  you  observe  the  law  being  violated  in  any  one  of  these 
or  the  following  particulars,  make  a  complete  entry  of  it 
in  your  memorandum  book,  noting  the  name  and  number 
appearing  on  the  license,  and  report  the  facts  to  the  desk 
lieutenant  on  your  return  to  the  station-house.  You  will 
then  be  directed  to  make  and  sign  an  affidavit,  which  is  to 
be  delivered  to  the  District  Attorney.  Arrest  is  to  be  made 
only  when  a  warrant  is  issued. 

Some  saloonkeepers  employ  a  man  to  stand  near  their 
entrance,  whose  duty  it  is  to  intercept  any  child  who  may 
be  sent  for  liquor.  He  takes  the  vessel  and  after  having 
it  filled  at  the  bar,  returns  it.  This  is  done  so  that  the 
bartender  will  not  be  responsible  for  the  act  of  the  third 
party,  who  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

In  all  cases  where  li^quor  is  sold  without  a  license  or 
where  liquor  is  sold  td^  children  under  16  years  of  age, 
however,  summary  arresf  is  to  be  made.  In  the  latter 
case  the  child  must  also/be  arrested  and  charged  with  im- 
proper guardianship.     / 


AND     PROCEDURE  189 


Summary  arrest  is  also  to  be  made  if  authorized  persons 
are  prevented  from  making  inspection  during  prescribed 
hours. 

Detectives  and  plain  clothes  men  who  are  detailed  from 
time  to  time  to  detect  the  illegal  sale  of  liquor  on  Sunday 
or  during  the  hours  when  the  sale  of  liquor  is  prohibited, 
and  for  that  purpose  enter  back  or  interior  sitting  rooms 
of  hotels,  saloons,  and  places  where  liquors  are  sold,  shall 
not  reveal  their  private  or  official  identity  in  any  way, 
under  pain  of  dismissal  from  the  force.  They  shall  pro- 
ceed in  the  same  manner  as  the  special  agents  of  the  State 
Excise  Commissioner,  namely:  by  procuring  evidence,  if 
possible,  of  the  violation  of  the  Liquor  Tax  Law  through 
illegal  sales  or  otherwise,  reporting  it  and  making  affidavit 
to  the  District  Attorney  as  in  the  case  of  barroom  viola- 
tions. 

Where  liquor  is  sold  without  a  license,  it  is  always  best 
to  buy  it  in  bulk,  a  bottle  of  beer,  a  bottle  of  whiskey,  or  a 
bottle  of  wine.  In  the  presence  of  a  witness,  mark  and 
seal  it,  and  have  the  witness  mark  it.  If  a  chemical 
analysis  is  required,  it  will  be  necessary  for  you  to  prove 
that  the  liquor  you  purchased  is  the  liquor  that  was  exam- 
ined by  the  chemist,  and  in  order  to  do  this  you  must  prove 
that  there  was  no  possibility  of  any  person  changing  the 
contents  of  the  bottle.  Watch  where  the  liquor  is  taken 
from.  The  usual  defense  is  that  the  liquor  was  bought 
from  a  nearby  licensed  premises.  If  the  waiter  takes  it 
from  an  ice-box  or  counter,  note  that  fact.  You  will  have 
to  prove  that  the  liquor  was  obtained  on  the  premises. 

If  you  are  assigned  to  enforce  the  provisions  of  the 
Liquor  Tax  Law,  after  entering  the  premises,  order  from 
the  bartender  or  waiter  a  particular  brand  of  liquor;  if 
beer  is  ordered,  say :  "Give  me  a  glass  of  lager  beer."  Note 
the  conversation  and  any  transaction  that  occurs,  the 
amount  of  money  paid,  the-  change,  the  quantity  of 
liquor,  etc.  Taste  the  liquor  you  are  served  with  so  that 
you  may  swear  to  the  fact  that  it  is  what  you  ordered. 
On  your  return  to  the  station-house,  fill  out  the  proper 


190  POLICE      PRACTICE 


complaint  blank,  sign  and  swear  to  it.  The  complaint 
blank  will  be  forwarded  (through  official  channels)  to 
the  District  Attorney. 

When  two  men  are  assigned  to  obtain  evidence,  they 
should  at  all  times  keep  close  to  each  other,  so  that  they 
can  corroborate  each  other  in  every  particular,  such  as 
hearing  the  order  given,  noting  the  conversation,  the 
money  paid  and  change  received,  the  condition  of  the 
room  (particularly  with  reference  to  doors  leading  from 
the  barroom),  liquors  exposed  and  persons  in  the  room. 

See  to  it  that  persons  do  not  gather  or  create  disorder 
of  any  kind  outside  of  or  near  a  barroom  or  place  for  the 
sale  of  liquor  on  your  post. 

Watch  such  places  as  cider  stubes,  French  and  Italian 
cafes,  and  places  selling  grape  juice,  to  see  that  they  do 
not  violate  any  section  of  the  Liquor  Tax  Law. 

Extracts  from  the  Liquor  Tax  Law. 

Places  where  liquors  are  sold  shall — 

Be  licensed  by  the  State  Commissioner  of  Excise. 

Display  liquor  tax  certificate  in  a  suitable  frame  in 
street  window  or,  if  no  window  fronts  street,  in  a 
conspicuous  place  in  barroom. 

Have  doors  leading  to  bar  or  room  where  liquors  are 
sold,  locked  during  prohibited  hours,  except  for  egress 
or  ingress  of  proprietor  or  members  of  his  household. 

Obtain  special  license  from  the  Mayor  to  sell  li- 
quors at  night  after  prohibited  hours. 

Permit  peace  officers  and  other  authorized  persons 
to  inspect  premises  between  9  a.  m.  and  6  p.  m.,  or 
any  other  time  when  open  for  business. 

They  shall  not — 

Sell  to  an  intoxicated  person  or  habitual  drunkard. 
Sell  on  Sundays  or  between  1  a.  m.  and  6  a.  m.  on 
week  days  except  with  special  license. 


AND     PROCEDURE  191 


Sell  to  any  person  under  18  years  of  age,  or  permit 
such  person  to  enter  or  remain  on  premises  unless 
accompanied  by  parent  or  guardian. 

Sell  on  Election  Day  within  one-quarter  of  a  mile 
of  polls. 

Sell  to  any  person  whose  parent,  guardian,  wife, 
husband  or  child  over  16  years  notifies  proprietor 
in  writing  not  to  serve. 

Sell  to  any  person  confined  in  a  prison,  house  of 
refuge,  reformatory,  protectory,  industrial  school,  asy- 
lum, state  hospital,  or  any  inmate  of  a  poor  house, 
epileptic  institution  (except  on  the  written  prescrip- 
tion of  a  physician  of  such  institution) . 

Sell  any  liquors  to  be  consumed  on  the  premises 
unless  having  a  first  class  license. 

Sell  drugs,  dry  goods,  groceries  or  provisions  in 
rooms  where  liquors  are  sold  to  be  consumed  on  prem- 
ises. 

Have  any  screen  or  colored  glass  or  any  other  thing 
in  the  store  or  window  which  conceals  or  obstructs  a 
full  view  of  the  barroom  during  prohibited  hours. 

Sell  from  a  wagon  without  a  license  to  do  so. 

If  licensed  as  a  hotel,  sell  liquors  on  Sundays  ex- 
cept to  guests  with  their  meals  or  in  their  rooms  (this 
exception  does  not  apply  to  prohibited  hours  on  any 
day). 

Sell  to  an  Indian. 

Permit  gambling  or  disorderly  conduct  on  prem- 
ises. 

Permit  a  woman  not  a  member  of  proprietor's  fam- 
ily to  sell  liquor. 

If  a  hotel,  let  rooms  to  a  prostitute  or  for  purposes 
of  prostitution,  or  to  more  than  one  party  of  one  or 
more  persons  between  9  p.  m.  and  6  a.  m. 

Rent  rooms  to  persons  unless  they  sign  the  register 
in  the  public  office  and  in  the  presence  of  the  man- 
ager or  clerk,  or  knowingly  to  persons  signing  fic- 
titious names  or  addresses. 


192  POLICE      PRACTICE 


There  are  seven  different  kinds  of  licenses  to  traffic  in 
liquors,  as  follows: 

1.  To  sell  liquor  to  be  drunk  on  premises.     Hotels  and 

saloons  are  also  permitted  to  sell  as  per  Nos.  2,  3 
and  5,  $1,200  a  year. 

2.  To  sell  in  quantities  of  less  than  5  gallons,  no  part  of 

which  to  be  drunk  on  premises,  $750  a  year.  Note 
— License  fee  for  1  and  2  varies  according  to  the 
population  of  the  borough. 

3.  Druggists^  license,  to  sell  liquor  on  doctor's  prescrip- 

tion, such  liquor  not  to  be  drunk  on  premises,  $7.50 
a  year. 

4.  To  sell  liquor  to  passengers  on  a  train  or  boat,  $300 

per  year. 

5.  To  sell  liquor  from  a  wagon  in  quantities  of  less  than 

5  and  more  than  3  gallons,  provided  such  person 
is  licensed  to  sell  liquors  as  described  in  Nos.  1  or  2, 
$150  per  year. 

6.  To  sell  alcohol  between  7  a.  m.  and  7  p.  m.  on  week 

days  in  quantities  of  less  than  5  gallons,  to  be  used 
for  mechanical,  medical  or  scientific  purposes,  $37.50 
a  year. 

7.  For  a  grower,   to   sell  liquors   produced   solely  from 

fruit,  in  quantities  of  less  than  5  but  not  less  than 
2  gallons,  to  be  sold  between  7  a.  m.  and  7  p.  m. 
week  days,  $75.00  a  year. 


ELECTION    LAWS. 

It  is  a  crime  punishable  by  imprisonment  for  a  public 
officer  to  omii,  refuse  or  neglect  to  perform  any  act  re- 
quired of  him  by  the  Election  Law,  or  to  refuse  to  permit 
the  doing  of  any  act  authorized  thereby. 

All  election  officers  are  public  officers. 

Policemen  are  assigned  to  polling  places  to  preserve  the 
peace  and  maintain  order,  to  see  that  the  election  officers 


AND     PROCEDURE  193 


are  not  interfered  with  in  the  performance  of  their  duties, 
to  see  that  properly  qualified  electors  are  protected  in  the 
exercise  of  the  right  of  franchise,  to  prevent  violations 
of  law,  to  arrest  persons  guilty  of  any  violation  of  the  Elec- 
tion Law  or  of  any  attempted  violation,  and  to  perform 
any  other  police  work  that  may  be  required  of  them.  They 
must  not  under  any  circumstances  write  in,  or  even  handle, 
the  books  of  the  election  officers.  They  must  refrain  from 
engaging  in  any  unnecessary  conversation  or  discussion 
with  citizens.  They  must  keep  order  in  the  streets,  par- 
ticularly in  the  vicinity  of  the  polls  and  should  mmediately 
notify  their  commanding  officer  in  case  additional  force 
is  required.  They  will  see  that  no  electioneering  or  loiter- 
ing is  permitted  within  the  polling  place  nor  within  one 
hundred  feet  thereof  during  the  hours  that  the  polls  are 
open,  and  that  the  provisions  of  the  Liquor  Tax  Law  are 
strictly  observed. 

An  attempt  at  illegal  voting,  even  though  abandoned. by 
the  one  making  the  attempt,  is  a  felony. 

Any  person  who  during  an  election  wilfully  defaces  or  in- 
jures a  voting  booth,  removes  or  destroys  any  supplies 
therein,  or  before  the  closing  of  the  polls  defaces  or  de- 
stroys any  list  of  candidates  to  be  voted  for  in  accordance 
with  the  Election  Law,  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

Warrants  issued  for  false  registration  must  not  be  exe- 
cuted until  the  person  named  in  the  warrant  has  voted  or 
has  had  an  opportunity  to  do  so.  Neither  must  arrests  for 
violations  of  the  Election  Law,  with  or  without  a  warrant, 
be  made  until  the  elector  has  had  an  opportunity  to  vote. 

The  right  to  vote  of  any  person  whose  name  is  on  the 
register  is  subject  to  challenge.  A  person  challenged, 
either  by  some  elector  present  or  by  an  election  officer,  must 
take  the  oath  or  oaths  nrescribed  before  he  is  entitled  to 
vote. 

A  messenger  authorized  by  law  to  receive  and  carry  a 
report  or  certificate  of  any  statement  relating  to  the  result 
of  an  election  who  wilfully  mutilates  same  or  does  any  act 
which  prevents  the  delivery  of  it  as  required  by  law;  or 


194  POLICE      PRACTICE 


a  person  who  takes  away  from  such  messenger  any  such 
report  or  certificate,  with  intent  to  prevent  its'  delivery, 
is  guilty  of  a  felony  and  punishable  by  imprisonment  for 
not  more  than  five  years. 

A  Deputy  Superintendent  of  Elections  has  power  to  ar- 
rest any  person  without  a  warrant  who  in  his  presence  vio- 
lates or  attempts  to  violate  any  of  the  provisions  of  the 
Election  Law  relating  to  crimes  against  the  elective  fran- 
chise. He  is  also  authorized  to  inspect  and  copy  any  books, 
records,  etc.,  relating  to  or  affecting  the  election  or  the 
registration  of  electors. 

The  State  Superintendent  or  any  deputy  may  call  upon 
any  person  to  assist  him  in  the  performance  of  his  duty. 
He  may  call  upon  any  public  officer,  who  personally,  or 
through  his  assistants,  deputies  or  subordinates,  shall  ren- 
der such  assistance  as  may  be  required.  Any  person  who 
shall  fail  on  demand  of  the  Superintendent  of  Elections, 
or  of  any  Deputy,  to  render  aid  or  assistance  in  the  per- 
formance of  his  duty,  or  who  wilfully  hinders,  Interferes 
with  or  delays  such  Superintendent  or  Deputy  in  the  per- 
formance of  his  duty,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  felony. 
A  conviction  in  such  a  case  carries  with  it  the  forfeiture 
of  office. 

On  election  days,  two  policemen  are  assigned  to  each 
polling  place  and  if  it  be  necessary  for  either  of  them  to 
leave  his  post,  he  must  promptly  notify  the  precinct  in 
which  the  polling  place  is  located  in  order  that  another 
officer  may  be  assigned  to  take  his  place  until  he  returns. 

Special  instructions  are  issued  to  patrolmen  as  to  their 
duties  on  Election  Day  and  the  days  of  primaries,  regis- 
tration and  special  elections. 

After  registration,  it  is  necessary  for  the  Police  De- 
partment to  verify  every  name  on  the  registry  lists,  and 
several  policemen  are  assigned  to  this  duty  in  each  pre- 
cinct. To  do  this  work  thoroughly  it  is  necessary  to  know 
the  qualifications  a  legal  voter  must  possess,  namely: 
he  must  be  a  citizen,/  twenty-one  years  of  age ;  must 
have  resided  one  year  /in  the  state,  four  months  in  the 


AND     PROCEDURE  195 


county  and  thirty  days  in  the  election  district  previous  to 
Election  Day;  if  naturalized  he  must  have  his  papers 
ninety  days  before  Election  Day,  and  his  name  must  ap- 
pear on  the  registry  list. 

In  this  state  a  person  does  not  forfeit  his  legal  address 
by  reason  of  a  temporary   absence. 

When  in  doubt  as  to  whether  a  person  possesses  the 
required  qualifications,  report  all  the  circumstances  to  your 
commanding  officer,  including  the  names  and  addresses  of 
two  persons  whom  you  have  interviewed. 

Most  of  the  information  required  in  verifying  the  regis- 
try can  be  obtained  from  the  owner,  agent  or  janitor  of 
the  premises  from  which  the  person  registered,  or  from  his 
neighbors,  his  employer  or  employees. 


19B  POLICE     PRACTICE 


CHAPTER  XIL 


INVESTIGATIONS    AND     REPORTS. 

It  is  essential  that  you  thoroughly  and  intelligently  in- 
vestigate the  cases  brought  to  your  attention,  because 
whether  or  not  an  arrest  is  made  at  the  time,  a  full  and 
complete  report  is  required.  In  addition,  if  you  carefully 
observe  conditions  surrounding  a  crime  and  know  how  to 
question  persons  who  may  be  witnesses,  several  clues  will 
develop,  and  by  eliminating  some  and  linking  others,  the 
key  to  the  situation,  the  motive,  will  be  found. 

The  first  question  to  present  itself  to  the  investigator 
should  be:  "Do  the  facts  as  alleged  exist?"  The  second 
question  should  be:  "Are  any  of  the  -  functions  of  the 
Police  Department  involved;  the  preservation  of  the 
peace,  the  enforcement  of  the  law,  the  protection  of  life 
and  property,  the  prevention  and  detection  of  crime,  or 
the  arrest  of  law-breakers?"  If  you  can  answer  both 
questions  in  the  affirmative,  the  matter  is  one  requiring 
investigation,  immediate  police  action  and  report. 

Immediately  after  an  accident  or  the  commission  of  a 
crime,  persons  who  have  witnessed  the  incident  are  very 
talkative  and  will  readily  tell  you  all  they  know  of  the 
matter;  but  when  the  excitement  has  passed  and  they 
realize  that  they  may  be  summoned  to  court  as  witnesses 
and  that  possibly  some  friend  may  be  injured  as  a  result 
of  the  information  furnished  by  them,  they  become  evasive. 

It  will  often  be  found  that  persons  who  are  witnesses 
to  the  commission  of  a  crime  or  who  know  how  or  why  a 
crime  was  committed,  do  not  want  it  generally  known 
that  they  have  given  information  to  the  police,  fearing 
physical  harm  or  injury  to  their  business,   and  will,  if 


A  N  D     P  R  O  C  E  D  U  R  E  197 


they  are  publicly  questioned,  deny  all  knowledge.  If  you 
question  such  witnesses  privately  and  assure  them  that 
their  names  will  not  be  made  public,  they  will  often  be- 
come fully  communicative. 

In  seeking  information  from  persons  who  appear  to  be 
reticent,  do  not  let  them  see  you  making  notes. 

It  is  very  important  that  you  get  witnesses  whose  evi- 
dence will  be  corroborative.  In  explanation:  Assume 
that  a  crime  has  been  committed  on  the  street  in 
front  of  a  certain  address  and  that  witnesses  are 
being  examined.  A.  states  that  he  saw  the  defendant 
running,  25  feet  from  the  premises;  B.  states  that  he  saw 
the  defendant  running,  50  feet  from  the  premises;  C. 
states  that  he  saw  the  defendant  running,  75  feet  from 
the  premises;  and  D.  states  that  he  saw  the  defendant 
running,  100  feet  from  the  premises.  This  is  good  evi- 
dence, but  it  has  not  the  weight  that  corroborative 
evidence  would  have  — that  is,  if  B.  would  bear  out  A.'s 
statement. 

Familiarize  yourself  with  the  elements  that  go  to  make 
up  legal  evidence.  Without  this  knowledge  you  cannot 
always  bring  forth  the  material  facts  that  are  necessary 
to  secure  a  conviction;  or,  if  you  do  come  into  possession 
of  such  facts  you  may  not  realize  their  importance  until 
informed  by  your  commanding  officer  or  the  court,  and  it 
may  then  be  too  late  to  properly  present  them. 


REPORTS. 

To  your  superiors  your  reports  serve  a  purpose  similar  to 

that  of  your  testimony  in  court.  In  both  cases,  you  under- 
take to  convey  an  impression  of  the  circumstances  to 
persons  who  have  not  witnessed  the  incident,  and  unless 
you  are  graphic  enough,  so  that  others  can  clearly  picture 
the  situation,  you  have  not  accomplished  your  end. 

Enter  all  the  material  facts  in  connection  with  occur- 
rences on  your  post  in  your  memorandum  book.       If  a 


lOS  POLICE      PRACTICE 


report  is  req^nired,  it  is  wanted,  in  writing,  for  two  pur- 
poses: for  the  records  of  the  Department,  and  so  that 
other  members  of  the  Department  may  use  it  as  a  basis 
from  which  to  work  on  the  matter.  It  is  therefore  impor- 
tant that  even  the  smallest  detail  be  included,  because  if 
the  report  is  incomplete,  it  will  be  necessary  for  the  detec- 
tive to  consult  you  or  to  visit  the  scene  and  make  a  second 
investigation. 

Enter  in  your  memorandum  book  in  chronological  order 
an  accurate  and  concise  record  of  the  police  duty  per- 
formed by  you.  In  addition  to  having  this  informa- 
tion for  the  record  of  the  Department,  it  should  be  so 
complete  that  if  you  were  called  upon  to  testify  in  court 
a  year  after  an  entry  had  been  made,  you  could  readily 
refresh  your  memory  from  it. 


POINTS    TO     BE    COVERED    IN     MAKING     REPORTS. 

Nanie  and  address  of  the  person  in  a  position  to  supply 
the  most  reliable  information:  the  owner  of  stolen  prop- 
erty or  the  person  who  last  saw  it  intact;  the  victim  of 
an  accident  or  assault,  or  eye-witnesses.  Do  not  use  the 
titles  "Mr.,"  "Miss,"  or  "Mrs."  unless  it  is  to  distinguish 
between  a  mother  and  a  daughter  having  the  same  name. 

Homicide,  or  Cases  of  Possible  Homicide. 

Pedigree  of  the  victim ;  what  he  was  doing  just  previous 
to  being  assaulted;  time  of  the  assault;  location;  names 
and  addresses  of  persons  in  the  victim's  company ;  manner 
of  assault  or  violence  used ;  description  of  weapon  used,  if 
any;  name  and  address  of  surgeon  pronouncing  the  body 
dead;  disposition  of  body;  full  description  of  property 
taken  from  the  body ;  and  disposition  of  such  property. 

Assault  with  a  Weapok.   ■ 
In  addition  to  the  pedigree  of  all  concerned ;  if  a  re- 
volver has  been  used,  note  maker's  name,  type,  calibre,  and 


AND     PROCEDURE  199 


serial  number;  if  a  knife,  club,  or  other  weapon  has  been 
used,  note  any  identifying  marks  on  it. 


Burglary  or  Larceny. 

Name  and  address  of  victim;  street  address  of  the 
premises;  floor  or  part  of  building;  manner  in  which  the 
building  was  entered ;  amount,  value  and  kind  of  property 
stolen.  Try  to  learn  from  the  owner  something  about  the 
stolen  property  that  will  make  it  distinctive  from  prop- 
erty of  a  similar  kind,  such  as  tags,  maker's  name,  mono- 
grams or  initials. 


Street  Accidents  (Vehicular). 

Xame,  number  and  address  of  motorman,  conductor,  or 
driver;  number  of  vehicle,  type,  and  the  owner's  name 
appearing  on  it ;  direction  in  which  traveling ;  exact  loca- 
tion at  time  of  accident. 


Fires. 

Exact  time  the  fire  started  or  was  discovered;  part  of 
building  in  which  it  started ;  street  and  number ;  size  and 
type  of  building;  names  of  occupants;  name  and  address 
of  owner;  cause,  if  known;  name  and  address  of  person 
sending  alarm;  names  and  addresses  of  witnesses,  and 
whether  any  suspicious  circumstances  were  connected  with 
the  fire. 


Missing  Persons. 

Full  name  and  address;  accurate  and  distinctive  physi- 
cal description  (see  Identification)  ;  clothing  worn  when 
last  seen;  contents  of  clothing;  habits  and  peculiarities 
of  the  missing  person ;  when  last  seen,  where  and  by  whom. 


200  POLICE      PRACTICE 


UNCONSCIOUS  Persons. 

Establish  identity  by  examining  names  and  addresses 
in  memorandum  books  or  papers,  or  by  marks  on  the 
clothing;  give  an  accurate  and  distinctive  physical  de- 
scription (see  Identification). 

Whenever  you  are  called  upon  to  get  facts  quickly 
from  a  person  who  is  lapsing  into  unconsciousness  or  who 
is  about  to  be  removed  in  an  ambulance,  do  not  attempt 
to  write  the  complete  report  as  you  are  questioning.  Jot 
down  the  answers  briefly,  and  at  the  first  opportunity  make 
out  a  report  from  your  notes. 

SAMPLE    REPORTS. 

STORE     DOOR     FOUND     OPEN. 

November  13th,  1913. 

Tour  4.00  P.  M.  to  12  Mid.  Post  No.  26. 

At  8.15  this  P.  M.,  found  front  door  of  store  at  169 
Fulton  St.,  open.  Occupied  by  James  Johnson,  electrical 
supplies.  Searched  and  secured  premises,  assisted  by 
Patrolman  Edward  J.  Jones,  12th  Precinct.  Apparently 
nothing  disturbed. 

Patrolman  John  Eeith,  Shield  No.  3456. 

12th  Precinct. 

LARCENY    REPORT. 

November  13th,  1913. 

Tour  n  Mid.  to  8  A.  M.  Post  No.  14. 

At  7.30  this  A.  M.,  a  man  representing  himself  as  an 
agent  of  the  Consolidated  Gas  Co. ,  entered  the  residence  of 
John  Brown,  at  1695  Green  Ave.,  and  showing  a  badge  to 
the  owner,  said  that  he  had  been  sent  by  the  Gas  Company 
to  examine  the  flow  of  gas  in  the  building.  When  he  left 
at  about  7.45  A.  M.,  the  following  property  was  missing 
from  a  drawer  in  bureau  in  bedroom  on  the  second  floor: 


AND     PROCEDURE  201 


One  diamond  ring,  initials  on  inside  ''J.  B.  to  C.  B.";  one 
hunting-case  gold  watch,  Elgin  movement,  case  No.  65789, 
works  No.  64534;  total  value,  $200.00. 

Description  of  man,  about  30  years,  smooth  face,  5  feet 
6  inches,  140  pounds,  square  shoulders,  light  complexion, 
large  grease  spot  on  right  shoulder  of  coat,  black  laced 
shoes.  Eeported  by  owner.  No  property  recovered  and 
no  arrests. 

Patrolman  John  Shea,  Shield  4678. 

35th  Precinct. 

FIRE     REPORT. 

November  13th,  1913. 

Tour  4  P.  M.  to  12  Mid.  Post  No.  6. 

At  6.15  this  P.  M.  fire  occurred  on  fourth  floor,  rear, 
of  five  story  brick  tenement  house  No.  165  West  40th 
Street,  owned  by  Simon  Cohen,  No.  150  West  45th  Street, 
and  occupied  by  John  Samuels,  caused  by  explosion  of 
kerosene  lamp.  Discovered  by  Mary  Samuels,  165  West 
40th  Street.  Alarm  sent  from  fire  box  678,  N.  W.  corner 
of  40th  St.  and  8th  Avenue,  by  James  Duff,  456  W.  40th 
St.     Nothing  suspicious. 

Patrolman  James  Kelly^  Shield  No.  456. 

23rd  Precinct. 


BODY     FOUND     IN     RIVER. 

November  13th,  1913. 
Tour  4  P.  M.  to  12  Mid.  Post  No.  34. 

At  10.15  this  P.  M.  John  Nichols,  167  Front  St,  Cap- 
tain of  Tugboat  Reliance,  found  the  dead  body  of  an  un- 
known man  floating  in  the  East  River  opposite  24th  St., 
and  towed  it  to  dock  at  foot  of  East  22nd  St. 

Description  of  body:  About  40  years,  5  feet  10  inches, 
180  pounds,  black  hair,  mustache  tinged  with  grey,  dark 


202  POLICE      PRACTICE 


complexion,  mole  on  right  side  of  neck,  small  scar  on 
point  of  chin,  cross  tatooed  on  chest. 

Description  of  clothing:  Black  coat  and  pants,  marked 
Arnheim  &  Co.,  makers,  N.  Y.  City;  white  vest  with 
black  buttons;  white  flannel  outing  shirt;  blue  cotton 
underwear  J  black  stockings;  tan  laced  shoes,  size  No.  9, 
marked  Coward,  N".  Y. ;  white  turned-down  collar,  size  16, 
marked  No.  6745  Sunset  Brand;  blue  tie. 

Contents  of  clothing:  One  memorandum  book  marked 
"Expense  Account,"  date  in  figures;  one  gold  watch 
marked  with  initials  J.  H.  S.  on  outside  of  case,  Waltham 
movement,  case  No.  45678,  works  No.  87654;  one  handker- 
chief, initials  J.  H.  S. ;  one  russet  leather  pocketbook  con- 
taining card  marked  Julius  Cohen,  Architect,  No.  345 
B'way;  six  dollars  in  bills  and  84  cents  in  coin.  All  de- 
livered at  station-house. 

Body  viewed  by  Coroner  Smith,  who  ordered  its  re- 
moval to  the  City  Morgue.  Witnesses :  James  Hall,  No. 
78  Seventh  Ave.,  a  fireman  on  Tug  Reliance;  Samuel 
Duffy,  67  Newark  St.,  a  deckhand  on  Tug  Reliance. 

No  marks  of  suspicious  character  on  the  body. 

Patrolman  John  Smith,  Shield  No.  346. 

32nd  Precinct. 

ATTEMPTED     SUICIDE. 

August  28th,  1913. 
Tour  4  P.  M.  to  12  Mid.  Post  No.  35. 

At  6.15  this  P.  M.,  William  Lawlor,  25  years,  white, 
single,  U.  S.,  clerk,  of  No.  187  West  5Gth  St.,  attempted 
suicide  in  a  bedroom  on  the  4th  floor  of  his  residence  by 
drinking  a  quantity  of  carbolic  acid.  Attended  by  Dr. 
James  Reilly,  of  Roosevelt  Hospital,  and  removed  thereto 
as  a  prisoner.  Witness:  Mary  Brown,  a  servant  in  Law- 
lor's  household.  No.  187  West  56th  Street. 

Searched  in  the  presence  of  Dr.  James  Reilly,  at  Roose- 
velt Hospital,  and  the  following  property  taken  from  him : 


AND     PROCEDURE  208 


One  empty  bottle  marked  *'  Brennan's  Pharmacy,  456 
Eighth  Ave.,  No.  56784,  Carbolic  Acid,  for  External  Use;" 
one  penknife;  one  key  ring;  one  handkerchief.  All  deliv- 
ered to  station-house. 

Eelieved  at  Roosevelt  Hospital  by  Patrolman  John 
Jones,  18th  Precinct,  at  7.05  this  P.  M. 

Patrolman  John  Ryan,  Shield  No.  765. 

18th  Precinct. 

REPORT     OF     A     BURGLARY. 

August  28th,  1913. 
Tour  4  P.  M.  to  12  Midnight.  Post  No.  23. 

Sometime  between  8  P.  M.  and  11.30  P.  M.  August 
26th,  1913,  some  unknown  person  or  persons  entered  the 
residence  of  Jane  Brown,  187  West  25th  Street,  by  forcing 
rear  basement  door,  entered  dining  room  and  stole  from 
the  sideboard  therein,  one  silver  fish  bowl,  initials  J.  A.  B. ; 
one  dozen  teaspoons  marked  J.  T.  B. ;  one  silver  soup 
tureen,  marked  J.  B. ;  total  value  $60.00. 

Discovered  and  reported  by  owner.  No  arrests  and  no 
property  recovered. 

Patrolman  William  Smith,  Shield  No.  435. 

35th  Precinct. 

INJURED    ON    STREET. 

August  28th,  1913. 

Tour  8  A.  M.  to  4  P.  M.  Post  No.  15. 

At  10.40  this  A.  M.  Mary  Jones,  white,  68  years,  single, 
Ireland,  houseworker,  No.  150  West  52d  Street,  while  walk- 
ing south  on  sidewalk  in  front  of  No.  638  Third  Ave.,  in 
some  unknown  manner  fell,  striking  her  head  against  a 
lamp-post.  Attended  by  Ambulance  Surgeon  William 
Meyer,  Bellevue  Hospital,  and  removed  thereto  suffering 


204  POLICE      PRACTICE 


from  contusions  of  back  of  head.  Wounds  serious.  Street 
in  good  condition.  Accident  report  made  out.  Witnesses : 
William  Brady,  No.  789  Third  Ave;  James  Eeilly,  No. 
56  Oak  St. 

Patrolman  William  Kelley,  Shield  No.  764. 

18th  Precinct. 


ACCIDENT  IN   A   BUILDING   AND    CONSEQUENT 
ARREST. 

November  14th,  1913. 

Tour  8  A.  M.  to  4  P.  M.  Post  No.  25. 

At  3.25  this  P.  M.  William  Fowler,  30  years,  white, 
married,  Ireland,  clerk,  of  No.  1759  Myrtle  Ave.,  Brook- 
lyn, fell  down  elevator  shaft  from  4th  floor  to  basement, 
through  a  door  which  had  been  left  open,  and  was  instantly 
killed,  in  Mills  Building,  No.  40  Broad  Street,  owned 
by  Ogden  Mills  Estate,  No.  40  Broad  Street.  Pro- 
nounced dead  by  Dr.  John  Eosch,  of  House  of  Eelief. 
Coroner  Smith  viewed  body  and  gave  permit  for  its 
removal  to  Brown's  Undertaking  Establishment,  No. 
456  Ninth  Avenue.  Body  searched  in  the  presence 
of  John  Brown,  No.  160  Jackson  Street,,  and  the  fol- 
lowing effects  were  found  and  removed  to  station- 
house:  One  hunting-case  gold  watch,  Waltham  move- 
ment, case  No.  567894,  movement  No.  564782;  one  gold 
chain;  one  penknife;  one  black  leather  pocketbook  con- 
taining two  cents  in  cash  and  two  old  coins.  Witnesses: 
James  Boyle,  No.  50  Morris  Street;  Mary  Conlon,  No.  80 
Rector  St. 

In  connection  with  the  above,  arrested  one  Thomas 
Boran,  40  years,  white,  single,  Ireland,  engineer.  No.  81 
Dey  St.,  N.  Y.  City,  charged  with  Homicide,  he  having 
been  in  charge  of  elevator  at  the  time  of  accident. 

Patrolman  Thomas  Moran"^  Shield  No.  5678. 

1st  Precinct. 


AND     PROCEDURE  205 

ASSAULT. 

November  2nd,  1913. 

Tour  12  Mid.  to  8  A.  M.  Post  No.  12. 

At  6.15  this  A.  M.  Thomas  Murphy,  169  W.  10th  St., 
30  years,  white,  single,  U.  S.,  laborer,  during  an  alterca- 
tion in  the  saloon  of  James  Brown,  at  No.  456  Ninth  Ave., 
was  struck  several  times  on  the  head  with  a  beer  glass  by 
Thomas  Dolan,  35  years,  white,  married,  England, 
laborer,  of  No.  164  East  17th  St.  Attended  by  Dr.  Mer- 
rill, of  St.  Peter's  Hospital,  and  removed  thereto  suffering 
from  six  incised  wounds  on  head.  Wounds  serious.  Assail- 
ant identified  by  complainant  and  arrested.  Peer  glass  held 
as  evidence.  Friends  notified.  Witnesses:  John  Doe, 
No.  18  East  17th  St.;  John  Roe,  No.  456  Eighth  Ave., 
who  were  also  arrested  as  material  witnesses. 

Patrolman  James  Smith^  Shield  No.  4567. 

18th  Precinct. 

RAILROAD    ACCIDENT. 

November  26th,  1913. 

Tour  4  P.  M.  to  12  Midnight.  Post.  No.  7. 

At  10.45^  this  P.  M.  John  Gordon,  white,  45  years,  mar- 
ried, Ireland,  plumber,  of  No.  190  West  St.,  while  crossing 
3rd  Ave.,  in  front  of  No.  365,  was  struck  and  knocked 
down  by  a  New  York  City  Railroad  surface  car  No.  654, 
southbound,  run  No.  45,  in  charge  of  Conductor  James 
Duane,  156  Rector  Street,  badge  No.  765,  and  Motorman 
John  Kelley,  No.  2  Jones  St.,  badge  No.  456.  Attended 
by  Dr.  Brown,  of  Bellevue  Hospital,  and  removed  thereto 
suffering  from  bruises  on  neck;  not  serious.  Street  in 
good  condition.  Witnesses:  John  McCahill,  198  Mott 
Ave.,  Bronx;  Daniel  Ester,  No.  3  West  47th  St. 

Patrolman  William  Sidney,  Shield  4657. 

18tli  Precinct. 


20C  POLICE      PRACTICE 


CHAPTER  XIII. 


CO-OPERATION    WITH    CITY    DEPARTMENTS. 

The  Mayor  and  the  Borough  Presidents  are  responsible 
for  the  administrative  work  of  the  City  of  New  York. 
For  the  purpose  of  distributing  this  work  various  depart- 
•ments  have  been  established  by  law  and  specific  duties 
assigned  to  each.  To  a  certain  extent,  the  City  of  New 
York  is  similar  to  an  ordinary  every-day  large  corpora; 
tion,  in  that  the  success  of  the  whole  depends  upon  the 
success  of  each  department;  and  there  Is  hardly  one  de- 
partment, in  either  case,  that  can  be  a  success  without  the 
sympathy  and  co-operation  of  at  least  one  other  depart- 
ment. 

While  their  duties  may  link  together  two  or  possibly 
three  city  departments,  calling  for  constant  teamwork, 
the  Police  Department  is  peculiarly  situated  in  this  re- 
spect; it  must  co-operate  with  each  and  every  one  of  them 
by  enforcing  such  laws  and  ordinances  as  have  been  passed 
to  facilitate  their  work. 

The  City  is  not  striving  for  efficiency  because  it  has  an 
active  competitor  in  the  field;  its  stockholders,  the  resi- 
dents who  foot  the  expense  and  salary  bills,  are  looking 
for  results.  They  do  not  care  for  an  explanation  of  a 
failure.  It  is  cold  comfort  to  a  taxpayer  who  is  person- 
ally interested  in  a  matter  in  which  two  departments  have 
been  brought  into  play,  and  which  has  gone  wrong,  to 
know  that  the  failure  was  due  to  only  one  of  the  depart- 
ments and  that  the  other  was  quite  successful.  Bear  this 
in  mind  and  do  not  get  into  controversies  with  employees 
of  other  departments  or  try  to  shift  the  responsibility  or 
attribute  the  failure  to  them.  Your  duties  are  clearly  de- 
fined and  if  you  fulfill  them,  the  failure  of  another  will 
never  reflect  upon  you. 


AND     PROCEDURE  201 


The  Charter  provides  that  many  of  the  city  depart- 
ments shall  make  certain  inspections  and  repairs,  and  it  is 
mandatory  that  the  public  permit  access  necessary 
to  accomplish  such  results  and  obey  the  lawful 
orders  of  the  Inspectors.  Very  often  representatives  of 
those  departments  are  interfered  with  and  retarded  by 
persons  acting  either  through  ignorance  or  a  desire  to 
evade  compliance  with  the  regulations.  Such  persons  are 
usually  liable  to  court  action,  but  as  litigation  would  delay 
the  accomplishment  of  that  department's  purpose,  it  serves 
far  better  if  a  patrolman,  without  the  use  of  force  and 
without  violating  the  law,  can  enforce  compliance.  For 
instance,  a  janitor  might  disregard  the  warning  of  an 
inspector  of  the  Tenement  House  Department  to  keep  a 
light  in  the  hallway  of  a  tenement;  but  if  a  patrolman 
were  to  tell  the  janitor  that  it  is  a  violation  of  the  law 
and  that  he  is  liable  to  be  punished  for  the  failure,  it 
would  have  far  more  effect  upon  him.  Drivers  often 
refuse  to  move  their  vehicles  at  the  request  of  a  street 
sweeper  who  may  want  to  sweep  under  them;  but  if  a 
patrolman  tells  them  to  move  out  of  the  way,  they  do  so 
readily. 

Every  department  is  called  upon,  from  time  to  time,  to 
handle  an  unusual  condition :  the  Fire  Department  may 
have  a  large  conflagration  to  fight ;  the  Department  of 
Street  Cleaning,  a  heavy  fall  of  snow  to  remove ;  the  De- 
partment of  Health,  an  epidemic  of  disease  to  control ;  the 
Bureau  of  Highways,  a  cave-in  of  the  street  to  repair.  At 
such  times  the  responsibility  resting  upon  the  Police 
Department  for  the  accomplishment  of  the  function  of  the 
other  department  is  as  great  as  that  upon  the  department 
itself. 

While  it  is  rarely  necessary  for  the  members  of  any 
other  city  department  to  know  the  duties  of  the  Police 
Department  in  order  to  assist  it,  it  is  necessary  that  every 
policeman  know  the  duties  and  laws  governing  the  other 
departments  in  order  to  intelligently  assist  and  co-operate 
with  them. 


208  POLICE      PRACTICE 


DEPARTMENT   OF   HEALTH. 

Its  general  duties  are  to  enforce  all  laws  and  ordinances 
relative  to  the  care,  promotion  and  protection  of  health. 
It  controls  the  treatment  of  contagions  and  infections  dis- 
eases, and  to  that  end  has  established  various  rules  and 
regulations,  all  of  which  are  contained  in  the  Sanitary 
Code,  a  violation  of  which  is  a  misdemeanor. 

The  police  co-operate  with  the  Department  of  Health  by- 
reporting  to  it  all  dead  animals  In  streets  or  public  places, 
and  persons  and  animals  suffering  from  contagious  or 
infectious  diseases,  and  by  taking  charge  of  such  persons 
or  animals,  or  their  bodies,  pending  proper  disposition. 
The  police  also  co-operate  by  enforcing  the  provisions  of 
the  Sanitary  Code,  the  principal  being  the  following : 

Permits  from  the  Board  of  Health  are  required  for  the 
following  privileges: 

To  keep  cows ; 

To  keep  live  pigeons  ; 

To  keep  chickens,  geese,  ducks  or  other  fowls,  or  kill 
or  offer  them  for  sale  (except  on  premises  used  for 
farming  in  unimproved  sections  of  the  city) ; 

To  keep  birds,  dogs,  cats  or  other  small  animals  for  sale  ; 

To  maintain  a  shelter  for  homeless  animals ; 

To  use  a  cellar  as  a  stable  for  horses  or  other  animals  ; 

To  lead  cattle  through  the  streets  except  when  landed 
at  the  foot  of  streets  on  which  slaughter-houses  are 
located.  (Such  streets  must  be  barricaded.)  In  The 
Bronx,  Brooklyn,  Queens  and  Richmond,  if  driven 
through  certain  designated  streets,  permits  are  not 
required  ; 

To  keep  a  lodging  house  ; 

To  keep  a  bathing  pavilion  ; 

To  erect  a  tent  or  camp  for  the  occupation  of  any 
person ; 

To  maintain  house  boats  • 


AND     PROCEDURE  209 


To  maintain  a  lying-in  hospital,  foundling  asylum,  day 

nursery,  or  to  be  a  midwife  ; 
To  sell,  keep  or  offer  for  sale,  milk ; 
To  use  well-water  in  the  Borough  of  Manhattan ; 
To  conduct  smoke  houses  ; 
To  conduct  fat  rendering  plants ; 
To  conduct  slaughter  houses  ; 
To  manufacture  mineral  waters  ; 
To  manufacture  prepared  meats  or  sausages ; 
To  conduct  establishments  for  the  breaking  out  of  eggs  ; 
To  sell,  or  keep  for  sale,  oysters  ; 
To  transport  swill,  offal,  garbage,  butchers'  refuse,  or 

other  noxious  substance ; 
To  pile  or  deposit  garbage,  offal,  dirt  or  manure  in  any 

public  street  or  place  ; 
To  gather,  accumulate,  store  or  carry  bones,  refuse  or 

offensive  material ; 
To  keep  a  place  for  tanning  or  dressing  hides,  or  any 

business  which,  in  its  operation,  generates  offensive 

vapors  or  odors ; 
To  yard  horses  or  keep  cattle,  swine,  sheep  or  goats 

within  the  built-up  portions  of  the  City ; 
To  remove  manure  or  stable  refuse  in  carts  or  wagons  ; 
To  fill  in  a  vacant  lot  with  street  sweepings ; 
To  remove  the  contents  of  a  privy  or  cess-pool. 

TJie  following  acts,  which  might  he  dangerous  to  life  and 
health,  are  prohibited : 

To  cause  or  permit  any  human  being  to  use  a  bathroom, 
cellar  or  water-closet  as  a  sleeping  place  ; 

To  keep,  sell  or  offer  for  sale  or  transport  any  food, 
unless  protected  from  dust,  dirt,  flies  and  other  con- 
tamination, except  fruits  and  vegetables  which  must 
be  peeled  or  pared  before  eating ; 

To  sell  or  offer  for  sale  any  food  which  is  decayed ; 


210  POLICE      PRACTICE 


To  expose  for  sale  in  the  street  or  outside  of  a  store, 

poultry,  game  or  fish  ; 
To  injure  or  destroy  any  hydrant  used  for  drinking 

purposes  ; 

To  supply  for  public  use,  common  drinking  cups,  free 
lunch  forks,  and  common  roller  towels ; 

To  sell  poison  at  retail  without  labeling  the  receptacle 
"Poison"; 

To  sell  carbolic  acid  stronger  than  in  5  per  cent,  solu- 
tion except  on  a  physician's  prescription ; 

To  sell  cocaine,  morphine  or  opium  without  a  physician's 
prescription ; 

To  keep  an  animal  having  a  contagious  disease,  or  to 
remove  such  animal  or  its  body  without  the  authority 
of  the  Health  or  Police  Department ; 

To  permit  an  unmuzzled  dog  to  be  on  any  public  high- 
way, public  park  or  place  in  the  City  of  New  York ; 

To  place  a  dead  horse  in  the  street  without  attaching  a 

tag  bearing  the  owner's  name  ; 
To  throw  a  dead  animal  into  any  public  waters  ; 

To  fill  in  land  with  garbage,  dead  animals  or  other 
decaying  matter ; 

To  sieve,  agitate  or  expose  ashes,  coal,  dry  sand,  hair, 
feathers,  or  other  substance  likely  to  be  blown  about 
by  the  wind,  or  to  shake  any  mat,  carpet,  rug  or  cloth 
where  particles  of  dust  therefrom  would  pass  into  a 
street  or  public  place  ; 

To  load  manure  wagons  on  the  street  or  to  transport 
manure  or  like  substance  through  the  streets,  unless 
covered  so  as  to  prevent  spilling  and  transported  with- 
out unnecessary  delay ; 

To  drive  a  horse  or  other  animal  or  vehicle  on  the  side- 
walk to  the  peril  of  any  person,  or  otherwise  obstruct 
the  sidewalk  (except  in  driving  to  and  from  private 
property)  ; 

To  neglect  to  fence  in  a  vacant  sunken  lot ; 


AND     PROCEDURE  211 


To  permit  stagnant  water  or  other  nuisance  to  accumu- 
late in  a  lot ; 

To  spit  upon  the  sidewalk  of  any  public  street,  park  or 
place,  in  the  public  halls  of  tenement  houses,  the 
floors  of  any  theatre,  store,  factory  or  public  building 
used  in  common  by  the  public,  or  on  the  stairs,  plat- 
form or  station  of  a  railway ; 

To  throw  any  garbage,  butchers'  offal,  blood  refuse  or 
stinking  animal  or  vegetable  matter  into  a  street  or 
river  ; 

To  throw  refuse  from  ice-cream  wagons  into  the  street ; 

To  allow  dense  smoke  to  be  discharged  from  any  build- 
ing, vessel,  motor  vehicle,  engine,  etc.; 

To  smoke  or  carry  a  lighted  cigar,  cigarette  or  pipe  on 
the  platform,  stairs,  station,  or  in  the  cars  of  a  sub- 
way railroad. 

To  guard  against  conditions  which  might  endanger  life 
and  health,  the  following  acts  are  made  compulsory : 

Any  person,  who  is  the  owner,  tenant,  occupant  or  per- 
son in  charge  of  any  premises,  shall : 

Keep  sufficient  water-tight  receptacles  to  contain  the 
ashes  and  garbage  which  may  accumulate  within  36 
hours; 

Not  permit  such  receptacle  to  be  filled  to  more  than 
four  inches  of  the  top; 

Keep  ashes  and  garbage  separately; 

Keep  garbage  cans  covered; 

Remove  receptacles  when  emptied ; 

Tie  paper  and  light  refuse  so  that  it  will  not  be  blown 
about ; 

Keep  the  sidewalk  in  front  of  premises  or  vacant  lots 
free  from  obstruction  and  nuisances  of  all  kinds.  No 
person  shall  interfere  with  receptacles  for  holding 
ashes,  garbage  or  paper,  unless  authorized  to  do  so. 


212  POLICE      PRACTICE 


FIRE     DEPARTMENT. 

Principal  duties: 

Prevention  and  extinction  of  fires; 

Investigation  of  suspicious  fires,  and  general  super- 
vision over  the  sale,  storage,  use  and  transporta- 
tion of  explosives  and  combustible  materials. 

The  police  co-operate  with  this  Department  in  the  man- 
ner described  under  the*  heading  FireSj  and  by  enforcing 
the  ordinances  relative  to  fire-escapes  and  fire  exits,  par- 
ticularly in  public  and  semi-public  institutions,  such  as 
theatres,  motion  picture  theatres,  dance  and  other  public 
halls,  hotels,  etc.,  and  by  enforcing  the  regulations  of  the 
Municipal  Explosives  Commission. 

Extracts  from  regulations  of  the  Municipal  Explosives 
Commission. 

*'  By  the  term  explosive,  explosive  compou7id  or  mixture, 
or  explosive  article,  is  meant,  any  substance  or  compound 
or  mixture  or  article  having  properties  of  such  a  character 
that  alone  or  in  combination  or  contiguity  with  other  sub- 
stances or  compounds,  may  decompose  suddenly,  and  gen- 
erate sufficient  heat  or  gas  or  pressure,  or  all  of  them,  to 
produce  rapid  flaming  combustion,  or  administer  a  de- 
structive blow  to  surrounding  objects." 

Transportation  of  Explosives. 

It  is  unlawful  for  any  person  to  bring  into  the  City  of 
New  York  or  to  transport,  store,  sell,  deliver,  use  or  have 
in  his  possession  therein,  any  explosive  without  a  permit 
from  the  Fire  Commissioner. 

Such  explosive : 

Must  be  continuously  under  the  care  of  a  person  hold- 
ing a  certificate  of  fitness ; 

When  sold  or  delivered,  must  be  in  original  and  un- 
broken packages ; 


A  N  D     P  R  O  C  E  D  U  R  E  213 


Must  not  be  delivered  within  the  City  of  New  York 
except  between  sunrise  and  sunset; 

Must  not  be  carried  in  a  completed  tunnel  or  subway 
or  in  any  public  conveyance. 

It  is  unlawful  to  transport  or  carry  explosives  except 
in  a  wagon  for  which  a  permit  has  been  issued  by  the  Fire 
Commissioner.  Such  wagon  shall  be  painted  red,  and 
have  painted  on  its  back  and  sides  the  word  *'  Explosives," 
and  in  smaller  type  the  name  of  the  owner  and  the  num- 
ber of  the  permit.  Entrance  to  wagon  shall  be  by  means 
of  rear  door  which  must  be  kept  locked.  Such  wagon  shall 
have  displayed  on  an  erect  pole  on  front  end  thereof  a  flag 
with  the  word  "Danger"  on  it.  Xo  unnecessary  stops  shall 
be  made  in  transit.  When  in  transit,  wagon  shall  be  in 
charge  of  two  persons  holding  certificates  of  fitness.  Said 
persons  must  not  be  intoxicated,  smoke,  or  be  reckless  or 
careless.  When  wagon  is  standing,  at  least  one  person 
must  be  continuously  in  charge.  Wagon  must  not  be 
driven  for  more  than  one  city  block  along  any  street, 
avenue  or  highway  over  which  there  is  an  elevated  railway, 
or  under  which  there  is  a  tunnel  or  subway  for  the  trans- 
portation of  freight  or  passengers,  nor  through  a  crowded 
avenue  or  highway.  It  is  unlawful  for  any  person  to  in- 
terfere with  or  molest  a  wagon  containing  explosives. 

Explosives,  when  transported  on  water  within  the  City, 
must  be  in  vessels  having  permit  from  the  Fire  Commis- 
sioner. The  explosives  are  not  to  be  loaded  on  dock  or 
pier,  but  must  be  transferred  directly  to  or  from  the 
wagons. 

Storage  of  Explosives. 

It  is  unlawful  to  store  or  keep  explosives  except  in  a 
magazine  for  which  a  permit  has  been  issued  by  the  Fire 
Commissioner.  Such  magazine  shall  be  continuously  in 
charge  of  a  person  holding  a  certificate  of  fitness  issued 
by  the   Fire    Commissioner.     It   is  unlawful  to   keep  a 


214  POLICE      PRACTICE 


greater  quantity  of  explosives  in  a  magazine  than  is 
allowed  by  the  permit.  Copy  of  permit  shall  be  conspicu- 
ously displayed  in  glass  case  on  outside  of  magazine. 


Uspj  OF  Explosives. 

It  is  unlawful  for  any  person  to  blast  unless  he  has  a 
certificate  of  fitness  from  the  Fire  Commissioner.  Permit 
must  be  had  to  blast  at  each  specific  location.  Blasting 
operations  must  not  be  carried  on  between  7  p.  m.  and  7 
a.  m.,  nor  on  Sundays,  unless  with  special  permit.  After 
tamping  the  hole,  and  before  firing  the  blast,  the  rock 
or  substance  to  be  blasted  shall  be  covered  on  all  exposed 
sides  with  a  strong  woven  matting  of  rope  or  wire  at  least 
one  and  one-half  inches  in  diameter;  the  matting  shall 
then  be  covered  with  at  least  twelve  timbers  each  10  inches 
in  smallest  diameter  by  10  feet  long,  held  securely  by 
chains  or  by  iron  or  steel  cables  at  least  three-quarters  of 
an  inch  in  diameter.  After  the  rock  or  substance  shall  be 
thus  covered,  it  shall  be  blasted  without  unnecessary  delay. 
At  least  three  minutes  before  firing  a  blast,  the  blaster 
shall  give  warning  thereof,  by  causing  a  competent  man 
carrying  a  red  flag  to  be  stationed  at  a  reasonable  distance 
from  the  blast  at  each  avenue  of  approach  or  point  of 
danger. 

Fireworks. 

"  By  the  term  fireworks  is  meant  any  combustible  or 
explosive  composition,  or  any  substance  or  combination  of 
substances,  or  article,  prepared  for  the  purpose  of  produc- 
ing a  visible  or  an  audible  pyrotechnic  effect  by  combus- 
tion, explosion,  deflagration  or  detonation." 

Fireworks  shall  not  be  manufactured,  transported, 
stored  or  sold  without  a  permit  from  the  Fire  Commis- 
sioner. 

It  is  unlawful  to  smoke  or  carry  a  lighted  cigar  or 
cigarette  where  fireworks  are  manufactured,  sold  or  stored. 


A  N  D     P  R  O  C  E  D  U  R  E  215 


Fireworks  shall  not  be  sold  or  exhibited  for  sale  on 
the  sidewalks,  streets,  parks,  squares,  piers  or  other  public 
places,  or  in  the  windows  or  doors  of  places  having  a 
permit  to  sell  them. 

It  is  unlawful  to  carry  or  transport  through  the  streets, 
avenues  or  highways,  fireworks  exceeding  $10  wholesale 
value,  unless  they  are  securely  packed  in  spark-proof  boxes, 
or  to  carry  or  transport  fireworks  in  a  tunnel  or  subway 
under  the  streets,  land  or  water  of  the  City  of  New  York. 

It  is  unlawful  to  display  any  fireworks,  flashlights, 
colored  fire  or  open  lights,  upon  the  stage  of  any  theatre 
or  other  place  of  public  amusement  without  having  a 
permit  from  the  Fire  Commissioner. 

The  Fire  Commissioner  may  issue  a  permit  to  a  person 
wishing  to  use  or  discharge  fireworks,  but  no  permit  shall 
be  issued  to  discharge  fireworks  in  a  street  which  is  less 
than  80  feet  wide,  or  within  1,000  feet  of  a  hospital.  If 
the  fireworks  exceed  $10  wholesale  value,  the  person  dis- 
charging them  must  have  a  certificate  of  fitness  as  a 
pyrotechnist  from  the  Fire  Commissioner.  Permits  shall 
be  issued  in  duplicate,  one  of  which  shall  be  filed  with  the 
commanding  officer  of  the  police  precinct  wherein  the 
display  is  to  be  given,  and  shall  be  evidence  of  the  right 
of  the  person  named  therein  to  give  the  display. 

No  permit  shall  be  required  to  discharge  fireworks  of 
less  than  $2  wholesale  value  on  the  4th  day  of  July., 


Miscellaneous  Provisions. 

It  is  unlawful  for  any  person  to  store,  sell  or  offer  for 
sale  any  ammunition  except  with  a  permit  from  the  Fire 
Commissioner.  Holders  of  permits  may  store  a  limited 
number  of  blank  shells  or  cartridges  to  be  used  in  cannons 
for  saluting  purposes ;  number  to  be  stored  shall  be  stated 
in  permit.  No  permit  shall  be  issued  for  the  use  of  blank 
cartridges  except  in  connection  with  performances  in  duly 


216  POLICE      PRACTICE 


authorized  theatres  or  places  of  public  amusement.  The 
holder  of  a  permit  for  the  storage  and  sale  of  ammuni- 
tion must  not  store  or  exhibit  in  the  windows  or  doors  of 
the  premises  covered  by  the  permit  any  cartridges  or  shells 
containing  explosives. 

Garages. 

It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  to  store,  house  or 
keep  within  the  City  of  New  York,  any  motor  vehicle  con- 
taining volatile  inflammable  oil  except  in  a  building,  shed 
or  enclosure  for  which  a  garage  permit  shall  have  been 
issued  by  the  Fire  Commissioner. 

Each  garage  storing  volatile  inflammable  ofl  shall  be 
equipped  with  a  storage  tank,  which  must  not  be  placed 
under  the  sidewalk  or  in  front  of  the  building  line. 

No  barrel  containing  volatile  inflammable  oil  shall  be 
taken  off  the  vehicle  delivering  such  oil  to  a  garage,  but 
the  oil  shall  be  delivered  directly  to  the  storage  tank  by 
means  of  a  hose  connected  with  the  barrel  on  the  vehicle. 
If  the  oil  is  being  delivered  from  the  tank  to  a  motor  ve- 
hicle, it  must  be  done  by  means  of  a  portable  tank,  or 
directly  through  the  draw-off  pipe.  Vehicles  delivering 
oil  of  an  inflammable  nature  to  a  garage  must  not  enter. 

It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  to  smoke  or  carry  a 
lighted  cigar,  cigarette,  pipe  or  match  within  any  room  or 
enclosed  place,  or  in  any  cellar  or  basement  or  in  any  part 
of  any  premises  in  which  explosives  or  highly  inflammable 
material  is  stored  or  kept  for  use  or  sale. 

Street  Fires. 

No  person  shall  kindle,  build,  maintain  or  use  a  fire  in 
or  upon  a  public  street,  avenue  or  highway  within  the  City 
of  New  York  without  a  permit  from  the  Fire  Commis- 
sioner, 


AND     PROCEDURE  217 


No  permit  shall  be  issued  to  kindle,  build,  maintain,  or 
use  a  fire, — 

(a)  within  15  feet  of  a  fire  hydrant, 

(b)  within  two  feet  of  the  surface  of  any  stone  pave- 
ment, 

(c)  within  two  feet  of  the  surface  of  any  asphalt 
pavement,  except  for  the  purpose  of  repairing  or 
removing  or  constructing  the  same. 

A  street  fire  maintained  under  a  permit,  mu?t  be  con- 
tinually under  the  care  and  direction  of  a  competent  per- 
son at  all  times. 

Various  Permits  Issued  by  the  Fire  Commissioner. 
The  Fire  Commissioner  issues  permits  for  the  following : 
Motor-vehicle  repair  shops, 
Dry-cleaning  and  dyeing  establishments. 
Sponging  establishments    (if  conducted  as  a  separate 

business). 
Storage,  sale  or  use  of  kerosene  or  other  illuminating 

oil  in  quantities  greater  than  ten  gallons, 
Storage  of  calcium  carbide  in  excess  of  120  pounds, 
Storage  of  inflammable  motion  picture  films  in  quantity 

greater  than  ten  reels, 

Storage  or  keeping  on  hand  any  oil,  fat,  grease  or  soap 
stock  exceeding  five  barrels. 

Pyrotechinic  establishments  and  places  where  chemicals 
and  other  explosives  are  stored  or  kept  for  sale. 

Wholesale  and  retail  drug  stores  and  chemical  supply 
houses. 

Premises  storing  or  keeping  on  hand,  inflammable  or 
combustible  mixtures,  including  floor  polishes,  stove 
polishes,  cleaning  fluids,  disinfectants,  insecticides  and 
similar  mixtures  and  compounds,  in  quantities  ex- 
ceeding ten  gallons. 


218  POLICE      PRACTICE 


Premises  storing  or  keeping  on  hand,  paints,  varnishes 
or  lacquers,  in  quantities  of  more  than  twenty  gallons, 

Premises  storing  or  keeping  on  hand  matches  in  quantity 
of  60  matchman^s  gross  or  more, 

Premises  storing  or  keeping  on  hand  combustible  fibres, 
including  cotton,  flax,  hemp,  oakum,  broom  corn,  cot- 
ton or  woolen  rags,  paper,  paper  stock,  paper  clip- 
pings, sawdust  and  similar  articles,  in  excess  of  two 
tons. 

Violations  of  the  Municipal  Explosives  Commission's 
regulations,  or  failure  to  have  a  required  permit  is  a  mis- 
demeanor, and  violators  are  to  be  arrested  or  served  with 
a  summons. 


Extracts  from  the  Penal  Law  relative  to  Explosives : 

'*  A  person  who,  by  the  careless,  negligent,  or  unauthor- 
ized use  or  management  of  gunpowder  or  other  explosive 
substances,  injures  or  occasions  the  injury  of  the  person 
or  property  of  another,"  is  guilty  of  a  felony.  *  *  * 
"Any  person  or  persons  who  shall  knowingly  present, 
attempt  to  present,  or  cause  to  be  presented  or  offered  for 
shipment  to  any  railroad,  steamboat,  steamship,  express 
or  other  company  engaged  as  common  carrier  of  passengers 
or  freight,  dynamite,  nitroglycerine,  powder  or  other  ex- 
plosive dangerous  to  life  or  limb,  without  revealing  the 
true  nature  of  such  explosives  or  substance  so  offered  or 
attempted  to  be  offered  to  the  company  or  carrier  to  which 
it  shall  be  presented,  shall  be  guilty  of  a  felony,  *  *  * 
A  person,  who  places  in,  upon,  under,  against,  or  near  to 
any  building,  car,  vessel  or  structure,  gunpowder  or  any 
other  explosive  substance,  with  intent  to  destroy,  throw 
down,  or  injure  the  whole  or  any  part  thereof,  under  such 
circumstances,  that,  if  the  intent  were  accomplished, 
human  life  or  safety  would  be  endangered  thereby, 
although  no  damage  is  done,  is  guilty  of  a  felony." 


AND     PROCEDURE  211) 


TENEMENT    HOUSE     DEPARTMENT. 

The  Tenement  House  Department  has  control  of  all 
tenements  within  the  City  of  New  York,  that  is,  any 
house  or  building,  or  portion  thereof,  which  is  to  be  or  is 
occupied  as  the  residence  of  three  or  more  families  living 
independently  of  each  other  and  doing  their  cooking  on 
the  premises,  or  by  more  than  two  families  upon  any  floor 
doing  their  cooking  on  the  premises  but  having  a  common 
right  to  the  yards,  stairways,  halls,  water-closets  or  privies, 
or  some  of  them.  It  may  cause  to  be  vacated  tenements 
which  are  infected  or  uninhabitable  through  the  presence 
of  a  contagious  disease  or  on  account  of  defective  plumb- 
ing, light,  ventilation  or  construction. 

The  Police  Department  co-operates  with  this  Depart- 
ment principally  by  assigning  a  number  of  policemen  to 
enforce  the  provisions  of  the  Tenement  House  Law,  and 
by  policemen  in  general  reporting  any  violations  of  which 
they  may  become  cognizant  and  taking  other  police  action 
when  necessary ;  particularly  by  arresting  persons  who,  in 
tenement  houses,  commit  or  permit  to  be  committed  acts 
of  prostitution,  or  solicit  for  that  purpose ;  and  by  arrest- 
ing or  summoning  persons  who,  in  tenement  houses  : 

Violate  the  provisions  of  the  Sanitary  Law; 

Encumber,  or  permit  to  be  encumbered,  fire  escapes; 

Being  the  owner,  agent,  lessee,  or  occupant,  fails  to 
have  lights  burning  from  sunset  to  sunrise  in 
the  public  hallways  near  the  stairways  on  the 
first  and  third  floors,  and  upon  all  other  floors 
from  sunset  until  10  p.  m. ; 

Interfere  with  a  Tenement  House  Inspector  in  the 
performance  of  his  duties. 


220  POLICE     PRACTICE 

DEPARTMENT    OF    STREET    CLEANING. 

Principal  duties: 

Sweeping  and  cleaning  of  all  streets  (except  those 
under  control  of  the  Department  of  Docks  and 
Ferries)  in  the  Boroughs  of  Manhattan,  The 
Bronx  and  Brooklyn; 

Eemoval  of  rubbish,  garbage,  ashes,  snow,  and  sweep- 
ings, and  the  disposition  of  same; 

Removal  of  unharnessed  vehicles,  barrels,  boxes,  bales 
of  merchandise,  and  such  other  movable  prop- 
erty, from  the  streets. 

The  Police  Department  co-operates  with  this  Depart- 
ment principally  by  reporting  all  vehicles  left  unharnessed 
in  the  streets  and  by  enforcing  all  laws  and  ordinances 
relative  to  street  cleaning : 

By  arresting  or  summoning  persons  who: 

Throw  or  distribute  handbills,  circulars,  or  cards  in 
the  streets; 

Sweep  dust  from  sidewalks  into  the  street  except  be- 
fore 8  a.  m.  or  before  the  first  sweeping  by  the 
Department  of  Street  Cleaning; 

Leave  a  vehicle  unharnessed  in  the  street,  unless  such 
vehicle  is  disabled,  in  which  case  three  hours 
of  grace  is  allowed; 

Obstruct  the  free  flow  of  water  in  a  gutter  by  placing 
building  material  therein; 

Neglect  to  remove  snow  and  ice  from  the  sidewalk 
and  gutter  in  front  of  their  premises  within 
four  hours  after  snow  ceases  to  fall  (9  p.  m.  to 
7  a.  m.  not  included),  unless  it  is  frozen  so  hard 
that  its  removal  would  injure  the  sidewalk,  in 
which  case  they  must  not  neglect  to  sprinkle 
the  walk  with  ashes  or  sawdust; 


AND     PROCEDURE  221 


Interfere  with  the  members  of  the  Department  of 

Street  Cleaning  while  in  the  performance  of  their 

duties ; 
Violate  the  provisions  of  the  Sanitary  Law  relative  to 

ash  and  garbage  receptacles.     (See  Department 

of  Health) ; 

Permit  dirt  or  like  substance  to  drop  from  carts  into 
the  street. 

Littering  of  the  streets  can  be  prevented  in  the  majority 
of  cases  by  speaking  to  the  persons  responsible  and  having 
them  correct  the  condition  immediately.  For  instance, 
if  dirt  or  litter  is  found  in  front  of  a  fruit  or  newspaper 
stand,  or  in  a  basement  stairway  or  areaway,  request  the 
person  in  charge  to  sweep  the  premises  and  place  the 
refuse  in  a  receptacle.  Serve  a  summons  if  the  man  is 
obstinate. 

Such  refuse  as  newspapers  and  fruit  skins  is  generally 
thoughtlessly  thrown  into  the  streets.  Call  the  offender's 
attention  to  the  fact  that  he  is  committing  a  misdemeanor 
and  request  him  to  drop  the  refuse  into  one  of  the  recepta- 
cles provided  for  that  purpose.  If  he  refuses  and  can  be 
identified,  serve  him  with  a  summons. 


DEPARTMENT    OF    WATER    SUPPLY,    GAS    AND 
ELECTRICITY. 

Principal  duties : 

The  supervision  of  property  and  structures  connected 
with  the  supply  and  distribution  of  water  for 
public  use,  including  fire  and  drinking  hydrants 
and  water  meters; 

Enforcement  of  laws  and  ordinances  regulating  the 
use  of  city  water; 

Issuance  of  permits  for  the  laying  and  removal  of 
electric  wires  and  for  use  of  city  water  to  sprinkle 
sidewalks,  lawns,  etc. ; 


222  POLICE      PRACTICE 


Supervision  over  the  manufacture  of  gas  within  the 

city; 
Supervision  over  public  lamps  (gas  or  electric). 

The  Police  Department  co-operates  with  this  Depart- 
ment mainly  by  reporting  all  public  lamps  broken  or  not 
lighted  at  the  proper  time,  breaks  in  the  water-mafns  or 
fire-hydrants ;  by  preventing  persons  from  wasting  public 
water;  by  arresting  or  summoning  persons  who,  without 
a  permit  from  the  Commissioner  of  the  Department  of 
Water  Supply,  Gas  and  Electricity, 

Operate  a  moving  picture  machine ; 
Open  or  use  a  fire  hydrant  (except  the  Fire  Depart- 
ment) ; 
Take  up,  break,  or  remove  a  public  lamp ; 
Open  the  street  to  connect  with  a  water  main; 

and  by  reporting  to  the  Corporation  Counsel  persons  who ; 
without  having  the  proper  permit, 

Use  water  to  sprinkle  sidewalks,  lawns,  etc. ; 
Take  city  water  from  any  public  water  connection  to 
use  on  boats  or  ships. 

DEPARTMENT     OF     PARKS. 

Principal  duties : 

Control  of  all  public  parks  and  squares; 
Supervision  over  boulevards,  driveways,  parkways,  etc. 
Policemen  are  assigned  to  the  various  parks  to  enforce 
the  laws  and  ordinances  applying  to  them,  and  in  addition 
the  Pobce  Department  co-operates  with  the  Department 
of  Parks  by  arresting  or  summoning  persons  who,  in  any 
park,  street,  or  public  thoroughfare  within  the  city  limits, 
without  a  permit  from  the  Park  Commissioner, 

Cut  down  a  tree,  or  trim  its  branches; 

Attach  guy  ropes  to  a  tree, 

Plant  a  tree;  or 

Injure  or  destroy  a  ii^ee  in  any  manner. 


1 


AND     PROCEDURE  223 

DEPARTMENT    OF    DOCKS     AND    FERRIES. 

Principal  duties : 

Control  over  all  docks,  ferries,  wharves,  lands  under 
water,  and  all  water  adjacent  to  the  Citv  of  New 
York; 

Assignment  of  piers  for  the  use  of  the  Fire  Depart- 
ment, the  Department  of  Health,  and  the  De- 
partment of  Street  Cleaning;  also  for  Public 
Baths,  and  Recreation  Piers. 

The  police  co-operate  with  this  Department  by  main- 
taining order  at  public  baths  and  recreation  piers,  and  by 
arresting  or  summoning  persons  who  unlawfully  dump  re- 
fuse or  throw  dead  animals  into  tidal  waters  within  the 
city  limits. 

DEPARTMENT     OF     EDUCATION. 

Principal  duties : 

Establishment   and    maintenance   of    public    school 

houses ; 
Supervision  and  control  of  public  schools  and  high 

schools; 
Enforcement   of   the    Compulsory   Education    Law,. 

through  its  truant  officers. 

The  Police  co-operate  with  this  Department,  principally 
as  follows: 

By  enforcing  the  provisions  of  the  Compulsory  Edu- 
cation Law,  in  seeing  that  every  child  between  7  and 
14  years  of  age  who  is  able  to  attend  school,  does  so ; 
By  enforcing  the  provisions  of  the  Child  Labor  Law ; 
By  preventing  boys  under  12  years  and  girls  under 
16  years  from  selling  newspapers  or  magazines  in 
public  streets  or  places ; 


224  POLICE      PRACTICE 


By  preventing  boys  between  the  ages  of  12  and 
14  years  from  selling  newspapers  or  magazines 
without  permit  and  badge  from  the  Board  of 
Education ; 

By  preventing  children  under  16  years  from  selling 
newspapers  after  8  p.  m.  and  before  6  a.  m. ; 

By  arresting  or  summoning  persons  who  make  unneces- 
sary noise  in  school  streets; 

By  arresting  or  summoning  persons  who  endanger  the 
lives  of  children  by  reckless  driving  in  the  vicinity  of 
schools ; 

By  arresting  or  summoning  persons  who  drive  vehicles 
through  a  school  fire  drill  or  in  any  manner  interfere 
or  obstruct  same; 

By  stationing  policemen  at  school  crossings  for  the  pro- 
tection of  children  going  to  and  coming  from  school. 


DEPARTMENT   OF    PUBLIC    CHARITIES. 

Principal  duties : 

Supervision  and  control  of  all  public  institutions  be- 
longing to  the  City  of  New  York,  devoted  to  the 
care  of  the  sick,  destitute,  blind,  infirm,  or  feeble- 
minded (except  the  institutions  on  Ward's  Is- 
land, and  those  under  the  control  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Health  and  Bellevue  and  Allied  Hos- 
pitals), and  institutions  for  the  temporary  care 
of  vagrants ; 

Enforcement  of  the  law  relative  to  children  born  out 
of  wedlock. 

The  police  co-operate  with  this  Department,  mainly  .as 
follows : 

By  reporting  to  it  all  persons  in  need  of  charitable  aid; 
By  directing  applicants  to  the  proper  institations  for 
their  care  • 


AND     PROCEDURE  225 


By  executing  warrants  in  bastardy  cases; 

By  arresting  persons  who  abandon  their  families  in  des- 
titute circumstances; 

By  seeing  that  unclaimed  dead  bodies  are  taken  to  the 
morgue. 

DEPARTMENT     OF     CORRECTION. 

Principal  duties : 

Supervision  and  control  of  all  institutions  for  the 
care  and  custody  of  prisoners  in  the  City  of  New 
York — except  the  House  of  Refuge,  the  House  of 
Detention  for  Witnesses,  the  Brooklyn  Disciplin- 
ary Training  School,  and  the  Society  for  the 
Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Children.  There  is  no 
branch  of  the  Department  of  Correction  in 
Richmond;  in  this  borough  the  custody  of  pris- 
oners awaiting  trial  is  in  the  hands  of  the  Sheriff. 

The  police  co-operate  with  this  Department,  as  follows: 

By  turning  over  to  it  prisoners  who  have  been  held 
in  the  Magistrates'  Courts; 

By  arresting  persons  who  violate  their  parole  after  be- 
ing discharged  from  the  New  York  City  Reforma- 
tory; and 

By  arresting  escaped  prisoners. 

DEPARTMENT     OF    BRIDGES. 

Principal  duties  : 

Supervision  of  the  construction,  maintenance  and 
repair  of  all  bridges  which  cross  navigable  rivers 
or  which  have  a  terminus  in  each  of  two  boroughs. 

The  police  co-operate  with  this  Department  mainly  by 
enforcing  all  laws  and  ordinances  relative  to  bridges,  and 
by  regulating  traffic  on  the  bridges  and  at  their  terminals. 


226  POLICE      PRACTICE 


LAW    DEPARTMENT. 

The  Corporation  Counsel  is  the  head  of  this  Depart- 
ment. 

Principal  duties : 

Conduct  of  all  legal  proceedings  in  which  the  interests 

of  the  city  are  involved ;  and 
Giving   of   legal    opinions   to  all    city  departments, 

boards  or  officers,  in  connection  with  city  affairs. 

The  police  co-operate  with  this  department  principally 
by  reporting  to  the  Corporation  Counsel  all  violations  of 
Corporation  Ordinances  in  which  the  penalty  is  to  be  re- 
covered by  civil  suit,  and  by  investigating,  procuring  wit- 
nesses, reporting  and  recording  all  accidents  to  persons 
or  property  in  which  the  City  of  New  York  may  be  in- 
volved. 


BOROUGH    ADMINISTRATION. 

The  following,  bureaus  are  under  the  control  of  the  Bor- 
ough President.  The  heads  of  these  bureaus  are  appointed 
by  him  and  act  under  his  supervision: 

Bureau  of  Highways, 

Bureau  of  Sewers, 

Bureau  of  Buildings, 

Bureau  of  Encumbrances, 

Bureau  of  Public  Buildings  and  Offices, 

Bureau  of  Public  Baths  and  Comfort  Stations. 


BUREAU     OF     HIGHWAYS. 

Principal  duties  : 

Regulation  of  the  grading,  curbing  and  flagging  of 
streets,  the  laying  of  crosswalks,  the  construction 
and  repair  of  public  roads,  laying  and  relaying  of 


AND     PROCEDURE  227 


surface  railway  tracks  in  public  streets  or  roads, 
method  of  construction  and  quality  and  kind  of 
material  used  in  the  above,  and  the  issuance  of 
permits  to  builders  and  others  to  open  public 
streets  or  to  use  them  for  special  purposes. 

The  police  co-operate  with  this  Bureau  principally  by 
enforcing  the  laws  and  ordinances  relative  to  the  use  of 
public  streets,  by  reporting  sunken  or  unsafe  street  and 
sidewalk  pavements,  and  by  reporting  to  the  Corporation 
Counsel  persons  who,  without  having  a  permit  from  the 
Borough  President, 

Open  any  street  pavement; 

Erect  a  bridge  or  roof  over  sidewalk  (except  a  shed 
over  the  sidewalk  when  erecting  a  building  over 
65   feet   high)  ; 

Place  building  material  on  the  street,  or  violate  the 
provisions  of  their  permit  by  placing  building 
material  within  two  feet  of  a  railway  track,  four 
feet  of  a  lamp  post,  or  ten  feet  of  a  fire  hydrant,  or 
by  occupying  more  than  one-third  of  the  width  of 
the  roadway  with  it,  or  by  failing  to  place  lights 
on  such  material  at  night; 

Close  a  public  street  or  sidewalk,  or,  having  a  permit 
to  do  so,  do  not  leave  room  for  pedestrians  to 
pass,  or  otherwise  violate  the  provisions  of  such 
permit; 

Build  a  vault  or  cistern  under  sidewalk; 

Move  a  building  through  or  across  any  street; 

Place  an  awning  of  tin,  light  metal,  or  canvas,  across 
sidewalk,  except  temporary  canvas  awnings  dur- 
ing inclement  weather; 

Take  up  or  remove  sidewalk  or  any  part  thereof, 
paved  with  granite,  blue  stone  flagging,  or  arti- 
ficial stone,  except  to  reset  it  or  to  repair  coal 
chute  under  sidewalk ;  or 


228  POLICE      PRACTICE 


Change  grade  of  sidewalk  for  the  purpose  of  main- 
taining  a  carriageway; 

— by  reporting  to  the  Corporation  Counsel  persons  who : 

Neglect  to  place  fences  or  barriers  around  excavations 
in  the  streets  or  public  places; 

Fail  to  have  necessary  lights  burning  on  such  excava- 
tions at  night; 

Do  not  cover  vaults  with  suitable  cover  having  a 
rough  surface;  or 

Obstruct  street  water-gates  by  placing  building  ma- 
terial on  them ; 

— and  by  arresting  or  summoning  persons  who: 

Place  building  material  or  mix  mortar  or  like  sub- 
stance on  a  street  paved  with  asphalt,  wood  or 
asphalt  blocks  unless  such  pavement  is  protected 
with  planking ;  or 

Obstruct  a  sidewalk  or  crosswalk  unlawfully. 

BUREAU    OF    SEWERS. 

Principal  duties : 

Control  of  all  matters  relating  to  public  sewers  and 
drainage  of  the  borough. 

The  police   co-operate   with   this   Bureau  principally 
by  reporting  all  broken    manholes,    culverts,    sewers    and 
basins,  and  by  arresting  or  summoning  persons  who : 
Throw  garbage  or  dead  animals  into  sewers ;    or 
Permit  combustible  material  to  flow  into  sewers  ; 

— ^by  preventing  persons,  who  have  not  the  necessary  per- 
mit from  the   Borough   President,   from 

Making  connection  with  a  sewer  or  drain; 

Placing  heavy  weights  on  wharves  or  bulkheads  upon 

the   sewer   outlet,   when   such   outlet   is   within 

three  feet   of  the  surface:    or 


AND     PROCEDURE  229 


Breaking  or  removing  manhole  covers; 

— and  by   reporting  such   violations   to   the   Corporation 
Counsel. 

BUREAU     OF     BUILDINGS. 

Principal  duties : 

Supervision  of  the  construction,  alteration  and  repair 
of  all  buildings  and  enforcement  of  the  building 
laws. 

The  police  co-operate  with  this  Department  by  reporting 
unsafe  buildings ;  by  causing  unsafe  buildings  to  be  vacated 
and  safeguarded,  if  necessary;  by  reporting  to  the  Cor- 
poration Counsel  persons  who,  without  a  permit  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Buildings, 

Build,  alter,  or  demolish  a  building; 

Kemove  more  than  one  story  at  a  time  when  demolish- 
ing a  building;    or 

Erect  any  temporary  structure,  such  as  a  sky  sign, 
billboard,  shanty,  etc. ; 

— and  by  reporting  to  the  Corporation  Counsel  persons  who 

Fail  to  take  proper  precautions  to  prevent  accidents 
while  demolishing  or  erecting  buildings  ;     or 

Fail  to  protect  pedestrians  by  putting  a  shed  over  the 
sidewalk  when  erecting  a  building  more  than  65 
feet  high, 

BUREAU     OF     ENCUMBRANCES. 

Principal  duties, : 

The  removal  of  all  encumbrances  from  the  streets  and 
public  places  except  such  encumbrances  as  the 
Department  of  Street  Cleaning  must  remove. 

The  police  co-operate  with  this  Dep'ertment  by  reporting 
all  encumbrances  in  streets  or  public  places  and  by  taking 
necessary  police  action  against  the  persons  responsible. 


>80  POLICE      PRACTICE 


LICENSES. 


Licenses  are  required  from  various  city  and  state 
departments  to  conduct  certain  businesses  specified  be- 
low. The  Police  Department  co-operates  first,  by  seeing 
that  no  business  requiring  a  license  is  conducted  without 
one ;  and  second,  by  seeing  that  persons  conducting  a  busi- 
ness under  a  license  comply  with  the  provisions  of  the  law 
regulating  that  particular  business. 

Businesses   requiring   Lice^ises  from   the  Department  of 

Licenses. 

Common  Shows.  These  are  deemed  to  include:  a 
carousel,  gravity  steeplecliase,  scenic  railway,  switchback, 
puppet  show,  Ferris  wheel,  chute,  striking  machine, 
merry-go-round,  ball  game,  and  all  other  shows  of  like 
character,  but  not  to  include  games  of  baseball  or  to 
authorize  gambling  or  any  games  of  chance. 

Dirt  Carts.  They  shall  have  the  words  ''  Dirt  Cart  "  or 
"  D.  0."  and  license  number  on  vehicle;  have  tight  box 
and  be  securely  covered  when  loaded  to  prevent  contents 
from  spilling. 

Express  (and  Expressmen) .  Express  wagons  shall  bear 
the  word  ''  Express  "  or  "  Exp."  and  license  number;  shall 
not  be  driven  except  by  licensed  express  drivers,  nor  charge 
more  than  the  legal  rate. 

Hand  Organs.  In  the  Borough  of  Brooklyn,  hand- 
organ  players  must  display  their  license  conspicuously. 
They  shall  not  play  on  Sunday  or  between  9  p.  m.  and 
9  a.  m.  on  other  days ;  shall  not  play  within  500  feet  of  a 
school  or  church  during  school  hours  or  hours  of  public 
worship,  nor  within  250  feet  of  buildings  where  occupants 
object.  In  the  Borough  of  Manhattan  shall  not  play  after 
7  p.  m.,  or  before  9  a.  m. 

Employment  Agencies  shall:  obtain  a  license  from 
the  Commissioner  of  Licenses;  keep  a  register  containing 
the  name  and  address  of  each  applicant,  nature  of  employ- 


AND     PROCEDURE  231 


ment  sought  and  fee  received;  and  return  all  fees  to  appli- 
cant on  demand  after  three  days  if  employment  has  not 
been  secured  for  them. 

They  shall  not:  charge  more  than  10%  of  the  first 
month's  wages  for  securing  employment ;  maintain  an 
employment  agency  where  boarders  or  lodgers  are  kept; 
send  applicants  for  employment  to  disorderly  houses  or 
gambling  houses. 

Hoist  {Exterior).  Persons  generally  engaged  in  the 
business  of  hoisting  must  have  a  general  hoist  license. 
If  hoisting  in  front  of  certain  premises  only,  a  special 
hoisting  license  or  permit  is  required. 

When  hoisting  or  lowering  over  a  sidewalk  or  public 
place,  two  conspicuous  warning  signs  are  to  be  displayed 
with  the  word  "  Danger"  appearing  thereon. 

Junk  Carts.  Junk  carts  shall  have  the  word  "  Junk 
Cart  "  and  license  number  displayed  on  vehicle. 

Junk  Dealers  and  Second-Hand  Dealers  shall  both  keep  a 
book  and  enter  therein  at  the  time  of  purchase,  a  description 
of  every  article  bought,  the  name  and  address  of  seller,  and 
the  date  and  time  of  purchase.  They  shall  give  information 
to  the  Police  Commissioner  in  writing  of  any  article  in  their 
possession  which  is  advertised  as  lost  or  stolen,  and  are 
compelled  to  exhibit  to  the  Mayor,  Commissioner  of 
Licenses,  any  police  officer  or  magistrate,  or  any  one  au- 
thorized in  writing  by  any  of  them,  any  article  alleged  to 
have  been  lost  or  stolen,  and  their  books  and  records. 

They  shall  not :  buy  anything  from  a  child  under  16  years 

of  age,  or  from  an  apprentice  or  servant;  buy  anything 

on  Sundays,  or  between  sunset  and  7  a.  m.  on  any  other 

day ;  nor  shall  they  buy  or  receive  any  wire,  cable,  copper, 

lead,  solder,  iron  or  brass  used  by  or  belonging  to  a  rail- 

jl^  road,  telephone,  telegraph,  gas  or  electric  light  company, 

!■  without  ascertaining  by  diligent  inquiry  that  the  person 

^H  selling  the  same  has  a  legal  right  to  do  so.     A  violation 


232  POLICE      PRACTICE 


Second-nand  dealers  shall  not  be  licensed  as  junk  deal- 
ers or  pawnbrokers;  nor  shall  they  sell  any  merchandise 
purchased,  except  kitchen  utensils,  stoves  and  wooden 
furniture,  until  one  month  from  time  of  purchase ;  nor 
shall  they  receive  any  article  by  way  of  pledge  or  pawn. 

Moving  Picture  Shows.  No  child  under  16  years  of  age 
shall  be  permitted  to  enter  or  remain  therein  unless 
accompanied  by  parent  or  guardian.  No  pictures  shall 
be  shown  on  Sunday  unless  they  are  of  an  educational  or 
instructive  character. 

Pawnhrohers  shall  enter  in  a  book  the  time  of  pledging, 
a  description  of  the  article  pawned,  amount  loaned,  name 
and  address  of  the  person  pawning;  they  shall  give  per- 
son pawning,  a  ticket  containing  substance  of  entry ;  if  the 
rightful  owner  loses  a  ticket,  they  shall  give  him  a  second 
one;  shall  exhibit  stolen  property  to  the  true  owner  on 
demand,  and  permit  the  Mayor,  judges  of  criminal  courts, 
the  Police  Commissioner,  Inspector  or  Captain  of  Police, 
or  any  person  authorized  by  them,  to  examine  their  books 
and  property. 

They  shall  not  take  anything  in  pledge  or  pawn  from  a 
child  under  16  years;  sell  articles  pawned  until  the  ex- 
piration of  a  year,  and  then  at  public  auction;  shall  not 
do  business  on  Sunday  or  before  7  a.  m.,  or  after  6  p.  m., 
except  Saturdays,  when  they  may  do  business  until  mid- 
night. 

Peddlers.  .  Including  persons  hawking,  vending  and  sell- 
ing wares,  except  periodicals  and  newspapers.  In  the 
Borough  of  Manhattan,  peddlers  shall  show  their 
license  to  any  person  on  demand;  wear  their  license 
badge  conspicuously  displayed  while  peddling;  and  if  using 
a  push-cart  or  vehicle,  use  east  and  north  side  of  streets 
and  avenues  until  noon,  and  south  and  west  sides  after 
noon,  and  also  have  the  words  '^Licensed  Peddler"  and 
number  of  license  on  vehicle. 

They  shall  not:  blow  or  use  any  horn  or  make  any 
other   unnecessary   noise;    if    peddling   from   a   vehicle, 


AND     PROCEDURE  233 


stand  within  25  feet  of  crosswalks;  use  any  part  of 
sidewalk  or  crosswalk  to  transact  business;  inter- 
fere with  the  Department  of  Street  Cleaning;  if 
peddling  from  horse  and  wagon,  employ  more  than 
two  assistants ;  cry  or  sell  their  wares  on  Sunday,  or  be- 
fore 8  a.  m.  or  after  9  p.  m.  on  other  days  (except  Satur- 
day, when  they  may  sell  until  11,30  p.  m.);  or  cry  their 
wares  within  250  feet  of  a  hospital,  church,  court,  or 
school,  between  8  a.  m.  and  4  p.  m. ;  or  stand  in  front  of 
any  building  when  the  owner  or  lessee  of  ground  floor 
objects;  nor  in  streets  or  highways  where  peddling  is 
prohibited. 

Pool  Parlors.  Premises  to  be  conducted  in  an  orderly 
manner.  Children  under  16  years  not  to  be  permitted  to 
play  therein,  or  to  enter  unless  accompanied  by  parent  or 
guardian. 

Public  Carts  shall  have  the  words  "  Public  Cart " 
and  license  number  on  vehicle ;  shall  be  entitled  to  legal 
compensation  after  transportation  and  before  delivery, 
and  if  not  paid,  have  the  right  to  retain  the  whole  or  part 
of  the  load  and  place  same  in  a  storage  warehouse;  dis- 
putes relative  to  legal  compensation  shall  be  settled  by 
officer  in  charge  of  police  station  nearest  to  where  dispute 
occurred. 

Public  Bowling  Alleys.  Premises  to  be  conducted  in  an 
orderly  manner.  Children  under  16  years  not  to  be  per- 
mitted to  bowl  therein,  or  to  enter  unless  accompanied  by 
parent  or  guardian. 

Public  Dance  Halh.  A  public  dance  hall  is  any  place 
where  dancing  is  permitted  and  to  which  admission  may 
be  had  by  the  payment  of  a  fee  or  the  possession  of  a  check 
for  the  caring  of  clothing,  for  which  a  charge  has  been 
made ;  or  any  place  where  dancing  is  permitted  and  which  is 
licensed  to  sell  liquor,  whether  or  not  an  admission  fee  is 
charged.  This  law  does  not  apply  to  hotels  having  50  or 
more  bedrooms,  or  to  dance  halls  where  the  people  who 


234  POLICli:      PRACTICE 


pay  to  enter  do  not  participate  in  the  dancing.  Inspectors 
of  Dance  Halls,  appointed  by  the  Mayor,  shall  have  access 
to  premises  at  all  reasonable  times. 

The  license  must  be  displayed  in  a  conspicuous  place. 

Public  dance  halls  shall  not:  permit  children  under  16 
years  of  age  to  enter  or  remain  therein  unless  accompanied 
by  parent  or  guardian;  sell  or  give  away  beer  or  liquors  if 
dancing  is  taught  in  the  premises,  or  if  it  is  announced 
that  dancing  is  taught ;  or  permit  disorderly  or  immoral 
acts  to  be  committed  on  premises. 

Public  Porters  shall  wear  the  prescribed  badge.  They 
shall  not  give  such  badge  to  any  other  person  to  wear,  nor 
charge  more  than  the  legal  rate. 

Stands  within  Stoop  Lines  or  tinder  Elevated  Stations 
shall  display  the  proper  license  on  the  stand ;  the  former 
shall  be  strictly  within  stoop  line  and  not  ol3struct  side- 
walk; and  sell  only  newspapers,  periodicals,  fruit  and 
sodawater,  or  be  for  the  shining  of  shoes. 

Stands  within  stoop  lines  shall  not  be  more  than  ten 
feet  long  and  four  feet  wide ;  or  transfer  the  license  to 
another  person  except  with  permission  of  the  Department 
of  Licenses.  Boot-black  stands  shall  not  have  more  than 
three  chairs,  3x4  feet  in  size,  nor  shall  any  stand  under 
elevated  stairs  be  wider  than  the  width  of  stairs. 

Note:  No  license  is  required  for  stands  within  stoop 
lines  for  the  sale  of  newspapers  or  periodicals,  when  such 
stands  are  conducted  by  a  newsdealer  who  is  the  owner  or 
occupant  of  .the  premises  in  front  of  which  they  are  located. 

Theatres^  Concert  Halls  and  Circuses  shall  be  conducted 
in  an  orderly  manner ;  conform  to  regulations  of  the  Fire 
Department,  and  the  Bureau  of  Buildings;  and  give  no 
indecent  or  immoral  performance. 

They  shall  not  permit  any  child  under  16  years  of  age 
to  enter  or  remain  therein  unless  accompanied  by  parent 
or  guardian. 


AND     PROCEDURE  235 


Concert  Halls  shall  close  at  12  o'clock  Midnight,  and 
not  reopen  until  6  a.  m. ;  shall  not  allow  females  to  serve 
refreshments  or  allow  performers  to  mingle  with  audience. 

They  shall  not :  permit  aisles  or  passageways  to  be  ob- 
structed; permit  any  child  under  16  years  to  enter  or 
remain  therein  unless  accompanied  by  parent  or  guardian ; 
give  any  performance  on  Sunday  except  moving  pictures 
of  an  educational  or  instructive  character  or  vocal  and  in- 
strumental concerts,  lectures,  recitation  and  addresses ;  sell 
any  wine,  beer  or  spirituous  liquors  except  where  concerts 
consisting  of  vocal  and  instrumental  music  are  given,  and 
then  only  with  permission  of  the  Police  Commissioner ;  em- 
ploy women  to  furnish  refreshments,  or  mingle  with  audi- 
ence ;  give  any  immoral  play  or  exhibition,  or  give  any  play 
or  exhibition  representing  the  Divine  Person  by  a  living 
character. 

Licenses  issued  hy  Departments  other  than  the  Department 
of  Licenses. 

Auctioneers  shall :  have  a  license  from  the  City  Clerk ; 
sell  between  sunrise  and  sunset  only,  and  not  on  Sundays ; 
have  special  permission  from  the  Department  of  Licenses 
to  sell  after  sunset ;  sell  after  sunset  only  books,  prints, 
statuary,  works  of  art,  and  goods  which  are  in  original 
manufacturers'  packages;  and  previously  advertise  sales 
in  one  or  more  daily  papers. 

They  shall  not :  conduct  any  mock  auctions ;  permit  any 
other  person  to  sell  for  them;  sell  goods  to  persons  who 
are  standing  on  the  sidewalk  while  bidding  for  or  exam- 
ining goods;  or  attract  the  attention  of  persons  to  the 
auction  by  employing  bellmen,  criers  or  musical  instru- 
ments. 

Engineers  shall  obtain  a  license  from  the  Police  Com- 
missioner to  be  in  charge  of  any  stationary  engine  carry- 
ing more  than  10  pounds  of  steam. 

They  shall  not  cause  boilers  to  burst  by  over-pressure, 
ignorance  or  carelessness,  nor  carry  more  steam  in  any 
boiler  than  is  allowed  by  boiler  certificate. 


23G  POLICE      PRACTICE 


Immigrants'  Boarding  Houses  shall  be  licensed  by  the 
State  Labor  Department  and  give  bond;  they  shall  also 
display  license  in  a  conspicuous  place. 

Liquor  Dealers.     (See  Liquor  Tax  Law.) 

Motor  Vehicles  and  Operators.  Motor  vehicles  shall :  be 
licensed  by  the  Secretary  of  State ;  display  prescribed  num- 
ber plates,  one  in  front  and  one  in  rear;  fasten  number 
plates  so  that  they  will  not  swing;  be  equipped  with  a 
muffler  or  silencer  when  running;  have  two  lights  in  front, 
visible  at  distance  of  300  feet,  and  one  red  light  in  rear, 
the  white  lens  shining  on  number  plate,  making  it  visible 
at  least  50  feet. 

They  shall  not :  display  the  numbers  of  more  than  one 
state  at  a  time ;  use  any  acetylene,  electric  or  other  dazzling 
headlight  unless  it  is  shaded;  require  a  New  York  license, 
if  owner  is  a  resident  of  and  displays  the  license  of  an- 
other state,  for  the  period  of  time  that  such  state  grants 
similar  privileges  to  residents  of  this  state. 

Driver  shall  operate  the  vehicle  in  a  careful  manner,  so 
as  not  to  endanger  life  or  limb  of  any  person,  and  if 
signaled  by  driver  of  draft  animal,  stop  machine  until 
animal  has  passed.  A  chauffeur  shall  display  license  badge 
conspicuously  on  outer  clothing  when  employed. 

Operators  shall  not:  if  under  18  years,  operate  a  motor 
vehicle  unless  accompanied  by  owner  or  licensed  chauffeur ; 
require  a  license  for  the  vehicle  for  15  days  after  purchase, 
provided  application  has  been  made  for  a  license  and  pro- 
vided a  manufacturer's  number  is  being  used ;  drive  faster 
than  15  miles  per  hour  in  the  city  proper,  and  25  miles 
per  hour  in  undeveloped  sections;  turn  corners  at  more 
than  4  miles  per  hour;  pass  schools  on  school  days 
between  8  a.  m.  and  4  p.  m.  or  cross  a  bridge  at  a  rate  of 
speed  exceeding  10  miles  per  hour;  pass  or  approach  within 
eight  feet  of  a  street  car  which  is  stopped  to  take  on  or 
let  off  passengers. 

Operators  shall  not  leave  the  scene  of  an  accident  to 
which  they  are  a  party  without  giving  their  names  and 


AND     PROCEDURE  237 


addresses  to  the  person  injured,  a  police  or  judicial  officer, 
or  the  nearest  police  station.  (Violation  constitutes  a 
felony.) 

(Public  garages  are  required  to  keep  a  written  record 
of  the  time  of  departure  and  return  of  every  vehicle,  the 
name  of  driver,  owner  and  license  number.) 

Private  Detectives.  Private  detectives  shall  be  licensed 
by  the  State  Comptroller. 

They  shall  not  engage  in  such  business  for  hire  or  adver- 
tise such  business  unless  licensed,  or  display  a  license  badge 
unless  entitled  to  do  so. 

Rumiers  for  Steamboats.,  Hotels  and  Immigrant  Board- 
ing Houses  shall  be  licensed  by  the  Police  Commissioner, 
and  display  their  license  card  conspicuously. 

Sailors'  Boarding  Houses  and  Runners.  Sailors'  board- 
ing houses  shall  display  in  a  conspicuous  place  a  license 
issued  by  the  State  Board  of  Licenses,  and  keep  a  register 
of  the  names  of  all  persons  entertained  therein. 

Runners  shall  wear  a  license  badge  at  all  times  when 
soliciting  patronage. 

An  arrest  may  be  made  or  summons  served  for  a  viola- 
tion of  the  foregoing  ordinances  governing  licenses  where 
the  offense  is  a  misdemeanor.  Where  the  violation  is  a 
felony,  or  where  the  violation  concerns  minors  under 
16  years  of  age,  a  summary  arrest  is  to  be  made. 


ORDINANCES. 

Ordinances  are  laws  passed  by  the  Board  of  Aldermen, 
and  differ  from  State  laws  in  that  they  affect  only  the 
City  of  New  York.  Violatione  of  such  ordinances  which 
may  be  prosecuted  criminally  are  •usually  termed  mis- 
demeanors. 

Ordinances  are  divided  into  two  classes:  those  punish- 
able civilly  by  the  recovery  of  a  penalty  prescribed  in  the 
ordinance,  and  those  prosecuted  by  criminal  action  in 
Magistrates^  Courts. 


238  POLICE      PRACTICE 


Where  a  fine  or  imprisonment  is  prescribed,  you  must 
either  make  summary  arrest  or  serve  a  summons.  Where 
a  penalty  is  prescribed,  note  the  violation,  enter  it  in  your 
memorandum  book,  and  upon  returning  to  the  station 
house  at  the  expiration  of  your  tour,  fill  out  what  is 
known  as  a  corporation  ordinance  blank.  This  form  will 
be  forwarded  through  official  channels  to  the  Corporation 
Counsel,  who  will  present  the  matter  to  the  civil  court. 
Subpoenas  will  then  be  served  on  the  otfender  and  the  wit- 
nesses, and  if  the  accused  is  found  guilty  of  the  violation 
charged,  the  penalty  prescribed  in  the  ordinance  is  im- 
posed by  the  civil  court. 

Where  both  civil  and  criminal  punishment  is  prescribed 
for  an  ordinance  violation,  always  prosecute  under  the 
criminal  section  for  the  reason  that  quicker  action  in- 
variably results. 

When  you  observe  a  corporation  ordinance  violation, 
such  as  merchandise  lying  on  the  sidewalk  outside  of  the 
stoop  line,  warn  the  person  responsible  that  it  is  a  violation 
of  the  law  to  have  such  material  on  the  sidewalk.  If  he 
does  not  remove  it  promptly,  mark  the  object  with  a  lead 
pencil,  make  a  note  of  the  time,  continue  to  observe  the 
object  for  a  reasonable  time  and  then  serve  summons  for 
violation  of  sanitary  code.  The  usual  defense  made  by 
persons  who  are  brought  to  court  for  this  offense  is  that 
the  articles  were  in  transit,  as  it  is  not  a  violation  of 
law  to  place  goods  on  the  street  while  they  are  actually 
in  transit  during  loading  or  unloading  of  a  wagon;  if 
you  take  the  precautionary  measure  of  marking  the 
object,  you  will  be  able  to  testify  intelligently  and  truth- 
fully when  the  case  comes  up. 

The  courts  have  held  that  no  person  can  erect  or 
permit  a  permanent  obstruction  on  the  street,  except 
something  which  Las  been  established  for  the  protection 
of  life  and  property  or  to  facilitate  the  business  of  the 
general  public,  such  as  police  signal  boxes,  fire  alarm 
boxes,  lamp-posts,  drinking  fountains,  mail-boxes,  etc. ; 
and  any  temporary  obstruction  on  the  street,  except  goods 


AND     PROCEDURE  239 


in  transit,  requires  a  permit  from  the  proper  city  depart- 
ment. 

A  permit  of  this  kind  must  be  in  the  possession  of 
some  person  on  the  ground.  You  should  examine  it, 
note  its  number,  location  indicated,  date  of  issue,  date  of 
expiration,  name  of  person  to  whom  issued  and  name  of 
person  signing  it,  and  enter  these  facts  in  your  memor- 
andum book. 

Very  often  it  is  necessary  for  a  contractor  or  for  gas 
and  electric  corporattons  to  open  a  street  for  the  purpose 
of  making  some  emergency  repairs,  and  it  would  be 
impossible  to  get  a  permit  to  do  so  from  the  proper  depart- 
ment quickly  enough.  In  such  cases  satisfy  yourself  that 
the  work  is  of  an  urgent  nature,  and  permit  them  to  con- 
tinue. Enter  in  your  memorandum  book  the  name  of  the 
person  in  charge  of  the  work,  the  location,  particular  por- 
tion of  the  street  to  be  opened,  and  the  reason  for  same. 
Your  emergency  permission  is  good  only  until  such  time 
as  the  person  doing  the  work  can  obtain  a  permit  from 
the  proper  department. 

Permits. 

Principal  permits,  in  addition  to  those  mentioned  under 

**  Co-operation  with  City  Departments,"  are  the  following : 

From    City    Cleric — To    display  an   electric   sign.     Sign 

must  be  10  feet  in  the  clear  above  level  of  sidewalk  and 

must  not  project  more  than  8  feet  from  building  line. 

From  Board  of  Aldermen — To  drive  an  advertising  wagon 

through  the  streets. 
From  Departinent  of  Licenses — To  hold  religious  meet- 
ings in  street. 
Eeport  to  Corporation  Counsel  if  necessary  permit  has 
not  been  obtained. 

From  Police  Commissioner — To  hold  a  masquerade  ball; 
for  parades  and  processions  in  general ;  and  for  board- 
ing house  runners,  stationary  engineers  and  firemen. 
Arrest  should  be  made  or  summons  served  on  persons 
who  have  not  obtained  the  required  permit. 


240  POLICE      PRACTICE 


From  City  Magistrates  or  Police  Commissioner — Pistol 
permits.  Summary  arrest  should  be  made  of  all  per- 
sons having  pistols  without  proper  permit. 

No  permits  are  required  for  the  following: 

To  place  signs  or  show  bills  on  the  front  of  and  parallel  to 
buildings,  when  not  projecting  more  than  one  foot,  and 
securely  fastened. 

To  place  signs  at  right  angles  to  buildings  when  not 
extending  more  than  3  feet,  and  when  8  feet  in  the  clear 
above  level  of  the  sidewalk  and  not  higher  than  second 
floor. 

To  erect  and  maintain  a  bridge  over  sidewalk,  if  not 
more  than  7  feet  high  and  6  feet  wide,  when  erecting  large 
buildings. 

To  have  drop  awnings  without  vertical  supports  within 
the  stoop  lines,  not  extending  more  than  six  (6)  feet  from 
house  line,  and  when  seven  (7)  feet  in  clear  above  sidewalk. 

To  exhibit  goods  in  front  of  store,  not  more  than  3  feet 
from  house  line  and  not  more  than  5  feet  in  height. 

To  place  show  cases  and  emblematic  signs  on  sidewalks 
within  stoop  line,  not  more  than  5  feet  high,  3  feet  long 
and  2  feet  wide.  Must  be  movable  and  must  not  interfere 
with  entrance  to  adjoining  premises. 

To  place  barber  poles  on  sidewalk  within  stoop  line, 
not  more  than  8  feet  high  and  not  more  than  5  feet  from 
house  line. 

To  place  skids  across  sidewalk  when  loading  or  unload- 
ing merchandise,  to  load  or  unload  merchandise  on  side- 
walk, or  to  back  a  truck  on  sidewalk  for  that  purpose, 
when  a  passageway  is  left  clear  for  pedestrians. 

Violations  of  Corpoeation  ORDiNAiq-CES. 
Violations  punishable  iy  fine  or  imprisonment  : 

To  post,  paint,  print,  or  nail  any  advertisement,  poster 
placard,  or  sign,  upon  any  flag-stone,  lamp-post,  tree,  tele- 
graph pole,  curb,  gutter,  horse-post,  barrel,  hydrant, 
awning  post  or  box  in  any  public  street. 


ANDPROCEDURE  241 


To  bathe  in  a  public  place  without  being  attired  in  a 
bathing  suit  which  prevents  any  indecent  exposure  of 
person. 

To  drive  over  fire  hose  in  the  streets,  except  with  per- 
mission of  Fire  Department.  U.  S.  mail  wagons  and  am- 
bulances excepted. 

To  throw  any  fruit  or  vegetable  skin  or  other  slippery 
substances  on  sidewalk  or  crosswalk.  Proprietors  of  places 
where  fruits  and  vegetables  are  sold  must  have  a  copy  of 
this  ordinance  posted  conspicuously. 

To  use  salt  or  saltpeter  to  dissolve  snow  or  ice  on  side- 
walk. 

To  damage  or  deface  street  signs. 

'To  sell  or  offer  for  sale,  theatre  tickets  in  the  street. 

To  sell  or  offer  for  sale,  a  bean-shooter,  or  to  use  one 
in  a  public  place. 

To  disturb  a  lawful  meeting. 

To  trick  ride,  or  carry  a  child  under  5  years  of  age  on 
a  bicycle  in  a  public  street. 

It  is  a  violation  of  the  Penal  Law  to  place  advertising 
matter  upon  any  real  property  or  structure  without  the 
consent  of  the  owner,  or  place  handbills,  circulars  or  cards 
in  letter  boxes  of  tenement  or  apartment  houses  unless 
enclosed  in  a  wrapper  and  addressed  to  recipient. 

Summons  should  be  served  or  arrest  made  for  any  of 
the  foregoing  violations. 

Violations  punishable  by  penalty  to  he  reported  to  Cor- 
poration Counsel  hy  means  of  Corporation  Ordinance 
Complaint : 

Failure  to :  protect  areaways  with  suitable  railings ; 

At  night,  protect  cellar  or  basement  entrance  leading 
from  street,  with  prescribed  chains  or  lights ; 

Place  lights  at  night  on  building  material  or  other  ob- 
struction in  the  street. 


/ 


INDEX 

A 

Page 

Abandonment         -        -        -        -        -        -  -104 

Abortion            -------  104 

Accidents       --------      23 

Adultery   --------  105 

Alcoholism     -         -         -         -         -         -         -  -     129 

Ambulance,  Summoning    -----  26 

"             In  Homicide  Cases     -         -         -  _     126 

Anarchy    --------  106 

Animals         -        -        -        -        -        --  -96 

Arrests — 

Power  of,  Vested  in  PoHce     -        -        -  -       39 

Warrants    -------  40 

Subpoenas       --         -         -        -        -  -42 

Summons    -------  43 

Power  of,  with  Warrant         -         -         -  -       45 

Power  of,  without  Warrant        _         -         -  47 

On  Telegram      ------  58 

By  a  Civilian           -         -         -         -         -  -       47 

Summary         -         -  '      -         -         -         -  -       47 

By  Summons      ------  48 

Of  Children    -------       49 

Use  of  Force     ------  51 

Fugitives  from  Justice     -         -        -        -  46-57 


INDEX 


Page 

Arson        -        -        -        __        -        _        _  io7 

Assault          -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -  109 

Assignation,  Houses  of     -         -         -        -         -  184 

Assistance,  Calling  for    -         -         -         -         -         -  1 1 

Automobiles,  Identification         -         -         -         -  15 

Licenses    ---_._  236 

Auctioneers -  235 


B 

Beggars         -        - 114 

Bigamy      -----_..  114 

Blackmail       -        -        -        -        _        _        _         -117 

Bombthrowers  -        -        -         -        __        -117 

Borough  Administration         -         -         _         _         _  226 

Breach  of  the  Peace           -       .-        -        -         .  122 

Bribery  -        -        -        _        _         _        _        -119 

Bridges,  Department  of     -         -        -         -        _  225 

Buildings,  Bureau  of     -        -         -         -        _         _  229 

Burglar  Alarms         -        -        -        _        _         _  19 

Burglary,  Defined  -        -        -        -         -         _         -  131 

Flat  Thieves       ---___  137 

Line-up  Men           -        -        -        _         _         _  145 

Loft  Burglars     ----__  139 

Safe  Burglars         ----__  141 

Store  Burglars  ----__  142 

Store  Window  Burglars           -         -         -         -  143 

Vacant  House  Burglars      -         -         -         -  144 

Wood  Merchants     ---___  144 

Burglar  tools     - 146 


INDEX  iii 


Page 

Car  rowdies  --------  122 

Charities,  Department  of   -         -         -      '  -         -  224 

Chauffeurs     --------  236 

Children,  Arrest  of    -----        -  49 

"           Laws  Protecting     -         -         -         -         -  51 

"           Improper  Guardianship      -         -         _  55 

Civil  Cases    --------  4g 

Cocaine     --------  167 

Common  Shows     -------  230 

Confidence  Games      -         -        -         -         -         -  163 

Co-operation  with  City  Departments       -         _         _  206 

Bridges,  Department  of       -         -         -         -  225 

Buildings,  Bureau  of       -        -        -        -        -  229 

Charities,  Department  of     -         -         -        -  224 

Corrections,  Department  of     -         -        .-         -  225 

Docks  &  Ferries,  Department  of  -        -        -  223 

Education,  Department  of        -        -        -         -  223 

Encumbrances,  Bureau  of   -        -        -        -  229 

Fire  Department     -         -        -        -         -         -212 

Health  Department     -----  208 

Highways,  Bureau  of     -        -        -        -        -  226 

Law  Department         _         -        _        _         -  226 

Park  Department    -         -        -         -        -         -  222 

Sewers,  Bureau  of      -         -         -         -         -  228 

Street  Cleaning  Department    -         -        -         -  220 

Tenement  House  Department     -         -         -  219 

Water  Supply,  Gas  &  Electricity,  Dept.  of       -  221 

Coroner,  Homicide  cases  -----  124 

Coroner's  Court     -------  63 

Corporation  Counsel  ------  226 

Corporation  Ordinances  -         -        -        228-238-240 


iv  INDEX 


Corrections,  Department  of 
Courts  -         --         -- 

Court  Procedure         ______ 

Craps     -         -•-         -         -         -         -         -- 

Crime,   Defined  -         -         - 

Crime,  Classification       -        -         -        -        -         -104 


D 

Degenerates       _--____ 

Detectives,   Private         ----__ 

Dirt  Carts  ---_-__ 

Discipline       -         -         -- 

Dishonest  Servants    ------ 

Disorderly  Conduct         ----__ 

Disorderly  Houses     - 

Disorderly  Places  -------     184 

Docks  &  Ferries,  Department  of         -         -         -  223 

Domestic  Relations  Court       -----       63 

Drugs _  167 

E 

Education,  Department  of     -        -        -        -         -  223 

Election  Laws    -         -         -         -         -         -         -  192 

Employment  Agencies    ------  230 

Encumbrances   -         -         -         -         -         -  '       _  229 

Engineers       ------__  235 

Evidence  -----___  59 


INDEX 


Page 
Ex-convicts   -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -12 

Explosives  _----__         218 

Expressmen  --------     230 

Extortion -  117 


Faro      ---------     172 

Felonies     --------  44 

Fences  -        -         -         -        -'-        -        -        -20 

Fingerprints       -------  79 

Firearms        --------12 

Fires  --------  21 

Fire  Department    -        -        -        -        -        -        -212 

Fireworks  _.-_---  214 

First  Aid  to  the  Injured         -        -        -        -         -       25 

Artificial  Respiration  -----  27 

Bites       --------       31 

Drowning  and  Suffocation  -         -         -         -      27-31 

Electric  Shock        -         -        -        -        -        -      29 

Epilepsy     -         -        -        -        -        -        -        -35 

Fractures         -------       34 

Freezing  and  Frostbite        -        -        -        -  34 

Hemorrhage    -------35 

Intoxication         ------  30 

Poison     --------       32 

Scalds  and  Burns    -----     29 

Shock  - -    -   28 

Sunstroke  -------  33 

Fit  Throwers         -        -        -        -        -        -        -116 


INDEX 


Page 
Fixed  Posts       -------  8 

Flat  Thieves  -        -       '  - 137 

Foundlings         -------  52 

Fugitives  from  Justice   ------       57 


G 

Gambling           -------  169 

General  Instructions        -----  171 

Craps          _--.--«  173 

Faro       --------  172 

Handbooks          -        -        -      ,  -        -        -  171 

Poker      -         -         -         -         -         -         -         _  173 

Policy         ----___  174 

Pool  rooms     -        -        -        -         ^        -        _  170 

Roulette      -------  174 

Stuss       -        -        -        -         -        -        -        -  172 

Garages     -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -  216 

Gas,  Escaping         ----___  20 

General  Sessions        --___-  63 
Grand  Jury    --------63 


H 

Hacks  and  Hackstands      -----  93 

Handbooks     -        -        -        --        -        -        -  171 

Hand  Organs    -         -         -         -         -         -         -  230 

Health  Department         ------  208 

Highways,  Department  of          -         -         -         -  226 


INDEX  vii 


Page 

Homicide       --------  123 

Horse  Poisoners        ------  ng 

Horses,  Runaway  ------  101 

Horses,  Treatment  of        -        -        -        -        -  100 


I 

Identification,  Study  of           -----  71 

"               in  Homicide  Cases       -         _         -  124 
Immigrants    -        -        -         -        -        -        -        -156 

Immigrant  Boarding  Houses     -        -        -        -  236 

Indecency      --------  176 

Insane  Persons           ------  55 

Intoxicated  Persons: 

To  be  Protected  from  Thieves        -         -         -  20 

Ordinances  Relative  to       -         -         -         -  129 

First  Aid  to    -------  30 

Investigations    -------  196 

"               in  homicide  cases     -         -         -         -  125 


J 

Junk  Dealers     -         -         -         -        -         -         -  231 


L 

Larceny,  Defined    -------  130 

Law  Department        ------  226 

Leaking  Pipes        -------  20 


viii  INDKX 


Page 

Licenses    -        -        -        -        --        -        -  230 

Liquor  Tax  Law,  Violations  -         -         -         -         ^  188 

"       "       Extracts   from         -      '   -         -  190 

Loft  Burglars        - 139 


M 

Magistrates'  Courts    ------  61 

Malicious  Mischief         - 129 

Memorandum  Book            _        _        _        _        _  198 

Misdemeanors        ------_44 

Moving  Picture  Theatres  -----  232 

Murder 123 


N 

Newsboys  --_..-.         223 

Nuisances      --------10 


o 

Obedience          ---___-  1 

Obscene  Articles    -------  176 

Observation        --___..  14 

Open  Doors  ---__-_.  Ig 

Opium  Joints     -         -         _         _         _         _         _  169 

Ordinances    -         -         -         -         -         -         -        -  237 


INDEX 


Page 
Panhandlers       -        -        -        -        -        -        -  114 

Passengers,   Ejected       -         -         -.-         -         -111 
Parades      --------  91 

Park  Department  -         -         -         -         -         -         -     222 

Patrol        -         -         - 8 

Pawnbrokers  -------     232 

Peddlers    - 232 

Permits  --------     239 

Physical  Condition     ------  6 

Pickpockets    -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -154 

Pimps        --------  178-185 

Pistols  ---------       12 

Poker        - 173 

PoHcy    ---------     174 

Pool  Parlors      -        - 233 

Pool  Rooms  -        -        -        -        -        -        -         -     170 

Portrait  Parle  System        -----  72 

Posts     ---------        8 

Principal  to  a  Crime  -         -         -         -         -         -  44 

Prisoners       --------  39-50 

Prisoners,    Searching  -         -         -         -         -  16 

Property,  Disposition  of         -         -         -       ^  -         -       70 
Prostitution        ------         _  178 

General  Instructions        -         -         -         -         -     185 

Assignation,  Houses  of       -         -         -         -  184 

Badgers  -        -        -        -         -        -        -     178 

Creepers      -------  178 

Disorderly  Houses  -         -         -         -         _     182 

Disorderly  Places        -         -         -         -         -  184 

Pimps     -------       178-185 

Tenement  House,  in    -         -         -         -         -  182 


INDEX 


Page 
Public  Carts  -------     233 

Public  Hacks -       -        -  93 

Public  Morals        -------     167 

Public  Porters .234 


R 

Rape      -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -     112 

Receivers  of  Stolen  Property     -         -         -         -    20,  150 

Registration  -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -194 

Reports     --------  197 

Reports,  Samples  -----__     2OO 

Revolvers  --_--__  12 

Robbery _     147 

Roulette    --------  174 

Runners,  Licensed  - 237 


Sabbath  Laws    -        -        -        -        -         -        -  186 

Safe  Burglars        -        -        -        -        -        _        -     141 

Sewers,  Bureau  of  -         -         -         -         _  228 

Short  Affidavit      -         -         -         -         -         -         -       65 

Sick,  Reporting  ----__  7 

Signals  -         -         --         -         -         _         -11 

Special  Posts     ----___  g 

Special  Sessions     -------       53 

Stands       -        -        -        -        -        _         --         234 

Stores  -        -        -        -        -        _        --18 

Street  Cleaning,  Department  of  -         -         -  220 


INDEX  xi 


Page 
Street  Meetings     -         -         -         -         -         -         -91 

Streets,  in  Dangerous  Condition         _         .         _  20 

Stuss     ------         -        -        -     172 

Subpoenas  -------  20 

Suicide  _        _        _        _         .         ^         _         _     123 

Summons  ___---_  43 

Suspicious   Persons         ------  10-16 

Swindles    -         -        -        -        -        -        --  163 


T 

Taxicabs         --------  94 

Telephone,  Use  of-         -         -         -         -         -  11 

Tenement  House  Law    -         -         -         -         -  -     182 

Tenement  House  Department     -         -         -         -  219 

Testimony      -----                  _  _       67 

Theatres    --------  234 

Thieves   (See  Burglary)         -         -         -         -  -     153 

Confidence  Men          _         -        -        _        .  163 

Dishonest    Servants         -         -         -         -  -     160 

Thefts  from  Delivery  Boys         -         .         _  159 

Thefts  from  Immigrants         -         -         -  -     156 

Thefts  from  Trucks    -----  157 

Thieves  in  the  Making     -         -         -         -  -     160 

Traffic       --------  87 


V 

Vacant  Houses       -        -        -        --        -        -19 

Vagrants  --------  II4 

Voting  Illegally      -         - 193 


xii  INDEX 


w 

Page 
Warning  Offenders    ------  43 

Warrants        --------       4Q 

Water  Supply,  Gas  &  Electricity,  Dept.  of  -  221 

Wire  Tappers        -        -        -        -        -        _        -164 

Witnesses I95 


k 


T] 


w 

TV 
W 


14  DAY  USE 

RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWEDI 

LOAN  DEPT. 

This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below, 
or  on  the  date  to  which  renewed.  Renewals  only; 

Tel.  No.  642-3405 
Renewals  may  be  made  4  days  ^rior  to  date  due. 
Renewed  books  are  subject  to  immediate  recall. 


NOV  26  "'-12  AM  4* 


REC'D  LP 


■.  t  > 


WLm. 


2  1981 


tfPl51983 


RECEIVED  BY 


AUU  1  5  WbJ 


rU 


LD21A-40m-8,'71 
(P6572slO)476-A-32 


General  Library 

University  of  California 

Berkeley 


LD  21-100m-7,'39(402p' 


./" 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


